,transcriber's ,notes3 ,underscores 80 before and after a word or phrase indicate italics in the original text4 ,small capitals have been converted to ,,solid capitals4 ,illustrations have been moved so they do not break up paragraphs4 ,old or antiquated spellings have been preserved4 ,typographical and punctuation errors have been silently corrected4 ,,ptolemy',s ,,tetrabiblos ,,or ,,quadripartite ,,being ,,four ,,books ,,of ,,the ,,influence ,,of ,,the ,,stars ,,newly ,,translated ,,from ,,the ,,greek ,,paraphrase ,,of ,,proclus ,,with ,a ,,preface1 ,,explanatory ,,notes ,,and ,,an ,,appendix ,,containing ,,extracts ,,from ,,the ,,almagest ,,of ,,ptolemy ,,and ,,the ,,whole ,,of ,,his ,,centiloquy ,,together ,,with ,a ,short ,notice of ,mr4 ,ranger's ,zodiacal ,planisphere ,,and ,,an ,,explanatory ,,plate ,by ,j4 ,m4 ,,ashmand ,,new ,,edition 8,ye stars1 which are the poetry of ,heaven6 ,if1 in your bright leaves1 we would read the fate ,of men and empires1--'tis to be forgiven40 ,,lord ,,byron4 ,,london3 ,,printed ,,and ,,published ,,by ,w4 ,,foulsham ,,co41 ,ltd4 ,,dealers ,,in ,,scientific ,,books #aj_/aa ,,red ,,lion ,,court1 ,,fleet ,,street1 ,,london1 ,e4,c4#d ,made and ,printed in ,great ,britain ,,to ,,the ,,author ,,of 8,,waverley0 ,,this ,,translation ,,of ,a ,,work ,,containing ,,the ,,best ,,accredited ,,principles ,,of ,,astrology ,,is ,,dedicated ,with the most profound admiration of his unrivalled ,talents ,,which ,,could ,,alone ,,have ,,restored ,,interest ,,to ,,the ,,speculations ,,of ,,an ,,antiquated ,,science ,,advertisement ,the use recently made of ,astrology in the poetical machinery of certain works of genius 7which are of the highest popularity1 and above all praise71 seems to have excited in the world at large a desire to learn something of the mysteries of that science which has1 in all former ages1 if not in these days1 more or less engaged reverence and usurped belief4 ,the apparent existence of such a general desire has caused the completion of the following ,translation1 and its presentation to the public2 although it was originally undertaken only in part1 and merely to satisfy two or three individuals of the grounds on which the now neglected doctrines of ,astrology had so long and so fully maintained credit4 ,,table ,,of ,,contents ,,chap4 ,,page ,,book ,i ,i4 ,proem #a ,,ii4 ,knowledge may be acquired by ,astronomy to a certain ,extent #b ,,iii4 ,that ,prescience is useful #h ,,iv4 ,the ,influences of the ,planetary ,orbs #ac ,v4 ,benefics and ,malefics #ad ,,vi4 ,masculine and ,feminine #ad ,,vii4 ,diurnal and ,nocturnal #ae ,,viii4 ,the ,influence of ,position with regard to the ,sun #af ,,ix4 ,the ,influence of the fixed ,stars #af ,x4 ,constellations ,north of the ,zodiac #ai ,,xi4 ,constellations ,south of the ,zodiac #bj ,,xii4 ,the ,annual ,seasons #ba ,,xiii4 ,the ,influence of the ,four ,angles #ba ,,xiv4 ,tropical1 ,equinoctial1 ,fixed1 and ,bicorporeal ,signs #bc ,,xv4 ,masculine and ,feminine ,signs #bc ,,xvi4 ,mutual ,configurations of the ,signs #bd ,,xvii4 ,signs commanding and obeying #bf ,,xviii4 ,signs beholding each other1 and of equal ,power #bf ,,xix4 ,signs ,inconjunct #bg ,,xx4 ,houses of the ,planets #bh ,,xxi4 ,the ,triplicities #bi ,,xxii4 ,exaltations #ca ,,xxiii4 ,the ,disposition of the ,terms #cb ,,xxiv4 ,the ,terms 7according to ,ptolemy7 #ce ,,xxv4 ,the ,places and ,degrees of every ,planet #cf ,,xxvi4 ,faces1 ,chariots1 and other similar ,attributes of the ,planets #cg ,,xxvii4 ,application1 ,separation1 and other ,faculties #ch ,,book ,,ii ,i4 ,general ,division of the ,subject #dj ,,ii4 ,peculiarities observable throughout every entire ,climate #da ,,iii4 ,the ,familiarity of the ,regions of the ,earth with the ,triplicities and the ,planets #dc ,,iv4 ,the ,familiarity of the ,regions of the ,earth with the ,fixed ,stars #eb ,v4 ,mode of ,particular ,prediction in ,eclipses #eb ,,vi4 ,the ,regions or ,countries to be considered as liable to be comprehended in the ,event #ec ,,vii4 ,the ,time and ,period of the ,event #ed ,,viii4 ,the ,genus1 ,class1 or ,kind1 liable to be affected #ee ,,ix4 ,the ,quality and ,nature of the ,effect #eh ,x4 ,colours in ,eclipses1 ,comets1 and ,similar ,phenomena #fb ,,xi4 ,the ,new ,moon of the ,year #fc ,,xii4 ,the particular ,natures of the ,signs by which the different ,constitutions of the ,atmosphere are ,produced #fd ,,xiii4 ,mode of ,consideration for particular ,constitutions of the ,atmosphere #ff ,,xiv4 ,the ,signification of ,meteors #fh ,,book ,,iii ,i4 ,proem #ga ,,ii4 ,the ,conception1 and the ,parturition1 or ,birth2 by which latter ,event the ,animal quits the ,womb1 and assumes another ,state of ,existence #gb ,,iii4 ,the ,degree ,ascending #gd ,,iv4 ,distribution of the ,doctrine of ,nativities #ge ,v4 ,the ,parents #gg ,,vi4 ,brothers and ,sisters #ha ,,vii4 ,male or ,female #hb ,,viii4 ,twins #hc ,,ix4 ,monstrous or ,defective ,births #he ,x4 ,children not ,reared #hf ,,xi4 ,the ,duration of ,life #hh ,,xii4 ,the ,prorogatory ,places #hh ,,xiii4 ,the ,number of ,prorogators1 and also the ,part of ,fortune #hi ,,xiv4 ,number of the ,modes of ,prorogation #ia ,,xv4 ,exemplification #if ,,xvi4 ,the ,form and ,temperament of the ,body #ajj ,,xvii4 ,the ,hurts1 ,injuries1 and ,diseases of the ,body #ajf ,,xviii4 ,the ,quality of the ,mind #ajg ,,xix4 ,the ,diseases of the ,mind #aad ,,book ,,iv ,i4 ,proem #aag ,,ii4 ,the ,fortune of ,wealth #aag ,,iii4 ,the ,fortune of ,rank #aah ,,iv4 ,the ,quality of ,employment #abj ,v4 ,marriage #abd ,,vi4 ,children #abh ,,vii4 ,friends and ,enemies #acj ,,viii4 ,travelling #acb ,,ix4 ,the ,kind of ,death #acd ,x4 ,the ,periodical ,divisions of ,time #acg ,,appendix ,,no4 ,i4 ,almagest1 ,book viii1 ,chap4 #d #add ,,ii4 ,extract from the ,almagest1 ,book ,,ii1 ,chap4 #i #adg ,table of ,latitudes1 from the ,almagest #aea ,extract from the ,table of ,ascensions1 in the ,almagest #aeb ,,iii4 ,ptolemy's ,centiloquy #aec ,,iv4 ,the ,zodiacal ,planisphere1 and plate #afa ,,preface ,of all sciences1 whether true or false1 which have at any time engaged the attention of the world1 there is not one of which the real or assumed principles are less generally known1 in the present age1 than those of ,astrology4 ,the whole doctrine of this science is commonly understood to have been completely overturned2 and1 of late1 people seem to have satisfied themselves with merely knowing the import of its name4 ,such contented ignorance1 in persons1 too1 sufficiently informed in other respects1 is the more extraordinary1 since ,astrology has sustained a most conspicuous part throughout the history of the world1 even until days comparatively recent4 ,in the ,east1 where it first arose1 at a period of very remote antiquity1#a and whence it came to subjugate the intellect of ,europe1 it still even now holds sway4 ,in ,europe1 and in every part of the world where learning had 8impress'd the human soil10 ,astrology reigned supreme until the middle of the #agth century4 ,it entered into the councils of princes1 it guided the policy of nations1 and ruled the daily actions of individuals4 ,all this is attested by the records of every nation which has a history1 and by none more fully than by those of ,england4 ,yet1 with these striking facts before their eyes1 the present generation seem never1 until now1 to have inquired on what basis this belief of their forefathers was established1 nor by what authority the delusion 7if it was one7 could have been for so many ages supported4 ,among a thousand persons who now treat the mention of ,astrology with supercilious ridicule1 there is scarcely one who knows distinctly what it is he laughs at1 or on what plea his ancestors should stand excused for having1 in their day1 contemplated with respect the unfortunate object of modern derision4 #a ,sir ,isaac ,newton has the following remarks in regard to the origin of ,astrology3--8,after the study of ,astronomy was set on foot for the use of navigation1 and the gyptians1 by the heliacal risings and settings of the stars1 had determined the length of the solar year of #cfe days1 and by other observations had fixed the solstices1 and formed the fixed stars into asterisms1 all which was done in the reigns of ,ammon1 ,sesac1 ,orus1 and ,memnon10 7about #ajjj years before ,christ71 8it may be presumed that they continued to observe the motions of the planets1 for they called them after the names of their gods2 and ,nechepsos1 or ,nicepsos1 ,king of ,sais10 7#ggb ,b4,c471 8by the assistance of ,petosiris1 a priest of gypt1 invented astrology1 grounding it upon the aspects of the planets1 and the qualities of the men and women to whom they were dedicated2 and in the beginning of the reign of ,nabonassar1 ,king of ,babylon1 about which time the thiopians1 under ,sabacon1 invaded gypt0 7#gea ,b4,c471 8those gyptians who fled from him to ,babylon1 carried thither the gyptian year of #cfe days1 and the study of astronomy and astrology1 and founded the ra of ,nabonassar1 dating it from the first year of that king's reign0 7#gdg ,b4,c471 8and beginning the year on the same day with the gyptians for the sake of their calculations4 ,so ,diodorus3 #8they say that the ,chaldan in ,babylon1 being colonies of the gyptians1 became famous for astrology1 having learned it from the priests of gypt4'0--,newton's ,chronology1 pp4 #bea1 #beb4 ,again1 in p4 #cbg3 8,the practice of observing the stars began in gypt in the days of ,ammon1 as above1 and was propagated from thence1 in the reign of his son ,sesac1 into ,afric1 ,europe1 and ,asia1 by conquest2 and then ,atlas formed the sphere of the ,libyans0 7#ief ,b4,c471 8and ,chiron that of the ,greeks 7#ici ,b4,c472 and the ,chaldans also made a sphere of their own4 ,but astrology was invented in gypt by ,nichepsos1 or ,necepsos1 one of the ,kings of the ,lower gypt1 and ,petosiris his priest1 a little before the days of ,sabacon1 and propagated thence into ,chalda1 where ,zoroaster1 the legislator of the ,magi1 met with it3 so ,paulinus2 #8,quique magos docuit mysteria vana ,necepsos4'0 ,the arcana of ,astrology constituted a main feature in the doctrines of the ,persian ,magi2 and it further appears1 by ,newton's ,chronology1 p4 #cdg1 that ,zoroaster 7although the ra of his life has been erroneously assigned to various remoter periods7 lived in the reign of ,darius ,hystaspis1 about #ebj ,b4,c41 and assisted ,hystaspes1 the father of ,darius1 in reforming the ,magi1 of whom the said ,hystaspes was ,master4 ,newton adds1 p4 #ceb1 that 8about the same time with ,hystaspes and ,zoroaster1 lived also ,ostanes1 another eminent ,magus3 ,pliny places him under ,darius ,hystaspis1 and ,suidas makes him the follower of ,zoroaster3 he came into ,greece with ,xerxes about #dhj ,b4,c41 and seems to be the ,otanes of ,herodotus4 ,in his book1 called the ,octateuchus1 he taught the same doctrine of the ,deity as ,zoroaster40 ,having quoted thus far from ,newton1 it seems proper to subjoin the following extract from the 8,ancient ,universal ,history30--8,in the reign of ,gushtasp0 7the oriental name of ,darius ,hystaspis71 8,king of ,persia1 flourished a celebrated astrologer1 whose name was ,gjamasp1 surnamed ,al ,hakim1 or the wise4 ,the most credible writers say that he was the brother of ,king ,gushtasp1 and his confidant and chief minister4 ,he is said to have predicted the coming of the ,messiah2 and some treatises under his name are yet current in the ,east4 ,dr4 ,thomas ,hyde1 in speaking of this philosopher1 cites a passage from a very ancient author1 having before told us that this author asserted there had been among the ,persians ten doctors of such consummate wisdom as the whole world could not boast the like4 ,he then gives the author's words3 #8,of these1 the sixth was ,gjamasp1 an astrologer1 who was counsellor to ,hystaspis4 ,he is the author of a book intitled ,judicia ,gjamaspis1 in which is contained his judgment on the planetary conjunctions4 ,and therein he gave notice that ,jesus should appear2 that ,mohammed should be born2 that the ,magian religion should be abolished1 etc42 nor did any astrologer ever come up to him4' 7,e4 lib4 ,mucj4 apud ,hyde47 ,of this book there is an ,arabic version1 the title of which runs thus3 ,the ,book of the ,philosopher ,gjamasp1 containing ,judgments on the ,grand ,conjunctions of the ,planets1 and on the ,events produced by them4 ,this version was made by ,lali2 the title he gave it in ,arabic was ,al ,keranai1 and he published it ,a4,d4 #abhj4 ,in the preface of his version it is said that1 after the times of ,zoroaster1 or ,zerdusht1 reigned ,gushtasp1 the son of ,lohrasp1 a very powerful prince2 and that in his reign flourished in the city of ,balch1 on the borders of ,chorassan1 a most excellent philosopher1 whose name was ,gjamasp1 author of this book2 wherein is contained an account of all the great conjunctions of the planets which had happened before his time1 and which were to happen in succeeding ages2 and wherein the appearances of new religions and the rise of new monarchies were exactly set down4 ,this author1 throughout his whole piece1 styles ,zerdusht1 or ,zoroaster1 our ,prophet4 7,d',herbelot1 ,bibl4 ,orient4 ,art4 ,gjamasp47 ,the notion of predicting the rise and progress of religions from the grand conjunctions of the planets1 has been likewise propagated in our western parts3 ,cardan was a bold assertor of this doctrine4 ,the modern ,persians are still great votaries of astrology1 and although they distinguish between it and astronomy1 they have but one word to express astronomer and astrologer2 viz4 manegjim1 which is exactly equivalent to the ,greek word 4 ,of all the provinces of ,persia1 ,chorassan is the most famous for producing great men in that art2 and in ,chorassan there is a little town called ,genabed1 and in that town a certain family which1 for #f or #gjj years past1 has produced the most famous astrologers in ,persia2 and the king's astrologer is always either a native of ,genabed1 or one brought up there4 ,sir ,john ,chardin affirms that the appointments in his time for these sages amounted to six millions of ,french livres per annum4--,albumazar of ,balch scholar of ,alkendi1 a ,jew1 who was professor of judicial astrology at ,bagdad1 in the ,caliphate of ,almamoum became wonderfully famous4 ,he wrote expressly from the ,persian astrologers1 and it may be from the works of ,gjamasp1 since he also reports a prediction of the coming of ,christ in the following words3 viz4 #8,in the sphere of ,persia1 saith ,aben ,ezra1 there ariseth upon the face of the sign ,virgo a beautiful maiden1 she holding two ears of corn in her hand1 and a child in her arm3 she feedeth him1 and giveth him suck1 c4 ,this maiden1' saith ,albumazar1 #8we call ,adrenedefa1 the pure ,virgin4 ,she bringeth up a child in a place which is called ,abrie 7the ,hebrew land71 and the child's name is called ,eisi 7,jesus74' ,this made ,albertus ,magnus believe that our ,saviour1 ,christ1 was born in ,virgo2 and therefore ,cardinal ,alliac1 erecting our ,lord's nativity by his description1 casteth this sign into the horoscope4 ,but the meaning of ,albumazar was1 saith ,friar ,bacon1 that the said virgin was born1 the ,sun being in that sign1 and so it is noted in the calendar2 and that she was to bring up her son in the ,hebrew land4 7,mr4 ,john ,gregory's ,notes on various ,passages of ,scripture470--,ancient ,universal ,history1 vol4 #e1 pp4 #dae to #dai4 ,it is maintained by astrologers1 that the planets1 having been observed to produce certain effects1 were consequently dedicated to the several personages whose names they respectively bear4 ,this caliph reigned in the earlier part of the #ith century1 and caused ,ptolemy's ,great ,construction to be translated into ,arabic1 as hereafter mentioned4 ,this seems to be a mistake of the ,arabian author1 for ,gushtasp was identical with ,darius ,hystaspis1 and ,lohrasp 7otherwise ,cyaxares7 was father of ,darius the ,mede1 who was overcome by ,cyrus1 #ecf ,b4,c4--,see ,newton4 ,the general want of information on these points1 and the indifference with which such want has been hitherto regarded1 cannot surely be attributed solely to the modern disrepute of the science2 for mankind have usually1 in every successive age1 exercised great industry in tracing all previous customs1 however trifling or obsolete1 and in examining all sorts of creeds1 however unimportant or erroneous1 whenever there has appeared any striking connection between such matters and historical facts2 and1 since astrology is most unquestionably blended intimately with history1 it therefore becomes necessary to seek for some further hypothesis1 by which this ignorance and indifference may be accounted for4 ,perhaps astrology has been conceived to have borne the same relation to astronomy as alchymy did to chymistry4 ,if such has been the notion1 it has certainly been adopted in error1 for a modern chymist is still almost an alchymist3 it is true that he no longer delays his work in deference to the planets1 nor does he now try to make gold1 nor to distil elixir of earthly immortality2 but nevertheless he still avails himself1 to a certain degree1 of the same rules and the same means as those of the old alchymist3 he is still intent upon the subtle processes of ,nature1 and still imitates her as far as he can4 ,he reduces the diamond to charcoal by an operation analogous to that by which the alchymist sought to transmute lead into gold2 and he mainly differs from the alchymist only in having assured himself that there is a point beyond which ,nature forbids facsimiles4 ,not so slightly1 however1 does the astronomer differ from the astrologer1 but toto clo3 the astrologer considered the heavenly bodies and their motions merely as the mechanism wherewith he was to weave the tissue of his predictions2 and astronomy is no more an integral part of astrology1 than the loom is of the web which has been woven by it4 ,to have an idea of what alchymy was1 it is sufficient to have an idea of chymistry2 but astronomy1 in itself1 will never give a notion of astrology1 which requires additional and distinct consideration4 ,it may be urged1 that in the present day a general idea of this bygone and disused science is quite sufficient for everybody not professedly antiquarian4 ,such an assertion would doubtless never be controverted1 provided the proposed general idea might comprehend the truth4 ,but the present actual general idea of astrology is by no means so comprehensive2 indeed1 nothing can well be more inaccurate1 or even more false3 it seems to have been adopted not from the elements of the science itself1 but from trite observations made by writers against the science2 and consequently the world now wonders at the lamentable defect of understanding that could ever have permitted belief in it--forgetting that astrology has been consigned to neglect1 not in consequence of any prim facie palpability in its imputed fallacies1 nor indeed of any special skill or acuteness on the part of its professed adversaries1 but rather in consequence of the sudden and astonishing growth of other undoubted sciences1 with which it has been presumed to be incompatible1 and which during the thousands of years of the reign of astrology were either unborn1 or still slumbering in continued infancy4#b ,the words 8professed adversaries10 which have just now been used1 are of course not intended to be applied to those mighty explorers of ,nature's laws and man's powers1 who1 in their lofty career1 may have made an incidental swoop at the pretensions of astrology4 ,directly engaged in more exact pursuits1 they stopped not to dissect this their casual prey1 which1 after having been thus struck by eagles1 was left to regale crows and daws1 and these1 in their convivial loquacity1 accused their unfortunate victims of crimes incapable of being committed1 and of offences which had never been imagined4 ,of the real faults of their victim these garrulous bipeds seem not to have been aware1 or1 if aware1 they seem to have considered them as not sufficiently prominent4 ,nor was this want of candour or information absolutely confined to the mere vulgar herd of vituperative scribblers1 for even the sparkling essay against astrology1 written by ,voltaire 7in his irrepressible desire to convince the world that he was au fait in everything71 proves only that the writer1 though the most generally informed man of his time1 had mistaken the really assailable points of the object of his attack4 #b ,to this view of the case1 the following remarks seem not inapplicable3 they are taken from a periodical work of deserved reputation3-- 8,the study of astrology itself1 as professing to discover1 by celestial phenomena1 future mutations in the elements and terrestrial bodies1 ought1 perhaps1 not to be despised4 ,the theory of the tides1 for example1 is altogether an astrological doctrine1 and1 long before the days of ,sir ,isaac ,newton1 was as well understood as it is at this moment4 ,the correspondence alleged by the ancient physicians to exist between the positions of the ,moon and the stages of various diseases1 is so far from being rejected by the modern faculty1 that it has been openly maintained40 ,the writer then recounts sundry incidents1 asserted by the astrologers to be dependent on the ,moon1 and he adds these words3 8,the fact of these allegations might be so easily ascertained1 that it is surprising they should still be pronounced incredible1 and denied rather than contradicted40 8,sir ,christopher ,heydon's ,defence of ,astrology1 p4 #b1 edit4 #afjc40 8,dr4 ,mead on the ,influence of the ,sun and ,moon upon ,human ,bodies4 ,see also ,edinb4 ,rev4 vol4 #ab1 p4 #cf--;,balfour on ,sol-,lunar ,influence40 ,blackwood's ,magazine for ,dec41 #ahba1 ,part #b1 ,no4 #ei4 ,the author of the present ,translation has no intention now of either advocating or impugning the doctrines of the science of which his ,translation discourses3 his purpose is a different one4 ,he has that sort of respect for 8the dead1 which are really dead10 which1 although it does not incline him to 8praise0 them 8more than the living1 which are yet alive10 is still sufficient to incite him to endeavour to avert the imputation of idiot credulity1 to which their faith in astrology seems now to subject them in the general opinion of the enlightened 8living40 ,and1 while he disclaims all idea of presuming to offer any argument on either side of the question1 as to the validity of the science1 he must still1 at the same time1 confess his admiration of the ingenuity and contrivance manifest in its construction1 and avow his readiness to believe that all its harmonized complications might have easily held dominion over some of the strongest minds in that darker period when it flourished4 ,in executing here the desire of attempting to vindicate the ancient credence in astrology1 an elaborate disquisition would surely be not only unnecessary1 but misplaced3 it seems sufficient to refer the reader to the work of which the following is a translation1 and to these undisputed facts--that the science was formerly inculcated by the highest and most erudite authorities of the period--that it was insisted on by votaries in all parts of the world1 attesting and producing instances of its truth2--and1 moreover1 that it was so finely and beautifully put together1 as to cause the only deficiency of one small1 though most important1 link in its whole chain of argument1 to be undetected by dull minds1 and readily supplied by enthusiastic genius4 ,for centuries after centuries all branches of learning were either made subservient to astrology1 or carried on in close alliance with it2 and many of the illustrious names which it recalls to our recollection are gratefully reverenced even by modern science4 ,the genius of ,roger ,bacon1 although he was the first of that school of natural philosophy which acknowledges none but experimented truths1 was nevertheless bowed to the doctrines of judicial astrology2 and his greater ,namesake1 who after an interval of several centuries succeeded to him in giving proper direction to the mental energy1 was still an arguer in favour of celestial influences3 it may be1 therefore1 fairly inferred1 that the subtle spell which had strength to enthrall 8stuff0 so 8stern10 could have been of no weak or vulgar order1 but that it was sufficiently potent and refined to interest and amuse even the present age4#c #c ,in the #east ,no4 of the ,quarterly ,review1 ,art4 8,astrology and ,alchymy10 the following observations are made3-- 8,certainly1 if man may ever found his glory on the achievements of his wisdom1 he may reasonably exult in the discoveries of astronomy2 but the knowledge which avails us has been created solely by the absurdities which it has extirpated4 ,delusion became the basis of truth4 ,horoscopes and nativities have taught us to place the planet in its sure and silent path2 and the acquirements which1 of all others1 now testify the might of the human intellect1 derived their origin from weakness and credulity0 7p4 #aha74 ,again2 8,astrology1 like alchymy1 derives no protection from sober reason2 yet1 with all its vanity and idleness1 it was not a corrupting weakness4 ,tokens1 predictions1 prognostics1 possess a psychological reality4 ,all events are but the consummation of preceding causes1 clearly felt1 but not distinctly apprehended4 ,when the strain is sounded1 the most untutored listener can tell that it will end with the key-note1 though he cannot explain why each successive bar must at last lead to the concluding chord4 ,the omen embodies the presentiment1 and receives its consistency from our hopes or fears40 7p4 #bjh74 ,it may1 perhaps1 be difficult to assent to all of the propositions involved in these extracts2 but there are among them some which are clearly unquestionable4 ,in this little volume will be found the whole of the elements of astrology1 and the entire ground-work of those stupendous tomes in folio and quarto on the same subject1 which were produced in myriads during the #afth and #agth centuries1 for the due mystification of the then world4 ,the present volume is addressed equally to the general reader1 as well as to the votary of pure astrology1 if any such there be2 to the one it offers amusement2 for the other1 it should contain the most glowing interest4 ,even to the speculative metaphysician it will furnish food for contemplation2 for1 in addition to its peculiar hypothesis of cause and effect1 it develops many of those apparent incongruities of character so often united in the same individual2 and this development1 even although adapted to the doctrine of the stars1 still merits attention2 inasmuch as the phenomena of which it treats 7in whatever way they may be produced or regulated7 will ever remain in actual existence4 ,the only ,english translation of ,ptolemy's ,tetrabiblos1 hitherto published1 appears to have been first set forth in #agja1 under the name of 8,the ,quadripartite40 ,that publication has been long removed from general sale2 and its gross misinterpretation of the author1 caused by the carelessness or ignorance of ,whalley and his assistants1 by whom it was produced1 has rendered most of its pages unintelligible3 its absence is1 therefore1 scarcely to be regretted4 ,the second edition of the same translation1 professing to be 8revised1 corrected1 and improved10 and published by ,browne and ,sibley1 in #aghf1 was not1 in any one instance1 purified from the blunders and obscurities which disgraced its predecessor3 it seems1 in fact1 less excusable than the former edition1 of which it was merely a reprint1 without being at all corrected1 not even in certain typographical errata which the former printer had been zealous enough to point out in his final page4 ,even this second publication1 worthless as it intrinsically is1 can rarely now be met with1 and1 like the former1 only at a very heavy price4 ,the present ,translation has been made from ,proclus's ,greek ,paraphrase of ,ptolemy's original text2 the edition followed is that of the ,elzevirs1 dated in #afce4d ,but1 in the course of translation1 continual references have been also had to various editions of the original text1 in order to ascertain the proper acceptation of doubtful passages4 ,the editions thus inspected were that by ,camerarius1 printed at ,nuremberg in #aece2 that by ,melancthon1 printed at ,basle in #aeec2 and that by ,junctinus1 printed1 with his own enormous commentaries1 at ,lyons1 in #aeha4 ,independently of these references1 the present translation has been collated with the ,latin of ,leo ,allatius1 and with two other ,latin translations3 one printed at ,basle1 together with a translation of the ,almagest in #aeda2 the other by itself at ,perugio1 in #afdf4e ,the ,translator has devoted all this extreme care and attention to his labours1 in the wish to render ,ptolemy's astro-judicial doctrine into ,english as purely and perfectly as possible2 and1 with the same view1 he has likewise added1 in an ,appendix1 certain extracts from such parts of the ,almagest as were found to be referred to in his present work4 ,further illustration is also given by notes gathered from the 8,primum ,mobile0 of ,placidus1#f and from a variety of other sources whence any elucidation of the text might be derived4 ,even ,whalley's 8,annotations0 7to use his own grandiloquent designation7 have occasionally yielded information1 not altogether unimportant1 although generally incomplete4 #d ,this edition was printed in double columns1 one containing ,proclus's ,greek ,paraphrase1 the other the ,latin translation of ,leo ,allatius2 and ,william ,lilly 7no light authority in these matters7 thus wrote of it in the year #afdg3 8,indeed ,ptolemy hath been printed in folio1 in quarto1 in octavo1 in sixteens3 that lately printed at ,leyden0 7where cthe ,elzevirs were established7 8,i conceive to be most exact2 it was performed by ,allatius40 ,to the said edition is prefixed an anonymous address to the reader1 in ,latin1 and to the following effect3-- 8,i have reckoned it part of my duty to give you1 benevolent reader1 some short information as to the publication of this little work1 which1 having hitherto existed only in ,greek1 is now1 in its ,latin dress1 accessible to the curiosity of all persons4 ,this ,paraphrase of ,proclus on the ,tetrabiblos of ,ptolemy was translated a few years ago by ,leo ,allatius1 a ,greek by birth1 eminently skilled in the learning of his own nation1 as well as in ,latin literature1 and already celebrated for other writings in both languages4 ,he lives1 ,i have understood1 in ,rome1 in the family of ,cardinal ,biscia1 and holds some office in the ,vatican ,library4 ,he undertook his present work1 however1 for his own private gratification1 and that of certain friends2 but when writings compiled with this view have once quitted their author's hands1 it will often happen that they have also1 at the same time1 escaped his control4 ,so this offspring of ,allatius1 having emerged from ,rome1 arrived at ,venice1 from whence it was forwarded to me by a certain great personage of illustrious rank1 in order that ,i might cause it to be printed4 ,the names of ,ptolemy and ,proclus1 so celebrated among mathematicians and philosophers1 besides the subject of the work itself1 seemed to me a sufficient warrant for committing it to the press4 ,whereupon ,i delayed not to avail myself of the advantages ,i possessed in having access to our excellent and most accurate typographers1 the ,elzevirs1 and ,i earnestly solicited them to publish it3 they1 in their love for the commonwealth of letters1 took upon themselves the charge of printing it in the form you see4 ,you will learn from it1 inquisitive ,reader1 how much power the stars have over the atmosphere and all sublunary things3 for the stars1 and those brighter bodies of heaven1 must not be imagined to be idle4 ,the whole doctrine of the stars is not1 however1 here treated of1 but only that distinct part of it which the ,greeks call judicial and prognostic1 and which1 while confined within certain limits is as entertaining as it is useful1 and is partly considered to be agreeable to nature4 ,but should it pretend to subject to the skies such things as do not depend thereupon1 and should it invite us to foresee by the stars such things as are above the weakness of our apprehension1 it will assuredly deserve to be reprehended as a vain and empty art1 which has been demonstrated in many learned books by the great ,picus of ,mirandola4 ,the ,chaldans1 ,genethliacs1 and ,planetarians1 have been always held in disrepute1 because they professed to know not only more than they actually did know1 but also more than is allowed to man to know4 ,even ,ptolemy1 while he employs himself in his present work upon the ,doctrine of ,nativities1 is scarcely free from the charge of superstition and vanity3 perhaps1 in a ,pagan1 this may be forgiven2 but it is hardly to be tolerated1 that persons professing ,christianity should be led away by such an empty study1 in which there is no solid utility1 and the whole pleasure of which is puerile4 ,finally1 ,i warn you that some persons doubt whether this was really produced by ,ptolemy3 nevertheless1 it has certainly appeared to ,porphyry and ,proclus 7who were doubtless great philosophers1 although hostile to the ,christian faith7 to be worthy of receiving elucidation by their ,commentaries upon it4 ,peruse it1 however1 friendly reader1 with caution1 having first shaken off the weakness of credulity1 for the sinew of wisdom is not to believe rashly4 ,farewell40 ,in addition to the remarks made in the foregoing address regarding ,leo ,allatius1 it may be observed that he was appointed ,keeper of the ,vatican ,library by ,pope ,alexander ,,vii1 with whom he was in high favour4 ,it is said of him1 that he had a pen with which he had written ,greek for forty years1 and that he shed tears on losing it4 ,another story of him states1 that the ,pope had often urged him to take holy orders1 that he might be advanced in the church1 and one day asked him why he had not done so3 8,because10 said ,allatius1 8,i would be free to marry40--8,why1 then1 do you not marry80--8,because ,i would be free to take orders40--,chalmer's ,biographical ,dictionary4 ,this assertion is applicable only to ,proclus's ,paraphrase4 ,there were several prior translations of the original ,tetrabiblos in ,latin and ,arabic2 and it appears by an extract from the ,bibliotheca ,grca of ,fabricius 7which will be found in a subsequent page71 that a ,latin version1 done from the ,arabic1 was printed at ,venice as early as the year #adic4 ,the reader is again referred to the extract from ,fabricius 7inserted in a subsequent page71 containing that learned person's account of this book among the other works of ,ptolemy4 ,their ,commentaries were printed at ,basle1 in #aeei4 #e ,this translation from the ,perugio press has been serviceable in presenting certain various readings2 but it does not seem to possess any other peculiar merit4 ,it professes to be a translation from the original text of ,ptolemy2 and so likewise does the translation printed at ,basle1 as above quoted4 #f ,it appears by the printed works of this author1 that he was named ,didacus ,placidus de ,titis4 ,he was a native of ,bologna1 by profession a monk1 and was styled ,mathematician to the ,archduke ,leopold ,william of ,austria4 ,he wrote in the earlier part of the #agth century1 and his work1 now cited1 is considered to contain the most successful application of ,ptolemy's astrological rules to practice4 ,the original is extremely scarce2 but a new ,english edition1 by ,cooper1 may be had of the ,publishers of this work4 ,it seems improper to close this ,preface 7notwithstanding the bulk it has already attained71 without annexing the following short notice of the life and works of the great man from whom the ,tetrabiblos has emanated4 ,claudius ,ptolemy was born at ,pelusium1 in gypt1 and became an illustrious disciple of the school of ,alexandria1 in which city he flourished during the reign of ,adrian and that of ,antoninus ,pius4 ,the date of his birth has been commonly assigned to the #gjth year of the ,christian ra2 but the accuracy of this date seems questionable2 for he has himself noted in one part of his works1 that ,antoninus reigned twenty-three years4 ,he must have1 therefore1 survived that prince2 and1 as it is not probable that he continued his scientific labours until after ninety years of age1 which he must have done had he been born about the year #gj1 because ,antoninus died in the year #afa1 it seems that his birth would be more properly ascribed to some later period4 ,moreover1 it is asserted by the ,arabians1 that he died in the #ghth year of his age2 and a similar statement is also made by ,luca ,gauricus1 in the dedication of his version of the ,almagest#g to ,dominico ,palavicini3 ,gauricus has1 however1 placed his death in the year #adg1 which does not accord with the fact of his having survived ,antoninus4 ,ptolemy has recorded that he observed1 at ,alexandria1 an eclipse of the ,moon1 in the #ith year of ,adrian2 and that he made many observations upon the fixed stars in the #bnd year of ,antoninus ,pius3 whence it may be concluded1 that his observations upon the heavens were principally made during the period from ,a4,d4 #abe to ,a4,d4 #adj1 or thereabouts2 and it also follows1 of course1 that the supposition1 entertained by some authors1 of his identity with the ,ptolemy who was always in attendance upon ,galba1 as his personal astrologer1 and who promised ,otho that he should survive ,nero and obtain the empire1 is entirely without foundation4 ,to ,gauricus's#h version of the ,almagest there is also another dedication1 addressed to ,pope ,sixtus1 and composed by ,george ,trapezuntius1 describing ,ptolemy as 8regi stirpe oriundum10 and explaining that he had1 8with a truly regal mind10 applied himself to the sciences1 because the ancient sceptre of the ,ptolemies had previously passed into the hands of ,cleopatra1 and because the kingdom of gypt had been since reduced to the state of a ,roman province4 ,the authentic details of the circumstances of ,ptolemy's life are1 however1 extremely few4 ,it is said that he was distinguished among the ,greeks by the epithets 8most wise10 and 8most divine10 on account of his great learning2 and1 according to the ,preface to ,whalley's translation of the ,tetrabiblos1 the ,arabians report that 8he was extremely abstemious1 and rode much on horseback02 adding1 that although he was 8spruce in apparel10 yet his breath was not remarkable for an agreeable odour4 #g ,printed at ,basle1 #aeda4 #h ,chalmer's ,biographical ,dictionary4 ,the errors of the ,ptolemaic theory of the universe have now been long discarded2 but there are many points in which modern sciences1 and modern astronomy in particular1 have reaped incalculable benefits from the labours and researches of its great founder4 ,he has preserved and transmitted to us the observations and principal discoveries of remoter periods1 and has enriched and augmented them with his own4 ,he corrected ,hipparchus's catalogue of the fixed stars1 and formed tables for the calculation and regulation of the motions of the ,sun1 ,moon1 and planets4 ,he was1 in fact1 the first who collected the scattered and detached observations of ,aristotle1 ,hipparchus1 ,posidonius1 and others on the economy of the world1 and digested them into a system1 which he set forth in his or ,great ,construction1 divided into thirteen books1 and called1 after him1 the ,ptolemaic ,system4 ,this and all his other astronomical works are founded upon the hypothesis1 that the earth is at rest in the centre of the universe1 and that the heavenly bodies1 stars1 and planets1 all move round it in solid orbs1 whose motions are all directed by one primum mobile1 or first mover1 of which he discourses at large in the 8,great ,construction40 ,in that work he also treats of the figure and divisions of the earth1 of the right and oblique ascensions of the heavenly bodies1 and of the motions of the ,sun1 ,moon1 and planets2 and he gives tables for finding their situations1 latitudes1 longitudes1 and motions3 he treats also of eclipses1 and the methods of computing them2 and he discourses of the fixed stars1 of which he furnishes a numerous catalogue1 with their magnitudes1 latitudes1 and longitudes4#i ,it has been truly said1 that 8,ptolemy's order1 false as it was1 enabled observers to give a plausible account of the motions of the ,sun and ,moon1 to foretell eclipses1 and to improve geography#aj20 or1 in other words1 that it represented the actual phenomena of the heavens as they really appear to a spectator on the earth4 ,it is therefore clear that ,ptolemy's astrology is just as applicable to modern and improved astronomy as it was to his own4#aa #i ,in ,france1 about the beginning of the #afth century1 ,oronce ,fin1 the ,royal ,reader1 attempted1 under the patronage of ,francis ,i1 to produce an astronomical clock1 in which everything moved according to the principles of ,ptolemy4 ,it was kept1 about fifty years ago1 in the monastery of ,st4 ,genevive1 at ,paris4 ,in ,lilly's ,catalogue of ,astrological ,authors1 ,orontius ,finus is mentioned as the writer of a work on the twelve houses of heaven1 printed in ,paris1 #aeec4 #aj ,spectacle de la ,nature4 #aa ,the objection which has been urged against astrology1 that the signs are continually moving from their positions1 cannot invalidate this conclusion4 ,that objection has1 in fact1 no real existence2 for ,ptolemy seems to have been aware of this motion of the signs1 and has fully provided for it in the #beth ,chapter of the #ast ,book of the ,tetrabiblos4 ,from that chapter it is clear that the respective influences he ascribes to the twelve signs 7or divisions of the zodiac7 were considered by him as appurtenant to the places they occupied1 and not to the stars of which they were composed4 ,he has expressly and repeatedly declared that the point of the vernal equinox is ever the beginning of the zodiac1 and that the #cj degrees following it ever retain the same virtue as that which he has in this work attributed to ,aries1 although the stars forming ,aries may have quitted those degrees3 the next #cj degrees are still be accounted as ,taurus1 and so of the rest4 ,there is abundant proof throughout the ,tetrabiblos1 that ,ptolemy considered the virtues of the constellations of the zodiac distinctly from those of the spaces they occupied4 ,in the year #hbgab the 8,great ,construction0 was translated by the ,arabians into their own language1 and by them communicated to ,europe4 ,it is through them that it has been usually known by the name of the ,almagest4 ,in the #acth century1 the ,emperor ,frederic ,,ii caused it to be translated from the ,arabic into ,latin1 and ,sacrobosco#ac was consequently enabled to write his famous work upon the sphere4 ,it was not1 however1 until about the end of the #aeth century that the 8,great ,construction0 was translated into ,latin from the original text2 and this important service was rendered to science by ,purbach1 a professor of philosophy at ,vienna1 who learned the ,greek tongue at the instigation of ,cardinal ,bessarion4 ,by means of this translation1 the ,ephemerides of ,george ,mller1 surnamed ,regiomontanus1 a disciple of ,purbach's1 were first composed4 ,the ,greek text of the ,almagest1 or ,great ,construction1 was first published at ,basle1 by ,simon ,grynus1 in #aech2 and it was again printed at the same place in #aeea1 with certain other works of ,ptolemy4#ad ,the rest of ,ptolemy's works connected with astronomy1 and now extant1 are the ,tetrabiblos1 or ,four ,books of the ,influence of the ,stars#ae 7now translated72 the ,centiloquy1 or ,fruit of his ,four ,books1 being a kind of supplement to the former2 and the ,significations of the ,fixed ,stars4 ,the last is merely a daily calendar1 showing the risings and settings of the stars1 and the nature of the weather thereby produced4 ,there are likewise extant his geographical work 7which has rendered important service to modern geographers71 and also his celebrated book on ,harmonics1 or the ,theory of ,sound4 #ab ,the ,french say #hac1 but #hbg is the date given by ,english chronologists4 #ac ,this scientific man was a ,mathurine ,friar1 and a professor in the ,university of ,paris3 he died in #abef4 ,it is pointed out in the ,edinburgh ,review1 ,no4 #fh1 that he was a native of ,yorkshire1 and his real name ,john ,holywood1 euphonized1 in ,paris1 into ,sacrobosco4 #ad ,chalmers4--,the ,tetrabiblos was among these works4 #ae ,to such readers as may be curious to know in what manner this book was promulgated in ,europe1 after the revival of letters1 the following extract from the ,bibliotheca ,grca of ,fabricius will furnish information3-- 8,lib4 ,,iv4 ,cap4 ,,xiv4 #d4 1 ,quadripartitum1 sive quatuor libri de apotelesmatibus et judiciis astrorum1 ad ,syrum 7h74 ,grce primum editi a ,joachimo ,camerario1 cum versione su duorum priorum librorum1 et prcipuorum e reliquis locorum4 ,norimb4 #aece1 #dto4--,hinc cum versione ,phil4 ,melancthonis1 qui in prfat1 ad ,erasmum ,ebnerum ,senatorem ,norimbergensem testatur se editionem ,camerarii multis mendis purgasse1 tum numeros in locis apheticis tam ,grci quam ,latini textus emendasse4 ,basil1 #aeec2 #hvo4--,latine pridem verterat gidius ,tebaldinus1 sive latino-barbar ex ,hispanica versione1 ,alfonsi ,castell ,regis jussu1 ex ,arabico 7i7 confect4 ,vertit et ,antonius ,gogava1 ,lovan4 #aedh1 #dto2 ,patavii1 #afeh1 #abmo2 ,prag1 #afaj1 #abmo4 ,commentario illustravit ,hieron4 ,cardanus prioribus duobus libris ,camerarii1 posterioribus ,gogav versione servat1 ,basil1 #aeed1 fol42 #aegi1 fol42 ,lugd4 #aeee1 #hvo1 et in ,cardani opp4--,georgii ,vall commentarius1 anno #aejb editus1 nihil aliud est1 quam ,latina versio scholiorum ,grcorum1 sive exegeseos jejun ,demophili in tetrabiblon1 qu cum ,porphyrii sive ,antiochi isagoge1 ,grce et ,latine1 addita ,hieron ,wolfii versione1 lucem vidit ,basil4 #aeei1 his scholiis ,dorotheus allegatur1 p4 #dh1 #aaj1 et #aci2 ,cleopatra1 p4 #hh2 ,porphyrius ,philosophus1 p4 #afi4 ,meminit et auctor ,petosiridis ac ,necepso1 p4 #aab3-- 7ita leg1 pro ut p4 #aab7 1 ,paraphrasin tetrabibli a ,proclo concinnatam ,grce edidit ,melancthon1 ,basil4 #aeed1 #hvo4 ,grce et ,latine cum versione su ,leo ,allatius1 ,lugd4 ,batav4 #afed1 #hvo4 ,locum ,ptolemi e codice ,grco ,,ms4 in collegio ,corporis ,christi ,oxon1 feliciter restituit ,seldenus1 p4 #ce ad ,marmora ,arundeliana4 ,haly ,heben ,rodoan ,arabis commentarium laudat ,cardanus1 cum ,demophilo ,latine editum40 87h7 ,schol4 ,grc4-- 1 4 4 1 ' 40 87i7 ,selden4 ,uxor ,hebr4 p4 #cdb4 ,cterum de ,alphonsi ,regis cur in promovenda ,arabica ,quadripartiti versione1 vide1 si placet1 ,nic3 ,antonium in ,bibl4 veteri ,hispana1 t4 #b1 p4 #ee1 vel ,acta ,erud4 ,a4 #afig1 p4 #cjb4 ,latino versio ex ,arabico facta lucem vidit ,venet1 #adic1 fol4 ,viderit porro ,gassendus qui in ,philosophia ,epicuri1 ubi contra ,astrologos disputat4 t4 #b1 p4 #eja1 contendit tetrabiblon indignum esse ,ptolemi genio et subdititum4 ,equidem ,jo4 ,pico judice1 l4 #a1 contra ,astrologos1 p4 #bhe1 ,ptolemus malorum sive ,apotelesmaticorum est optimus40 8,nechepsos and ,petosiris are anciently spoken of1 for they first explained prognostication by ,astrology40 ,this was perhaps a reprint of the edition of #afce1 from which the present translation has been made2 unless there may have been an error of the press in stating #afed instead of #afce1 which seems probable1 as the edition of #afce is unnoticed by ,fabricius4 ,proclus1 to whom the world is indebted for the improved text of the ,tetrabiblos1#af was born at ,constantinople1 in the year #daj4 ,he studied at ,alexandria and at ,athens1 and became very eminent among the later ,platonists4 ,he succeeded ,syrianus1 a celebrated philosopher1 in the rectorship of the ,platonic school at ,athens1 and died there in #dhe4ag ,he was a most voluminous author1 in poetry as well as in prose4 ,among his works there are ,hymns to the ,sun1 to ,venus1 and to the ,muses2 ,commentaries upon several pieces of ,plato1 and upon ,ptolemy's ,tetrabiblos#ah2 an ,epitome or ,commendium of all the ,astronomical ,precepts demonstrated in the ,almagest2 and elements of ,theology and ,natural ,philosophy4 ,he was in dispute with the ,christians on the question of the eternity of the world1 which he undertook to prove in eighteen elaborate arguments4 ,a late writer in a certain periodical work has erroneously identified him with another ,proclus1 who was in favour with the ,emperor ,anastasius1 and who destroyed the ships of ,vitalianus1 when besieging ,constantinople in #ead1 by burning them with great brazen mirrors1 or specula4 #af ,it will be seen by the preceding note1 that ,proclus's ,paraphrase of the ,tetrabiblos should properly be considered as superior to the other readings of that book2 since it appears1 on the authority of ,fabricius1 that ,melancthon1 after having been at the pains of correcting and republishing1 in #aeec 7with his own emendations71 the edition of ,camerarius1 containing the reputed original text1 still deemed it advisible1 in the following year1 to edit ,proclus's ,paraphrase4 ,this ,paraphrase must1 therefore1 necessarily have had claims to his attention not found in the text he had previously edited4 8,ptolemy addresses the book to ,syrus1 to whom he has also addressed all his other treatises4 ,some say that this name of ,syrus was feigned2 others1 that it was not feigned1 but that he was a physician1 and educated in these sciences40 #ag ,chalmer's ,biographical ,dictionary4 #ah ,it will1 of course1 be understood that this ,commentary is distinct from his ,paraphrase1 now translated4 ,signs of the ,zodiac4 ,aries ,taurus ,gemini ,cancer ,leo ,virgo ,libra ,scorpio ,sagittarius ,capricorn ,aquarius ,pisces ,,ptolemy',s ,,tetrabiblos ,,or ,,four ,,books ,,of ,,the ,,influence ,,of ,,the ,,stars ,,book ,,the ,,first ,,chapter ,i ,,proem ,the studies preliminary to astronomical prognostication1 ,o ,syrus6 are two3 the one1 first alike in order and in power1 leads to the knowledge of the figurations of the ,sun1 the ,moon1 and the stars2 and of their relative aspects to each other1 and to the earth3 the other takes into consideration the changes which their aspects create1 by means of their natural properties1 in objects under their influence4 ,the first mentioned study has been already explained in the ,syntaxis#ai to the utmost practicable extent2 for it is complete in itself1 and of essential utility even without being blended with the second2 to which this treatise will be devoted1 and which is not equally self-complete4 ,the present work shall1 however1 be regulated by that due regard for truth which philosophy demands3 and since the material quality of the objects acted upon renders them weak and variable1 and difficult to be accurately apprehended1 no positive or infallible rules 7as were given in detailing the first doctrine1 which is always governed by the same immutable laws7 can be here set forth3 while1 on the other hand1 a due observation of most of those general events1 which evidently trace their causes to the ,ambient1 shall not be omitted4 #ai ,the ,almagest1 or ,magna ,constructio4 ,it is1 however1 a common practice with the vulgar to slander everything which is difficult of attainment1 and surely they who condemn the first of these two studies must be considered totally blind1 whatever arguments may be produced in support of those who impugn the second4 ,there are also persons who imagine that whatever they themselves have not been able to acquire1 must be utterly beyond the reach of all understanding2 while others again will consider as useless any science of which 7although they may have been often instructed in it7 they have failed to preserve the recollection1 owing to its difficulty of retention4 ,in reference to these opinions1 therefore1 an endeavour shall be made to investigate the extent to which prognostication by astronomy is practicable1 as well as serviceable1 previously to detailing the particulars of the doctrine4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,knowledge ,,may ,,be ,,acquired ,,by ,,astronomy ,,to ,a ,,certain ,,extent ,that a certain power1 derived from the thereal nature1 is diffused over and pervades the whole atmosphere of the earth1 is clearly evident to all men4 ,fire and air1 the first of the sublunary elements1 are encompassed and altered by the motions of the ther4 ,these elements in their turn encompass all inferior matter1 and vary it as they themselves are varied2 acting on earth and water1 on plants and animals4#bj #bj ,the following extract from an old geographical work1 framed on the rules of ,ptolemy1 explains the system on which this action of the ther is made to depend3-- 8,chap4 #b4 ,the world is divided into two parts1 the elemental region and the thereal4 ,the elemental region is constantly subject to alteration1 and comprises the four elements2 earth1 water1 air and fire4 ,the thereal region1 which philosophers call the fifth essence1 encompasses1 by its concavity1 the elemental2 its substance remains always unvaried1 and consists of ten spheres2 of which the greater one always spherically environs the next smaller1 and so on in consecutive order4 ,first1 therefore1 around the sphere of fire1 ,,god1 the creator of the world1 placed the sphere of the ,moon1 then that of ,mercury1 then that of ,venus1 then that of the ,sun1 and afterwards those of ,mars1 of ,jupiter1 and of ,saturn4 ,each of these spheres1 however1 contains but one star3 and these stars1 in passing through the zodiac1 always struggle against the primum mobile1 or the motion of the tenth sphere2 they are also entirely luminous4 ,in the next place follows the firmament1 which is the eighth or starry sphere1 and which trembles or vibrates 7trepidat7 in two small circles at the beginning of ,aries and ,libra 7as placed in the ninth sphere72 this motion is called by astronomers the motion of the access and recess of the fixed stars40 7,probably in order to account for the procession of the equinoxes47 8,this is surrounded by the ninth sphere1 called the chrystalline or watery heaven1 because no star is discovered in it4 ,lastly1 the primum mobile1 styled also the tenth sphere1 encompasses all the before-mentioned thereal spheres1 and is continually turned upon the poles of the world1 by one revolution in twenty-four hours1 from the east through the meridian to the west1 again coming round to the east4 ,at the same time1 it rolls all the inferior spheres round with it1 by its own force2 and there is no star in it4 ,against this primum mobile1 the motion of the other spheres1 running from the west through the meridian to the east1 contends4 ,whatever is beyond this1 is fixed and immovable1 and the professors of our orthodox faith affirm it to be the empyrean heaven which ,,god inhabits with the elect40--,cosmographia of ,peter ,apianus 7named ,benewitz71 dedicated to the ,archbishop of ,salzburg1 edited by ,gemma ,frisius1 and printed at ,antwerp #aegd4 ,the ,sun1 always acting in connection with the ,ambient1 contributes to the regulation of all earthly things3 not only by the revolution of the seasons does he bring to perfection the embryo of animals1 the buds of plants1 the spring of waters1 and the alteration of bodies1 but by his daily progress also he operates other changes in light1 heat1 moisture1 dryness and cold2 dependent upon his situation with regard to the zenith4 ,the ,moon1 being of all the heavenly bodies the nearest to the ,earth1 also dispenses much influence2 and things animate and inanimate sympathize and vary with her4 ,by the changes of her illumination1 rivers swell and are reduced2 the tides of the sea are ruled by her risings and settings2 and plants and animals are expanded or collapsed1 if not entirely at least partially1 as she waxes or wanes4 ,the stars likewise 7as well the fixed stars as the planets71 in performing their revolutions1#ba produce many impressions on the ,ambient4 ,they cause heats1 winds1 and storms1 to the influence of which earthly things are conformably subjected4 #ba ,it will be recollected that the ,ptolemaic astronomy attributes motion and a regular course to those stars which we now call fixed1 but which the ,greeks merely termed 1 undeviating4 ,and1 further1 the mutual configurations of all these heavenly bodies1 by commingling the influence with which each is separately invested1 produce a multiplicity of changes4 ,the power of the ,sun however predominates1 because it is more generally distributed2 the others either co-operate with his power or diminish its effect3 the ,moon more frequently and more plainly performs this at her conjunction1 at her first and last quarter1 and at her opposition3 the stars act also to a similar purpose1 but at longer intervals and more obscurely than the ,moon2 and their operation principally depends upon the mode of their visibility1 their occultation and their declination4 ,from these premises it follows not only that all bodies1 which may be already compounded1 are subjected to the motion of the stars1 but also that the impregnation and growth of the seeds from which all bodies proceed1 are framed and moulded by the quality existing in the ,ambient at the time of such impregnation and growth4 ,and it is upon this principle that the more observant husbandmen and shepherds are accustomed1 by drawing their inferences from the particular breezes which may happen at seed-time and at the impregnation of their cattle1 to form predictions as to the quality of the expected produce4 ,in short1 however unlearned in the philosophy of nature1 these men can foretell1 solely by their previous observation1 all the more general and usual effects which result from the plainer and more visible configurations of the ,sun1 ,moon1 and stars4 ,it is daily seen that even most illiterate persons1 with no other aid than their own experienced observation1 are capable of predicting events which may be consequent on the more extended influence of the ,sun and the more simple order of the ,ambient1 and which may not be open to variation by any complex configurations of the ,moon and stars towards the ,sun4 ,there are1 moreover1 among the brute creation1 animals who evidently form prognostication1 and use this wonderful instinct at the changes of the several seasons of the year1 spring1 summer1 autumn1 and winter2 and1 also1 at the changes of the wind4 ,in producing the changes of the seasons1 the ,sun itself is chiefly the operating and visible cause4 ,there are1 however1 other events which1 although they are not indicated in so simple a manner1 but dependent on a slight complication of causes in the ,ambient1 are also foreknown by persons who have applied their observation to that end4 ,of this kind1 are tempests and gales of wind1 produced by certain aspects of the ,moon1 or the fixed stars1 towards the ,sun1 according to their several courses1 and the approach of which is usually foreseen by mariners4 ,at the same time1 prognostication made by persons of this class must be frequently fallacious1 owing to their deficiency in science and their consequent inability to give necessary consideration to the time and place1 or to the revolutions of the planets2 all which circumstances1 when exactly defined and understood1 certainly tend towards accurate foreknowledge4 ,when1 therefore1 a thorough knowledge of the motions of the stars1 and of the ,sun and ,moon1 shall have been acquired1 and when the situation of the place1 the time1 and all the configurations actually existing at that place and time1 shall also be duly known2 and such knowledge be yet further improved by an acquaintance with the natures of the heavenly bodies--not of what they are composed1 but of the effective influences they possess2 as1 for instance1 that heat is the property of the ,sun1 and moisture of the ,moon1 and that other peculiar properties respectively appertain to the rest of them2--when all these qualifications for prescience may be possessed by any individual1 there seems no obstacle to deprive him of the insight1 offered at once by nature and his own judgment1 into the effects arising out of the quality of all the various influences compounded together4 ,so that he will thus be competent to predict the peculiar constitution of the atmosphere in every season1 as1 for instance1 with regard to its greater heat or moisture1 or other similar qualities2 all which may be foreseen by the visible position or configuration of the stars and the ,moon towards the ,sun4 ,since it is thus clearly practicable1 by an accurate knowledge of the points above enumerated1 to make predictions concerning the proper quality of the seasons1 there also seems no impediment to the formation of similar prognostication concerning the destiny and disposition of every human being4 ,for by the constitution of the ,ambient1 even at the time of any individual's primary conformation1 the general quality of that individual's temperament may be perceived2 and the corporeal shape and mental capacity with which the person will be endowed at birth may be pronounced2 as well as the favourable and unfavourable events indicated by the state of the ,ambient1 and liable to attend the individual at certain future periods2 since1 for instance1 an event dependent on one disposition of the ,ambient will be advantageous to a particular temperament1 and that resulting from another unfavourable and injurious4 ,from these circumstances1 and others of similar import1 the possibility of prescience is certainly evident4 ,there are1 however1 some plausible assailants of this doctrine1 whose attacks although greatly misapplied seem yet worthy of the following observations4 ,in the first place1 the science demands the greatest study and a constant attention to a multitude of different points2 and as all persons who are but imperfectly practised in it must necessarily commit frequent mistakes1 it has been supposed that even such events as have been truly predicted have taken place by chance only1 and not from any operative cause in nature4 ,but it should be remembered that these mistakes arise1 not from any deficiency or want of power in the science itself1 but from the incompetency of unqualified persons who pretend to exercise it4 ,and1 besides this1 the majority of the persons who set themselves up as professors of this science1 avail themselves of its name and credit for the sake of passing off some other mode of divination2 by that means defrauding the ignorant1 and pretending to foretell many things which from their nature cannot possibly be foreknown2 and consequently affording opportunities to more intelligent people to impugn the value even of such predictions as can rationally be made4 ,the reproach1 however1 thus brought upon the science is wholly unmerited2 for it would be equally just to condemn all other branches of philosophy1 because each numbers among its professors some mischievous pretenders4 ,secondly1 it is not attempted to be denied that any individual1 although he may have attained to the greatest possible accuracy in the science1 must still be liable to frequent error1 arising out of the very nature of his undertaking1 and from the weakness of his limited capacity in comparison with the magnitude of his object4 ,for the whole theory of the quality of matter is supported by inference rather than by positive and scientific proof2 and this is caused principally by the concretion of its temperament out of a multitude of dissimilar ingredients4 ,and1 although the former configurations of the planets have been observed to produce certain consequences 7which have been adapted to configurations now taking place71 and are1 after long periods1 and in a greater or less degree1 resembled by subsequent configurations1 yet these subsequent configurations never become exactly similar to those which have preceded them4 ,for an entire return of all the heavenly bodies to the exact situation in which they have once stood with regard to the earth will never take place1 or at least not in any period determinable by human calculation1 whatever vain attempts may be made to acquire such unattainable knowledge4#bb ,the examples referred to for guidance being therefore not exactly similar to the existing cases to which they are now applied1 it must naturally follow that predictions are sometimes not borne out by the events4 ,hence arises the sole difficulty in the consideration of events produced by the ,ambient4 ,for no other concurrent cause has been hitherto combined with the motion of the heavenly bodies2 although the doctrine of nativities1 particularly that part of it relating to peculiar individual temperament1 demands also the consideration of other concomitant causes1 which are neither trifling nor unimportant1 but essentially potent in affecting the individual properties of the creatures born4 ,thus the variety in seed has the chief influence in supplying the peculiar quality of each species2 for1 under the same disposition of the ,ambient and of the horizon1 each various kind of seed prevails in determining the distinct formation of its own proper species2 thus man is born1 or the horse is foaled2 and by the same law are brought forth all the other various creatures and productions of the earth4 ,it is also to be remembered1 that considerable variations are caused in all creatures by the respective places where they may be brought forth3 for although1 under the same disposition of the ,ambient1 the germs of the future creatures may be of one species1 whether human or of the horse1 the difference in situation1 of the places in which they are generated1 produces a dissimilarity in the body and spirit of one from the body and spirit of another3 and in addition to this it must be considered that different modes of nurture1 and the variety of ranks1 manners1 and customs1 contribute to render the course of life of one individual greatly different from that of another#bc2 consequently1 unless every one of these varieties be duly blended with the causes arising in the ,ambient1 the prejudgment of any event will doubtless be very incomplete4 ,for1 although the greatest multiplicity of power exists in the ,ambient1 and although all other things act as concurrent causes in unison with it1 and can never claim it as a concurrent cause in subservience to them1 there will still1 nevertheless1 be a great deficiency in predictions attempted to be made by means of the heavenly motions alone1 without regard to the other concurrent causes just now adverted to4 #bb ,there seems reason to suppose that this was a favourite speculation among the ancients4 ,in ,scipio's ,dream1 as related by ,cicero1 the phantom of his illustrious grandfather is made to speak of this entire return of all the celestial bodies to some original position which they once held1 as being the completion of the revolution of one great universal year3 and the phantom adds1 8but ,i must acquaint you that not one-twentieth part of that great year has been yet accomplished40 ,this quotation is from memory1 and perhaps may not be verbally correct4 #bc ,in this passage the author seems to have anticipated1 and exposed the absurdity of an argument now considered very forcible against astrology3 viz4 that 8if the art were true1 then any two individuals born under the same meridian1 in the same latitude1 and at the same moment of time1 must have one and the same destiny2 although one were born a prince1 and the other a mendicant40 ,such a monstrous conclusion is nowhere authorized by any astrological writer2 it is1 on the contrary1 always maintained by all of them1 that the worldly differences and distinctions1 alluded to in the text1 inevitably prevent this exact resemblance of destiny2 and all that they presume to assert is1 that1 in their respective degrees1 any two individuals1 so born1 will have a partial similarity in the leading features of their fate4 ,whether their assertion is uniformly borne out1 ,i will not take upon me to determine1 but it would be unfair not to subjoin the following fact3-- ,in the newspapers of the month of ,february1 #ahbj1 the death of a ,mr4 ,samuel ,hemmings is noticed3 it was stated that he had been an ironmonger1 and prosperous in trade2 that he was born on the #dth of ,june1 #agch1 at nearly the same moment as his late ,majesty1 and in the same parish of ,st4 ,martin's-in-the-,fields2 that he went into business for himself in ,october1 #agfj2 that he married on the #hth ,september1 #agfa2 and finally1 after other events of his life had resembled those which happened to the late ,king1 that he died on ,saturday1 the #bith ,january1 #ahbj4 ,these coincidences are1 at least1 highly remarkable4 ,under these circumstances1 it would seem judicious neither to deny altogether the practicability of prescience1 because prognostications thus imperfectly derived are sometimes liable to be fallacious2 nor1 on the other hand1 to admit that all events1 whatever1 are open to previous inquiry2 as if such inquiry could in all cases be securely conducted without having recourse to mere inference1 and as if it were not limited by the narrow extent of mere human abilities4 ,the art of navigation1 for instance1 is not rejected1 although it is in many points incomplete2 therefore the bare fact that predictions are frequently imperfect cannot authorise the rejection of the art of prescience3 the magnitude of its scope1 and the faint resemblance that it bears to a divine attribute1 should rather demand grateful commendations1 and receive the utmost regard and attention4 ,and1 since no weakness is imputed to a physician1 because he inquires into the individual habit of his patient1 as well as into the nature of the disease1 no imputation can justly attach to the professor of prognostication1 because he combines the consideration of species1 nurture1 education and country1 with that of the motion of the heavens3 for as the physician acts but reasonably1 in thus considering the proper constitution of the sick person as well as his disease2 so1 in forming predictions1 it must surely be justifiably allowable to comprehend in that consideration every other thing connected with the subject in addition to the motion of the heavens1 and to collect and compare with that motion all other co-operating circumstances arising elsewhere4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,that ,,prescience ,,is ,,useful ,it appears1 then1 that prescience by astronomy is possible under certain adaptation2 and that alone it will afford premonition1 as far as symptoms in the ,ambient enable it to do so1 of all such events as happen to men by the influence of the ,ambient4 ,these events are1 from their commencement1 always in conformity with the spiritual and corporeal faculties1 and their occasional affections2 as well as with the shorter or longer duration of those affections4 ,they are also conformable with other things which1 although not actually in man's immediate person1 are still absolutely and naturally connected with him3 in connection with his body they are applicable to his estate1 and his conjugal cohabitations2 in connection with his spirit1 they relate to his offspring#bd and his rank2 and they are also connected with all fortuitous circumstances which may occasionally befall him4 #bd ,the ,greek word for this1 1 though found in the ,elzevir edition from which this translation is made1 does not appear in other copies2 the ,basle edition of #aeec says merely1 1 8honour and rank10 which is the sense also given in the ,latin translation of ,perugio1 #afdf1 without any mention of 8offspring40 ,that the foreknowledge of these can be attained has already been demonstrated2 and it remains to speak of the utility of the attainment4 ,first1 however1 let it be said in what respect and with what view it is proposed to draw advantage from this science2 if it be considered in its tendency to promote the good of the mind1 no object more advantageous can surely be wanting to induce the world to rejoice and delight in it1 since it offers an acquaintance with things divine and human3 if it be considered in respect to the benefits it is capable of conferring on the body1 its utility in this view also1 will be found on comparison to excel that of all other arts conducive to the comforts of life1 for it is of more general application and service than all the others together4 ,and1 although it may be objected to the art of prescience1 that it does not co-operate towards the acquirement of riches or glory1 let it also be remembered that the same objection attaches to every other art and science2 since there is not one which can of itself produce either riches or glory1 not yet is there one which is on that plea deemed useless3 it seems1 therefore1 that the science of prognostication1 with its high qualifications and its aptitude to the most important objects1 does not1 in any greater degree1 deserve to be condemned4 ,in general1 however1 the persons who attack and reprobate it as being useless1 do not pay due regard to the manner in which it becomes necessary2 but deny its utility on the specious argument that it is superfluous and puerile to attempt to foreknow things which must inevitably come to pass3 thus considering it in a mode at once abstracted1 unlearned1 and unfair4 ,for1 in the first place1 this fact ought to be kept in view1 that events which necessarily and fully happen1 whether exciting fear or creating joy1 if arriving unforeseen1 will either overwhelm the mind with terror or destroy its composure by sudden delight2 if1 however1 such events should have been foreknown1 the mind will have been previously prepared for their reception1 and will preserve an equable calmness1 by having been accustomed to contemplate the approaching event as though it were present1 so that1 on its actual arrival1 it will be sustained with tranquillity and constancy4 ,in the next place1 it must not be imagined that all things happen to mankind1 as though every individual circumstance were ordained by divine decree and some indissoluble supernal cause2 nor is it to be thought that all events are shown to proceed from one single inevitable fate1 without being influenced by the interposition of any other agency4 ,such an opinion is entirely inadmissable2 for it is on the contrary most essential to observe1 not only the heavenly motion which1 perfect in its divine institution and order1 is eternally regular and undeviating2 but also the variety which exists in earthly things1 subjected to and diversified by the institutions and courses of nature1 and in connection with which the superior cause operates in respect to the accidents produced4 ,it is further to be remarked that man is subject1 not only to events applicable to his own private and individual nature1 but also to others arising from general causes4 ,he suffers1 for instance1 by pestilences1 inundations1 or conflagrations1 produced by certain extensive changes in the ,ambient1 and destroying multitudes at once2 since a greater and more powerful agency must of course always absorb and overcome one that is more minute and weaker4 ,in great changes1 therefore1 where a stronger cause predominates1 more general affections1 like those just mentioned1 are put in operation1 but affections which attach to one individual solely are excited when his own natural constitution peculiar to himself may be overcome by some opposing impulse of the ,ambient1 however small or faint4 ,and in this point of view it is manifest that all events whatsoever1 whether general or particular1 of which the primary cause is strong and irresistible1 and against which no other contrary agency has sufficient power to interpose1 must of necessity be wholly fulfilled2 and that events indicated by a minor cause must of course be prevented and annihilated1 when some other agency may be found contending for an opposite effect2 if1 however1 no such opposing agency can be found1 they also must be fulfilled1 in due succession to the primary cause4 ,nevertheless1 the fulfilment of events thus indicated must not be ascribed solely to the vigour of the cause producing them1 nor to any inevitable fate1 but rather to the absence of any opposing influence capable of prevention4 ,and thus1 with all things whatsoeverwhich trace their causes and origin to nature1 the case is exactly similar2 for stones1#be plants1 animals1 wounds1 passions1 and diseases1 all will of necessity operate on man to a certain degree2 and they fail to do so1 if antidotes be found and applied against their influence4 #be ,in allusion to the sympathetic powers anciently attributed to certain stones4 ,in exercising prognostication1 therefore1 strict care must be taken to foretell future events by that natural process only which is admitted in the doctrine here delivered2 and1 setting aside all vain and unfounded opinions1 to predict that1 when the existing agency is manifold and great1 and of a power impossible to be resisted1 the corresponding event which it indicates shall absolutely take place2 and also1 in other cases1 that another event shall not happen when its exciting causes are counteracted by some interposing influence4 ,it is in this manner that experienced physicians1 accustomed to the observation of diseases1 foresee that some will be inevitably mortal1 and that others are susceptible of cure4 ,thus1 when any opinion is given by the astrologer with respect to the various accidents liable to happen1 it should be understood that he advances nothing more than this proposition2 viz4 that1 by the property inherent in the ,ambient1 any conformation of it1 suitable to a particular temperament1 being varied more or less1 will produce in that temperament some particular affection4 ,and it is also to be understood that he ventures this opinion with the same degree of confidence1 as that with which a physician may declare that a certain wound will increase or grow putrid2 or a man acquainted with metals say that the magnet#bf will attract iron4 ,but neither the increase nor putrefaction of the wound nor the magnet's attraction of iron1 is ordained by any inevitable law1 although these consequences must necessarily follow1 in due obedience to the first principles of the existing order of nature1 when no means of prevention can be found and applied4 ,but1 however1 neither of these consequences will take place1 when such antidotes shall be presented as will naturally prevent them--and a similar consideration should be given to the predictions of the astrologer--because1 if garlick be rubbed on the magnet1 iron will experience no attraction2#bg and if proper medicines be applied to the wound1 it will cease to increase or to putrefy4 ,and therefore all events which happen to mankind take place also in the regular course of nature1 when no impediments thereto are found or known3 but again1 on the other hand1 if any impediments or obstructions be found in the way of events which may be predicted by the regular course of nature to happen1 such events will either not take place at all1 or1 if they should take place1 will be much diminished in their force and extent4 #bf ,whalley1 in translating this chapter1 makes the following remark on this mention of the magnet3 8,however much later it was that the loadstone became known in ,europe1 what is mentioned of it in this chapter makes it evident that it was known in gypt1 where ,ptolemy lived1 in his time40--,that worthy translator forgot 7if indeed he ever knew7 that the loadstone's property of attracting iron was known to ,thales1 and commented on by ,plato and ,aristotle1 all of whom lived some centuries1 more or less1 before ,ptolemy4 ,it is its polarity that was not known until the #aath or #abth century2 and the ,french say that the earliest notice of that polarity is found in a poem of ,guyot of ,provence1 who was at the ,emperor ,frederick's ,court at ,mentz in #aaha4--,see the ,french ,encyclopdia1 c4 #bg ,respecting the effect here asserted to be produced on the magnet by garlick1 ,i have found the following mention in a book called 8,the ,gardener's ,labyrinth10 printed at ,london in #aehf4 8,here also ,i thought not to ouerpasse the maruellous discord of the adamant-stone and garlike1 which the ,greeks name to be an ,antipatheia or naturall contrarietie betweene them2 for such is the hatred or contrarietie between these two bodies 7lacking both hearing and feeling71 that the adamant rather putteth away1 than draweth to it1 iron1 if the same afore be rubbed with garlike2 as ,plutarchus hath noted1 and1 after him1 ,claudius ,ptolemus4 ,which matter1 examined by divers learned1 and founde the contrarie1 caused them to judge1 that those skilful men 7especially ,ptolemie7 ment the same to be done with the ,egyptian ,garlike2 which ,dioscorides wrote to be small garlike1 and the same sweete in taste1 possessing a bewtifull head1 tending unto a purple colour4 ,there be which attribute the same to ,ophioscoridon1 which ,antonius ,microphonius ,biturix1 a singular learned man1 and wel practised in sundry skilles1 uttered this approoued secrete to a friend whom he loued40 ,in the same book1 the 8,ophioscoridon0 is thus spoken of3 8,there is another wild garlike which the ,greeks name ,ophioscoridon2 in ,english ,ramsies2 growing of the owne accord in the fallow fieldes40 ,cornelius ,agrippa 7according to the ,english translation7 has stated that the presence of the diamond also neutralizes the attractive power of the magnet4 ,but as that great magician was somewhat inclined to quibbling1 it is not impossible that by the word he uses for 8diamond0 7viz4 adamas7 he may mean the adamant or loadstone2 which would reduce his assertion merely to this1 that one magnet will counteract another4 ,the same order and consequence exist in all cases1 whether the events have a general or only a particular operation2 and it may therefore well be demanded1 why prescience is believed to be possible as far as it regards general events1 and why it is allowed to be serviceable in preparing for their approach2 while in particular instances its power and use are altogether denied4 ,that the weather and the seasons1 and the indications of the fixed stars1 as well as the configurations of the ,moon1 afford means of prognostication1 many persons admit2 and they exercise this foreknowledge for their own preservation and comfort1 adapting their constitutions to the expected temperature1 by cooling and refreshing things for the summer1 and by warm things for the winter4 ,they also watch the significations of the fixed stars1 to avoid dangerous weather1 in making voyages by sea2 and they notice the aspects of the ,moon1 when at the full1 in order to direct the copulation of their herds and flocks1 and the setting of plants or sewing of seeds3 and there is not an individual who considers these general precautions as impossible or unprofitable4 ,still1 however1 these same persons withhold their assent to the possibility of applying prescience to particular cases2 such1 for instance1 as any particular excess or diminution of cold or heat1 whether arising out of the peculiar temperament producing the original cold or heat1 or from the combination of other properties2 nor do they admit that there are any means of guarding against many of these particular circumstances4 ,and yet1 if it be clear that persons1 who prepare themselves by cooling things1 are less affected by any general heat of the weather1 there seems no reason for supposing that a similar preparation would not be equally effectual against any particular conjuncture oppressed by immoderate heat4 ,it appears1 however1 that this idea1 of the impracticability of attaining foreknowledge of particular circumstances1 must originate solely in the mere difficulty of the acquirement2 which difficulty is certainly rendered peculiarly arduous by the necessity of conducting the enquiry with the greatest accuracy and precision3 and to this it must be added1 that1 as there is rarely found a person capable of arranging the whole subject so perfectly that no part of the opposing influence can escape his attention1 it frequently happens that predictions are not properly regulated by due consideration of that opposing influence1 and that the effects are at once considered fully liable to be brought to pass1 agreeably to the primary agency and without any intervention4 ,this defect1 of not sufficiently considering the opposing influence1 has naturally induced an opinion that all future events are entirely unalterable and inevitable4 ,but1 since the foreknowledge of particular circumstances1 although it may not wholly claim infallibility1 seems yet so far practicable as to merit consideration1 so the precaution it affords1 in particular circumstances1 deserves in like manner to be attended to2 and1 if it be not of universal advantage1 but useful in few instances only1 it is still most worthy of estimation1 and to be considered of no moderate value4 ,of this1 the gyptians seem to have been well aware2 their discoveries of the great faculties of this science have exceeded those of other nations1 and they have in all cases combined the medical art with astronomical prognostication4 ,and1 had they been of opinion that all expected events are unalterable and not to be averted1 they never would have instituted any propitiations1 remedies1 and preservatives against the influence of the ,ambient1 whether present or approaching1 general or particular4 ,but1 by means of the science called by them ,medical ,mathematics1 they combined with the power of prognostication the concurrent secondary influence arising out of the institutions and courses of nature1 as well as the contrary influence which might be procured out of nature's variety2 and by means of these they rendered the indicated agency useful and advantageous3 since their astronomy pointed out to them the kind of temperament liable to be acted upon1 as well as the events about to proceed from the ,ambient1 and the peculiar influence of those events1 while their medical skill made them acquainted with everything suitable or unsuitable to each of the effects to be procured4 ,and it is by this process that remedies for present and preservatives against future disorders are to be acquired3 for1 without astronomical knowledge1 medical aid would be most frequently unavailing2 since the same identical remedies are not better calculated for all persons whatsoever1 than they are for all diseases whatsoever4#bh ,the practicability and utility of prescience having been thus far briefly explained1 the ensuing discourse must be proceeded with4 ,it commences1 introductorily1 with an account of the efficient properties of each of the heavenly bodies1 taken from the rules of the ancients1 whose observations were founded in nature4 ,and1 first1 of the influences of the planets and of the ,sun and ,moon4 #bh ,this seems to explain the origin of the old alliance between medicine and astrology1 so universally preserved until almost within the last century4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,the ,,influences ,,of ,,the ,,planetary ,,orbs ,the ,sun#bi is found to produce heat and moderate dryness4 ,his magnitude1 and the changes which he so evidently makes in the seasons1 render his power more plainly perceptible than that of the other heavenly bodies2 since his approach to the zenith of any part of the earth creates a greater degree of heat in that part and proportionately disposes its inhabitants after his own nature4 #bi ,it will be recollected that the ,ptolemaic hypothesis considers the ,sun as a planetary orb1 in consequence of his apparent progress through the zodiac4 ,the ,moon principally generates moisture2 her proximity to the earth renders her highly capable of exciting damp vapours1 and of thus operating sensibly upon animal bodies by relaxation and putrefaction4 ,she has1 however1 also a moderate share in the production of heat1 in consequence of the illumination she receives from the ,sun4 ,saturn produces cold and dryness1 for he is most remote both from the ,sun's heat and from the earth's vapours4 ,but he is more effective in the production of cold than of dryness4 ,and he and the rest of the planets derive their energy from the positions which they hold with regard to the ,sun and ,moon2 and they are all seen to alter the constitution of the ,ambient in various ways4 ,mars chiefly causes dryness1 and is also strongly heating1 by means of his own fiery nature1 which is indicated by his colour1 and in consequence of his vicinity to the ,sun2 the sphere of which is immediately below him4 ,jupiter revolves in an intermediate sphere between the extreme cold of ,saturn and the burning heat of ,mars1 and has consequently a temperate influence3 he therefore at once promotes both warmth and moisture4 ,but1 owing to the spheres of ,mars and the ,sun1 which lie beneath him1 his warmth is predominant3 and hence he produces fertilizing breezes4 ,to ,venus also the same temperate quality belongs1 although it exists conversely2 since the heat she produces by her vicinity to the ,sun is not so great as the moisture which she generates by the magnitude of her light1 and by appropriating to herself the moist vapours of the earth1 in the same manner that the ,moon does4 ,mercury sometimes produces dryness1 and at other times moisture1 and each with equal vigour4 ,his faculty of absorbing moisture and creating dryness proceeds from his situation with regard to the ,sun1 from which he is at no time far distant in longitude2 and1 on the other hand1 he produces moisture1 because he borders upon the ,moon's sphere1 which is nearest to the earth2 and1 being thus excited by the velocity of his motion with the ,sun1 he consequently operates rapid changes tending to produce alternately either quality4 ,,chapter ,v ,,benefics ,,and ,,malefics ,of the four temperaments or qualities above mentioned1 two are nutritive and prolific1 viz4 heat and moisture2 by these all matter coalesces and is nourished3 the other two are noxious and destructive1 viz4 dryness and cold2 by these all matter is decayed and dissipated4 ,therefore1 two of the planets1 on account of their temperate quality1 and because heat and moisture are predominant in them1 are considered by the ancients as benefic1 or causers of good3 these are ,jupiter and ,venus4 ,and the ,moon also is so considered for the same reasons4 ,but ,saturn and ,mars are esteemed of a contrary nature1 and malefic1 or causers of evil3 the first from his excess of cold1 the other from his excess of dryness4 ,the ,sun and ,mercury are deemed of common influence1 and productive either of good or evil in unison with whatever planets they may be connected with4 ,,chapter ,,vi ,,masculine ,,and ,,feminine ,there are two primary sexes1 male and female2 and the female sex partakes chiefly of moisture4 ,the ,moon and ,venus are therefore said to be feminine1 since their qualities are principally moist4 ,the ,sun1 ,saturn1 ,jupiter1 and ,mars are called masculine4 ,mercury is common to both genders1 because at certain times he produces dryness1 and at others moisture1 and performs each in an equal ratio4 ,the stars1 however1 are also said to be masculine and feminine1 by their positions with regard to the ,sun4 ,while they are matutine and preceding the ,sun1 they are masculine2 when vespertine and following the ,sun1 they become feminine4#cj ,and they are further regulated in this respect by their positions with regard to the horizon4 ,from the ascendant to the mid-heaven1 or from the angle of the west to the lower heaven1 they are considered to be masculine1 being then oriental3 and in the other two quadrants1 feminine1 being then occidental4 #cj 8,astronomers call the planets matutine1 when1 being oriental from the ,sun1 they are above the earth when he rises2 and vespertine1 when they set after him40 ,moxon's ,mathematical ,dictionary4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,diurnal ,,and ,,nocturnal ,the day and the night are the visible divisions of time4 ,the day1 in its heat and its aptitude for action1 is masculine3--the night1 in its moisture and its appropriation to rest1 feminine4 ,hence1 again1 the ,moon and ,venus are esteemed to be nocturnal2 the ,sun and ,jupiter1 diurnal2 and ,mercury1 common2 since in his matutine position he is diurnal1 but nocturnal when vespertine4 ,of the other two planets1 ,saturn and ,mars1 which are noxious1 one is considered to be diurnal1 and the other nocturnal4 ,neither of them1 however1 is allotted to that division of time with which its nature accords 7as heat accords with heat71 but each is disposed of on a contrary principle3 and for this reason1 that1 although the benefit is increased when a favourable temperament receives an addition of its own nature1 yet1 the evil arising from a pernicious influence is much mitigated when dissimilar qualities are mingled with that influence4 ,hence the coldness of ,saturn is allotted to the day1 to counterbalance its heat2 and the dryness of ,mars to the night1 to counterbalance its moisture4 ,thus each of these planets1 being moderated by this combination1 is placed in a condition calculated to produce a favourable temperament4#ca #ca ,whalley here appends the following note3 8,to this chapter may be properly added1 that a planet is said to be diurnal1 when1 in a diurnal nativity1 above the earth2 and1 in a nocturnal nativity1 under the earth3 but nocturnal1 when1 in a nocturnal nativity1 above the earth2 or1 in a diurnal nativity1 under the earth40 ,,chapter ,,viii ,,the ,,influence ,,of ,,position ,,with ,,regard ,,to ,,the ,,sun ,the respective powers of the ,moon and of the three superior planets are either augmented or diminished by their several positions with regard to the ,sun4 ,the ,moon1 during her increase1 from her first emerging to her first quarter1 produces chiefly moisture2 on continuing her increase from her first quarter to her full state of illumination1 she causes heat2 from her full state to her third quarter she causes dryness2 and from her third quarter to her occultation she causes cold4 ,the planets1 when matutine1 and from their first emerging until they arrive at their first station1 are chiefly productive of moisture2 from their first station until they rise at night1 of heat2 from their rising at night until their second station1 of dryness2 and from their second station until their occultation1 they produce cold4#cb ,but it is also sufficiently plain that they must likewise cause1 by their intermixture with each other1 many varieties of quality in the ,ambient3 because1 although their individual and peculiar influence may for the most part prevail1 it will still be more or less varied by the power of the other heavenly bodies configurated with them4 #cb ,although all the positions mentioned in this paragraph are not applicable to ,venus and ,mercury1 which can never rise at night1 that is to say1 at sunset1 and although the author in the beginning of the chapter speaks only of the ,moon and the three superior planets1 there yet seems no reason why the orbits of ,venus and ,mercury should not be similarly divided by their inferior and superior conjunctions1 and their greatest elongations4 ,the following is from ,whalley3 8,the first station1 in this chapter mentioned1 is when a planet begins to be retrograde2 and the second station when1 from retrogradation1 a planet becomes direct4 ,they0 7the planets7 8begin to rise at night when in opposition to the ,sun40 ,,chapter ,,ix ,,the ,,influence ,,of ,,the ,,fixed ,,stars ,next in succession1 it is necessary to detail the natures and properties of the fixed stars2 all of which have their respective influences1 analogous to the influences of the planets3 and those stars which form the constellations of the zodiac require to be first described4 ,aries4 ,the stars in the head of ,aries possess an influence similar in its effects to that of ,mars and ,saturn3 those in the mouth act similarly to ,mercury1 and in some degree to ,saturn2 those in the hinder foot1 to ,mars2 those in the tail1 to ,venus4 ,taurus4 ,those stars in ,taurus1 which are in the abscission of the sign1 resemble in their temperament the influence of ,venus1 and in some degree that of ,saturn3 those in the ,pleiades are like the ,moon and ,mars4 ,of the stars in the head1 that one of the ,hyades which is bright and ruddy1 and called ,facula1#cc has the same temperament as ,mars3 the others resemble ,saturn1 and1 partly1 ,mercury2 and those at the top of the horns are like ,mars4 ,gemini4 ,the stars in the feet of ,gemini have an influence similar to that of ,mercury1 and moderately to that of ,venus4 ,the bright stars in the thighs are like ,saturn3 of the two bright stars on the heads1 the one1 which precedes and is called ,apollo1#cd is like ,mercury2 the other which follows1 called ,hercules1#ce is like ,mars4 ,cancer4 ,the two stars in the eyes of ,cancer are of the same influence as ,mercury1 and are also moderately like ,mars4 ,those in the claws are like ,saturn and ,mercury4 ,the nebulous mass in the breast1 called the ,prsepe1 has the same efficacy as ,mars and the ,moon4 ,the two placed on either side of the nebulous mass1 and called the ,asini1 have an influence similar to that of ,mars and the ,sun4 ,leo4 ,of the stars in ,leo1 two in the head are like ,saturn and partly like ,mars4 ,the three in the neck are like ,saturn1 and in some degree like ,mercury4 ,the bright one in the heart1 called ,regulus1#cf agrees with ,mars and ,jupiter4 ,those in the loins1 and the bright one in the tail1 are like ,saturn and ,venus3 those in the thighs resemble ,venus1 and1 in some degree1 ,mercury4 ,virgo4 ,the stars in the head of ,virgo1 and that at the top of the southern wing1 operate like ,mercury and somewhat like ,mars3 the other bright stars in the same wing1 and those about the girdle1 resemble ,mercury in their influence1 and also ,venus moderately4 ,the bright one in the northern wing1 called ,vindemiator1 is of the same influence as ,saturn and ,mercury3 that called ,spica ,virginis is like ,venus and partly ,mars3 those at the points of the feet and at the bottom of the garments are like ,mercury1 and also ,mars1 moderately4 ,libra4#cg ,those stars at the points of the claws of ,scorpio operate like ,jupiter and ,mercury3 those in the middle of the claws1 like ,saturn1 and in some degree like ,mars4 #cc ,the little ,torch2 now known by the name of ,aldebaran4 #cd ,castor4 #ce ,pollux4 #cf ,cor ,leonis4 #cg ,called by the ancients 1 ,chel1 or the claws of ,scorpio2 which sign they made to consist of #fj degrees1 omitting ,libra4 ,thus ,virgil in the first ,georgic1 line #cc1 c4 ,quo locus ,erigonen inter1 ,chelasque sequentes ,panditur3 ipse tibi jam brachia contrahit ardens ,scorpius1 et cli just plus parte reliquit4 ,ovid1 likewise1 takes the following notice of ,scorpio3-- ,porrigit in spatium signorum membra duorum4 ,met4 #b1 l4 #aih4 ,scorpio4 ,the bright stars in the front of the body of ,scorpio have an effect similar to that produced by the influence of ,mars1 and partly to that produced by ,saturn3 the three in the body itself1 the middle one of which1 called ,antares1#ch is ruddy and more luminous1 are similar to ,mars and moderately to ,jupiter3 those in the joints of the tail are like ,saturn and partly like ,venus3 those in the sting1 like ,mercury and ,mars4 ,the nebula is like ,mars and the ,moon4 ,sagittarius4 ,the stars at the point of the arrow in ,sagittarius have influence similar to that of ,mars and the ,moon3 those on the bow1 and at the grasp of the hand1 act like ,jupiter and ,mars3 the nebula in the face is like the ,sun and ,mars3 those in the waist and in the back resemble ,jupiter1 and also ,mercury moderately3 those in the feet1 ,jupiter and ,saturn3 the four-sided figure in the tail is similar to ,venus1 and in some degree to ,saturn4 ,capricorn4 ,the stars in the horns of ,capricorn have efficacy similar to that of ,venus1 and partly to that of ,mars4 ,the stars in the mouth are like ,saturn1 and partly like ,venus3 those in the feet and in the belly act in the same manner as ,mars and ,mercury3 those in the tail are like ,saturn and ,jupiter4 ,aquarius4 ,the stars in the shoulders of ,aquarius operate like ,saturn and ,mercury2 those in the left hand and in the face do the same3 those in the thighs have an influence more consonant with that of ,mercury1 and in a less degree with that of ,saturn3 those in the stream of water have power similar to that of ,saturn1 and1 moderately1 to that of ,jupiter4 ,pisces4 ,those stars in ,pisces1 which are in the head of the southern fish1 have the same influence as ,mercury1 and1 in some degree1 as ,saturn3 those in the body are like ,jupiter and ,mercury3 those in the tail and in the southern line are like ,saturn1 and1 moderately1 like ,mercury4 ,in the northern fish1 those on its body and back-bone resemble ,jupiter1 and also ,venus in some degree3 those in the northern line are like ,saturn and ,jupiter2 and the bright star in the knot acts like ,mars1 and moderately like ,mercury4#ci #ch ,adams's ,treatise on the ,globes calls this star 8,kalb al ,akrab1 or the ,scorpion's heart10 and adds1 that 8the word ,antares 7if it is not a corruption7 has no signification40 ,but it should be observed that ,ptolemy states that this star partakes of the nature of ,mars3 it seems therefore not improbable that ,antares may be a regular ,greek word1 compounded of pro and ,mars1 and signifying ,mars's deputy1 or lieutenant1 or one acting for ,mars4 #ci ,salmon1 in his 8,hor ,mathematic1 or ,soul of ,astrology0 7printed by ,dawks1 #afgi7 divides each sign of the zodiac into six faces of five degrees each1 8because that in every sign there are various stars of differing natures02 and he gives a particular description to each face1 depending on its ascension or culmination4 ,this seems an attempt to adapt ,ptolemy's signification of the several stars1 composing the different signs1 to some general rule or mode of judgment3 but it does not merit the implicit assent of astrologers4 ,it is understood that ,salmon was not the inventor of this division of the signs into faces1 but that it came originally from the ,arabian schools4 ,,chapter ,x ,,constellations ,,north ,,of ,,the ,,zodiac ,the constellations north of the zodiac have their respective influences1 analogous to those of the planets1 existing in the mode described in the following list4 ,ursa ,minor4 ,the bright stars in this constellation are like ,saturn1 and in some degree like ,venus4 ,ursa ,major is like ,mars1 but the nebula under the tail resembles the ,moon and ,venus in its influence4 ,draco4 ,the bright stars operate like ,saturn and ,mars4 ,cepheus is like ,saturn and ,jupiter4 ,bootes is like ,mercury and ,saturn2 but the bright and ruddy star1 called ,arcturus1 is like ,mars and ,jupiter4 ,corona ,borealis is like ,venus and ,mercury4 ,hercules 7or the ,kneeler7 is like ,mercury4 ,lyra is like ,venus and ,mercury4 ,cygnus is like ,venus and ,mercury4 ,cassiopeia is like ,saturn and ,venus4 ,perseus is like ,jupiter and ,saturn3 but the nebula1 in the hilt of the sword1 is like ,mars and ,mercury4 ,auriga4 ,the bright stars are like ,mars and ,mercury4 ,serpentarius is like ,saturn1 and moderately like ,venus4 ,serpens is like ,saturn and ,mars4 ,sagitta is like ,saturn1 and moderately like ,venus4 ,aquila is like ,mars and ,jupiter4 ,delphinus is like ,saturn and ,mars4 ,equus 7or ,pegasus74 ,the bright stars are like ,mars and ,mercury4 ,andromeda is like ,venus4 ,delta 7or the ,triangle7 is like ,mercury4 ,,chapter ,,xi ,,constellations ,,south ,,of ,,the ,,zodiac ,the influences of the constellations south of the zodiac1 existing in a similar mode1 are as follows3-- ,piscis ,australis4 ,the bright star in the mouth is of the same influence as ,venus and ,mercury4 ,cetus is like ,saturn4 ,orion4 ,the stars on the shoulders operate similarly to ,mars and ,mercury2 and the other bright stars to ,jupiter and ,saturn4 ,fluvius 7or ,eridanus74 ,the last bright one is of the same influence as ,jupiter2 the rest are like ,saturn4 ,lepus is like ,saturn and ,mercury4 ,canis4 ,the bright star in the mouth is like ,jupiter1 and partly like ,mars3 the others are like ,venus4 ,procyon4#dj ,the bright star is like ,mercury1 and in some degree like ,mars4 ,hydrus4 ,the bright stars are like ,saturn and ,venus4 ,crater is like ,venus1 and in some degree like ,mercury4 ,corvus is like ,mars and ,saturn4 ,argo4 ,the bright stars are like ,saturn and ,jupiter4 ,centaurus4 ,the stars in the human part of the figure are of the same influence as ,venus and ,mercury2 the bright stars in the horse's part are like ,venus and ,jupiter4 ,lupus4 ,the bright stars are like ,saturn1 and partly like ,mars4 ,ara is like ,venus1 and also ,mercury in some degree4 ,corona ,australis4 ,the bright stars are like ,saturn and ,jupiter4 ,the respective influences of the several stars have been observed by the ancients to operate in conformity with the mode pointed out in the foregoing distributions4#da #dj ,canis ,minor4 #da 8,of the fixed stars in general10 ,whalley says1 8,those of the greatest magnitude are the most efficacious2 and those in1 or near1 the ecliptic1 more powerful than those more remote from it4 ,those with north latitude and declination affect us most4 ,those in the zenith1 influence more than others1 more remote4 ,likewise such as are in partial conjunction with1 or in the antiscions of any planets1 or which rise and set1 or culminate with any planet1 or are beheld by any planet1 have an increase of power3 but of themselves the fixed stars emit no rays40 ,,chapter ,,xii ,,the ,,annual ,,seasons ,the year comprises four seasons2 spring1 summer1 autumn1 and winter2 of these1 the spring partakes chiefly of moisture1 for on the dissipation of cold and recommencement of warmth1 an expansion of the fluids takes place3 the summer is principally hot1 owing to the ,sun's nearest approach to the zenith3 the autumn is principally dry1 because the recent heat has absorbed the moisture3 and the winter is chiefly cold1 the ,sun being then at his farthest distance from the zenith4 ,the beginning of the whole zodiacal circle 7which in its nature as a circle can have no other beginning1 nor end1 capable of being determined71 is therefore assumed to be the sign of ,aries1 which commences at the vernal equinox3#db since the moisture of spring forms a primary beginning in the zodiac1 analogous to the beginning of all animal life2 which1 in its first age of existence1 abounds principally in moisture3 the spring1 too1 like the first age of animal life1 is soft and tender2 it is therefore suitably placed as the opening of the year1 and is followed by the other seasons in appropriate succession4 ,the summer comes second1 and1 in its vigour and heat1 agrees with the second age of animals2 the prime of life1 and the period most abounding in heat4 ,again1 the age when the prime of life has passed away1 and in which decay prepares to advance1 is chiefly abundant in dryness1 and corresponds to the autumn4 ,and the final period of old age1 hastening to dissolution1 is principally cold1 like the winter4 #db ,this sentence shows the futility of the objection raised against astrology 7and mentioned in the ,preface to this translation7 that the signs have changed and are changing places4 ,it is clear from this sentence that ,ptolemy ascribes to the #cj degrees after the vernal equinox1 that influence which he has herein mentioned to belong to ,aries2 to the next #cj degrees1 the influence herein said to belong to ,taurus2 and so of the rest of the zodiac4 ,we should rather say that the stars have changed places1 than that the parts of heaven1 in which they were once situated1 have done so4 ,ptolemy himself seems to have foreseen this groundless objection of the moderns1 and has written1 in the #beth chapter of this book1 what ought completely to have prevented it4 ,it has certainly been one of the misfortunes of astrology to be attacked by people entirely ignorant of its principles4 ,,chapter ,,xiii ,,the ,,influence ,,of ,,the ,,four ,,angles ,the angles are the four cardinal points of the horizon1 whence are derived the general names of the winds4 ,with respect to their qualities1 it is to be observed that the eastern point1 or angle of the ascendant1 is chiefly dry in its nature2 because1 on the ,sun's arrival therein1 the damps occasioned by the night begin to be dried up3 and all winds blowing from that quarter1 under the common name of east winds1 are arid and free from moisture4 ,the southern point1 or angle of the mid-heaven1 is the most hot2 because the ,sun's meridan position1 which produces greater warmth and heat1 declines 7in this part of the earth7 towards the south4 ,the winds1 therefore1 which blow from that quarter1 and are commonly called south winds1 are hot and rarefying4 ,the western point1 or occidental angle1 is moist2 because1 when the ,sun is there1 the moisture1 which had been overpowered during the day1 recommences its operation3 and the winds proceeding from thence1 and commonly called west winds1 are light and damp4 ,the northern point1 or angle of the lower heaven1 is the most cold2 for the ,sun's meridian position in this part of the earth is far removed from it in declination3 and all winds thence proceeding1 under the common name of north winds1 are cold and frosty4 ,it will1 of course1 be seen that a thorough acquaintance with the foregoing matters is essential in order to acquire the faculty of distinguishing temperaments in every shape and variation3 since it is sufficiently obvious that the effective influence of the stars must be greatly diversified by the constitutions of the seasons1 as well as those of the ages of life1 and of the angles2 and also that the stars have a much stronger influence on any constitution1 when there may not be in it any tendency contrary to their own1 as the whole influence is then entire and unalloyed4 ,for example1 stars effecting heat operate more vigorously in constitutions of heat2 and those effecting moisture in constitutions of moisture4 ,on the other hand1 should a tendency1 contrary to their own1 exist in any constitution1 the stars accordingly become less efficacious2 in consequence of being attempered and mixed with that contrary tendency3 and this happens1 for instance1 when stars effecting heat are attempered by constitutions of cold1 or stars producing moisture by constitutions of dryness4 ,the influence of every star is thus modified by the proportionate admixture presented by constitutions of a nature different from its own4 ,in succession to the previous instructions1 the following description of the natural and peculiar properties of the signs of the zodiac is annexed3 the general temperaments of the signs are analogous to those of the seasons1 which are respectively established under each sign1 but they have1 also1 certain peculiar energies1 arising from their familiarity with the ,sun1 the ,moon1 and the stars1 which shall be hereafter specified2--and the simple and unmixed influences existing in the signs1 as considered only in themselves and with regard to each other1 will be first stated4 ,,chapter ,,xiv ,,tropical1 ,,equinoctial1 ,,fixed1 ,,and ,,bicorporeal ,,signs ,among the twelve signs1 some are termed tropical1 others equinoctial1 others fixed1 and others bicorporeal4 ,the tropical signs are two3 viz4 the first thirty degrees after the summer solstice1 which compose the sign of ,cancer2 and the first thirty degrees after the winter solstice1 composing the sign of ,capricorn4 ,these are called tropical1 because the ,sun1 after he has arrived at their first points1 seems to turn1 and to change his course towards a contrary latitude2#dc causing summer by the turn he makes in ,cancer1 and winter by that which he makes in ,capricorn4 ,there are also two equinoctial signs3 ,aries1 the first after the vernal equinox2 and ,libra1 the first after the autumnal equinox3 they are so called1 because the ,sun1 when in the first point of either1 makes the day and night equal4 ,of the remaining eight signs1 four are fixed1 and four bicorporeal4 ,those signs1 which severally follow immediately after the two tropical and the two equinoctial signs1 are termed fixed1 because1 during the ,sun's presence in them1 the cold1 heat1 moisture or dryness1 of the season1 which commenced on his arrival in the preceding tropical or equinoctial sign1 is then more firmly established3 not1 however1 that the temperament of the season has in itself actually increased in vigour1 but1 having continued for some time in operation1 it then renders all things more strongly affected by its influence4 ,the bicorporeal signs severally follow the fixed signs2 and1 being thus intermediately placed between the fixed and the tropical signs1 they participate in the constitutional properties of both1 from their first to their last degrees4 #dc ,in other words1 the ,sun then begins to diminish his declination1 which1 at the first points of the said signs1 is at its greatest amount4 ,,chapter ,,xv ,,masculine ,,and ,,feminine ,,signs ,again1 among the twelve signs1 six are called masculine and diurnal1 and six feminine and nocturnal4 ,they are arranged in alternate order1 one after the other1 as the day is followed by the night1 and as the male is coupled with the female4 ,the commencement1 it has been already said1 belongs to ,aries2 since the moisture of the spring forms an introduction for the other seasons4 ,and1 as the male sex governs1 and the active principle takes precedence of the passive1 the signs of ,aries and ,libra are consequently considered to be masculine and diurnal4 ,these signs describe the equinoctial circle1 and from them proceed the principal variation1 and most powerful agitation1 of all things4 ,the signs immediately following them are feminine and nocturnal2 and the rest are consecutively arranged as masculine and feminine1 by alternate order4 ,masculine or feminine qualities are1 however1 by some persons1 attributed to the signs by means of a different arrangement1 and by making the sign ascending 7which is also called the horoscope7 the first of the masculine signs4 ,they also consider the first tropical sign to be that in which the ,moon is posited1 because she undergoes more frequent and rapid changes and variations than any other heavenly body2 and it is by a similar mode of reasoning that they establish the horoscope as the first masculine sign1 on account of its being more immediately under the ,sun4 ,again1 certain of these persons likewise allow the alternate arrangement of the signs2 while there are1 again1 others who do not admit it2 but1 instead thereof1 divide the whole zodiac into quadrants1 and denominate those between the ascendant and the mid-heaven1 and between the western angle and the lower haven1 oriental and masculine2 and the other two quadrants1 occidental and feminine4 ,there have also been other additional appellations bestowed on the signs1 in consequence of their apparent formations and figures3 they have been called quadrupedal1 terrestrial1 imperial1 fruitful1 and have received various other distinguishing epithets of the same sort2 but these distinctions seem too unimportant to be even enumerated here1 since their origin is obvious1 and since1 should they ever be thought serviceable towards the inference of future effects1 they may be easily applied without the aid of further instruction4 ,,chapter ,,xvi ,,mutual ,,configurations ,,of ,,the ,,signs ,there are certain familiarities or connections between different parts of the zodiac2 and the chief of these is that which exists between such parts as are configurated with each other4 ,this mutual configuration attaches to all parts diametrically distant from each other1 containing between them two right angles1 or six signs1 or a hundred and eighty degrees3 it also exists in all parts at the triangular distance from each other1 containing between them one right angle and a third1 or four signs1 or a hundred and twenty degrees2 also1 in all parts at the quadrate distance from each other1 containing between them exactly one right angle1 or three signs1 or ninety degrees2 and1 also1 in all parts at the hexagonal distance from each other1 containing between them two-thirds of a right angle1 or two signs1 or sixty degrees4#dd ,these several distances are taken for the following reasons3 the distance by diameter1 however1 is in itself sufficiently clear1 and requires no further explanation2 but1 as to the rest1 after the diametrical points have been connected by a straight line1 ,,ab2 the space of the two right angles1 contained on the diameter1 is then to be divided into aliquot parts of the two greatest denominations2 that is to say1 into halves1 ,,afc1 ,,cfb1 and into thirds1 ,,afd1 ,,dfe1 ,,efb3 there will then be provided for the third part 7,,ad7 a super-proportion 7,,dc71 equal to its own half2 and for the half 7,,ac7 a super-proportion 7,,ce71 equal to its own third part2 so that the division into two aliquot parts1 ,,ac1 ,,cb1 will make the quartile distance ,,ac2 and the division into three aliquot parts1 ,,ad1 ,,de1 ,,eb1 will make the sextile distance ,,ad1 and the trinal distance ,,ae4 ,the respective super-proportions 7on either side of the intermediate quartile ,,ac1 formed by the one right angle ,,afc71 will also again make the quartile ,,ac 7if there be added to the sextile1 ,,ad1 the super-proportion ,,dc1 equal to the half of the sextile71 and the trine ,,ae 7if there be added to the quartile ,,ac the super-proportion ,,ce1 equal to the third part of the quartile74 ,illustration #dd ,whalley1 in his note upon this chapter1 seems to have been surprised that no mention is made here by ,ptolemy of the conjunction2 but he overlooked the fact that the chapter treats only of parts of the zodiac configurated with each other2 and that it was not possible for ,ptolemy to conceive how any part could be configurated with itself4 ,it is1 therefore1 by no means wonderful that the conjunction is not inserted here along with the rest of the aspects2 although it is frequently adverted to in subsequent chapters1 and its efficacy particularly described4 ,of these configurations1 the trine and the sextile are each called harmonious1 because they are constituted between signs of the same kind2 being formed between either all feminine or all masculine signs4 ,the opposition and quartile are considered to be discordant1 because they are configurations made between signs not of the same kind1 but of different natures and sexes4#de #de ,from the tenor of this chapter it was formerly doubted whether the author intended to admit in his theory only zodiacal aspects1 and to reject those which are called mundane2 but ,placidus has referred to the #dth ,chapter of the #hth ,book of the ,almagest 7which will be found in the ,appendix to this translation7 to prove that ,ptolemy distinctly taught two kinds of aspect2 one in the zodiac and one in the world4 ,whalley quotes the opinion of ,placidus1 which he says is farther confirmed by the #abth ,chapter of the #crd ,book of this very treatise1 where it is stated that the ascendant and the eleventh house are in sextile to each other2 the ascendant and the mid-heaven in quartile2 the ascendant and the ninth house in trine2 and the ascendant and the occidental angle in opposition2 all which certainly seems to be applicable to mundane aspects in particular4 ,,chapter ,,xvii ,,signs ,,commanding ,,and ,,obeying ,any two signs configurated with each other at an equal distance from the same1 or from either equinoctial point1 are termed commanding and obeying1 because the ascensional and descensional times of the one are equal to those of the other1 and both describe equal parallels4 ,the signs in the summer semicircle are commanding2 those in the winter semicircle1 obeying3 for1 when the ,sun is present in the former1 he makes the day longer than the night2 and1 when in the latter1 he produces the contrary effect4 ,,chapter ,,xviii ,,signs ,,beholding ,,each ,,other1 ,,and ,,of ,,equal ,,power ,any two signs1 equally distant from either tropical sign1 are equal to each other in power2 because the ,sun1 when present in one1 makes day and night1 and the divisions of time1 respectively equal in duration to those which he produces when present in the other4 ,such signs are also said to behold each other1 as well for the foregoing reasons1 as because each of them rises from one and the same part of the horizon1 and sets in one and the same part4#df #df ,whalley has a very lengthy note upon this and the preceding chapter1 to show that ,ptolemy here speaks of zodiacal parallels1 or parallels of declination1 and to point out the necessity of observing a planet's latitude1 in order to ascertain its true parallels4 ,it is1 however1 to be recollected1 that the parallels now alluded to are distinct from the mundane parallels1 which are equal distances from the horizon or meridian1 and are considered by ,ptolemy in the #adth and #aeth ,chapters of the #crd ,book of this work2 although not under the express name of mundane parallels4 ,,chapter ,,xix ,,signs ,,inconjunct ,all signs1 between which there does not exist any familiarity in any of the modes above specified1 are inconjunct and separated4 ,for instance1 all signs are inconjunct which are neither commanding nor obeying1 and not beholding each other nor of equal power1 as well as all signs which contain between them the space of one sign only1 or the space of five signs1 and which do not at all share in any of the four prescribed configurations3 viz4 the opposition1 the trine1 the quartile1 and the sextile4 ,all parts which are distant from each other in the space of one sign only are considered inconjunct1 because they are averted1 as it were1 from each other2 and because1 although the said space between them may extend into two signs1 the whole only contains an angle equal to that of one sign3 all parts distant from each other in the space of five signs are also considered inconjunct1 because they divide the whole circle into unequal parts2 whereas the spaces contained in the configurations above mentioned1 viz4 the opposition1 trine1 quartile1 and sextile1 produce aliquot divisions4#dg #dg ,it has never been very clearly shown how the followers of ,ptolemy have reconciled the new aspects 7called the semiquadrate1 quintile1 sesquiquadrate1 biquintile1 c47 with the veto pronounced in this chapter4 ,kepler is said to have invented them1 and they have been universally adopted2 even ,placidus1 who has applied ,ptolemy's doctrine to practice better than any other writer1 has availed himself of them1 and1 if the nativities published by him are to be credited1 he has fully established their importance4 ,salmon1 in his 8,hor ,mathematic10 before-mentioned1 gives a long dissertation 7from p4 #djc to p4 #dad7 on the old ,ptolemaic aspects1 illustrative of their foundation in nature and in mathematics2 and1 although his conclusions are not quite satisfactorily drawn1 some of his arguments would seem appropriate1 if he had but handled them more fully and expertly2 particularly where he says that the aspects are derived 8from the aliquot parts of a circle1 wherein observe that1 although the zodiac may have many more aliquot parts than these four 7the sextile1 quartile1 trine1 and opposition71 yet those other aliquot parts of the circle1 or #cfj degrees1 will not make an aliquot division of the signs also1 which in this design was sought to answer1 as well in the number #ab1 as in the number #cfj40 ,the passage in which he endeavours to show that they are authorized by their projection1 also deserves attention4 ,all ,salmon's arguments1 however1 in support of the old ,ptolemaic aspects1 militate against the new ,keplerian ones2 and so does the following extract from the 8,astrological ,discourse0 of ,sir ,christopher ,heydon3 8,for thus1 amongst all ordinate planes that may be inscribed1 there are two whose sides1 joined together1 have pre-eminence to take up a semicircle1 but only the hexagon1 quadrate1 and equilateral triangle1 answering to the sextile1 quartile1 and trine irradiated4 ,the subtense1 therefore1 of a sextile aspect consisteth of two signs1 which1 joined to the subtense of a trine1 composed of four1 being regular and equilateral1 take up six signs1 which is a complete semicircle4 ,in like manner1 the sides of a quadrate inscribed1 subtending three signs1 twice reckoned1 do occupy likewise the mediety of a circle4 ,and what those figures are before said to perform0 7that is1 to take up a semicircle7 8either doubled or joined together1 may also be truly ascribed unto the opposite aspect by itself2 for that the diametral line1 which passeth from the place of conjunction to the opposite point1 divideth a circle into two equal parts3 the like whereof cannot be found in any other inscripts2 for example1 the side of a regular pentagon0 7the quintile7 8subtendeth #gb degrees1 of an octagon0 7the semiquadrate7 8but #de2 the remainders of which arcs1 viz4 #ajh and #ace degrees1 are not subtended by the sides of any ordinate figure40 ,except the semiquadrate1 which he has not at all noticed4 ,,chapter ,,xx ,,houses ,,of ,,the ,,planets ,those stars which are denominated planetary orbs have particular familiarity with certain places in the zodiac1 by means of parts designated as their houses1 and also by their triplicities1 exaltations1 terms1 and so forth4 ,the nature of their familiarity by houses is as follows3 ,cancer and ,leo are the most northerly of all the twelve signs2 they approach nearer than the other signs to the zenith of this part of the earth1 and thereby cause warmth and heat3 they are consequently appropriated as houses for the two principal and greater luminaries2 ,leo for the ,sun1 as being masculine2 and ,cancer for the ,moon1 as being feminine4 ,it has hence resulted1 that the semicircle from ,leo to ,capricorn has been ordained solar1 and the semicircle from ,aquarius to ,cancer1 lunar2 in order that each planet might occupy one sign in each semicircle1 and thus have one of its houses configurated with the ,sun and the other with the ,moon1 conformably to the motions of its own sphere1 and the peculiar properties of its nature4 ,saturn1 therefore1 since he is cold and inimical to heat1 moving also in a superior orbit most remote from the luminaries1 occupies the signs opposite to ,cancer and ,leo3 these are ,aquarius and ,capricorn2 and they are assigned to him in consideration of their cold and wintry nature2 and because the configuration by opposition does not co-operate towards the production of good4#dh #dh ,saturn being also malefic in his nature4 ,jupiter has a favourable temperament1 and is situated beneath the sphere of ,saturn2 he therefore occupies the next two signs1 ,sagittarius and ,pisces4 ,these signs are airy and fruitful1 in consequence of their trinal distance from the houses of the luminaries1 which distance harmonises with the operation of good4 ,mars is dry in nature1 and beneath the sphere of ,jupiter3 he takes the next two signs1 of a nature similar to his own1 viz4 ,aries and ,scorpio1 whose relative distances from the houses of the luminaries are injurious and discordant4 ,venus1 possessing a favourable temperament1 and placed beneath the sphere of ,mars1 takes the next two signs1 ,taurus and ,libra4 ,these are of a fruitful nature1 and preserve harmony by the sextile distance2 and this planet is never more than two signs distant from the ,sun4 ,mercury never has greater distance from the ,sun than the space of one sign1 and is beneath all the other planets3 hence he is placed nearest to both luminaries1 and the remaining two signs1 ,gemini and ,virgo1 are allotted to him4#di #di ,the planets1 having two houses1 are said to be more powerful in one by day and in the other by night3 thus1 ,saturn's day house is ,aquarius1 his night house ,capricorn ,jupiter's ,sagittarius ,pisces ,mars's ,aries ,scorpio ,venus's ,taurus ,libra ,mercury's ,gemini ,virgo ,the above is from ,whalley2 but the same disposition is to be found in all modern astrological writers4 ,,chapter ,,xxi ,,the ,,triplicities ,the familiarity existing by triplicity arises in the following mode3 ,the triplicity preserves accordance with an equilateral triangle1 and the whole zodiacal orbit is defined by three circles1 viz4 that of the equinox1 and those of the two tropics2 the twelve signs are1 therefore1 distributed among four equilateral triangles4 ,the first triangle1 or triplicity1 is formed by three masculine signs1 ,aries1 ,leo1 and ,sagittarius1 having the ,sun1 ,jupiter1 and ,mars as lords by house4 ,mars1 however1 being contrary in condition to the solar influence1 this triplicity receives1 as its lords1 only ,jupiter and the ,sun4 ,by day1 therefore1 the ,sun claims the principal co-regency of it1 and ,jupiter by night4 ,aries is on the equinoctial circle1 ,leo on the summer1 and ,sagittarius on the winter circle4 ,this triplicity is principally northern1 owing to the concurrent dominion of ,jupiter1 who is fruitful and airy1 and expressly connected with winds proceeding from the north2 it is1 however1 also north-west1 in consequence of being1 in some degree1 combined with the west by means of the house of ,mars1 who introduces western breezes and the feminine qualities of that quarter1 in consequence of his lunar condition4#ej ,the second triplicity1 formed by ,taurus1 ,virgo1 and ,capricorn1 is allotted to the dominion of the ,moon and ,venus1 since it consists of feminine signs4 ,the ,moon rules it by night1 and ,venus by day4 ,taurus is on the summer circle1 ,virgo on the equinoctial1 and ,capricorn on the winter4 ,this triplicity is southern1 in consequence of the dominion of ,venus1 whose warm and moist influence produces south winds3 it1 however1 additionally receives a mixture of the east1 by means of ,saturn2 for1 as ,capricorn is the house of that planet1 and an eastern sign1 ,saturn becomes effective of winds from that quarter1 and furnishes this triplicity with a mixture of the east1 with which quarter he is further connected by means of his solar condition4#ea ,the third triplicity is composed of ,gemini1 ,libra1 and ,aquarius1 masculine signs4 ,it holds connection with ,saturn and ,mercury by containing their houses1 and is therefore attributed to them1 and not to ,mars1 to which planet it bears no relation4 ,saturn rules it by day1 owing to his condition1#eb and ,mercury by night4 ,gemini is on the summer circle1 ,libra on the equinoctial1 and ,aquarius on the winter4 ,this triplicity is principally eastern1 by the influence of ,saturn2 but it becomes north-east by receiving also a mixture of the north from the condition of ,jupiter1 with which planet ,saturn has1 in this respect1 a diurnal familiarity4#ec ,the fourth triplicity1 formed by ,cancer1 ,scorpio1 and ,pisces1 is left to the remaining planet1 ,mars1 who has right in it by means of his house1 ,scorpio4 ,but1 as the signs which compose this triplicity are feminine1 the ,moon by night and ,venus by day1 through their feminine condition1 govern it1 together with ,mars4 ,cancer is on the summer circle1 ,scorpio on the winter1 and ,pisces on the equinoctial4 ,this triplicity is western1 in consequence of the government of the ,moon and ,mars2 but it is also blended with the south by the joint dominion of ,venus1 and therefore becomes south-west4 #ej ,the 8lunar condition0 here spoken of refers to the position of ,aries 7,mars's house7 in the lunar semicircle4 #ea ,capricorn being in the solar semicircle4 #eb ,the reason for making ,saturn diurnal lord of this triplicity may be found in ,chap4 vii4 #ec ,this familiarity seems to arise from the sextile aspect between ,aquarius1 the diurnal house of ,saturn1 and ,sagittarius1 the diurnal house of ,jupiter4 ,,chapter ,,xxii ,,exaltations ,that which is termed the exaltation of the planets is considered by the following rules3 ,the ,sun on his entrance into ,aries is then passing into the higher and more northern semicircle2 but1 on his entrance into ,libra1 into the more southern and lower one3 his exaltation1 therefore1 is determined to be in ,aries1 as1 when present in that sign1 he begins to lengthen the days1 and the influence of his heating nature increases at the same time4 ,his fall is placed in ,libra1 for the converse reasons4 ,saturn on the contrary1 in order to preserve his station opposite to the ,sun1 in this respect1 as well as in regard to their respective houses1 obtains his exaltation in ,libra1 and his fall in ,aries3 since1 in all cases1 the increase of heat must be attended by a diminution of cold1 and the increase of cold by a diminution of heat4 ,the ,moon1 again1 after conjunction with the ,sun in ,aries1 the seat of his exaltation1 makes her first appearance1 and begins to augment her light in ,taurus1 the first sign of her own triplicity1 which is consequently ascribed to be her exaltation2 while ,scorpio1 the opposite sign1 is her fall4 ,jupiter1 since he is efficacious in exciting fruitful breezes from the north1 and since he becomes most northerly1 and augments his peculiar influence when in ,cancer1 accordingly obtains his exaltation in that sign1 and his fall in ,capricorn4 ,mars possesses a fiery nature1 which receives its greatest intensity in ,capricorn1 in which sign this planet becomes most southerly2 his exaltation is therefore placed in ,capricorn1 in opposition to that of ,jupiter1 and his fall in ,cancer4 ,venus is of a moist nature1 and becomes chiefly moist when in ,pisces4 ,under that sign a dampness begins to be perceptible in the atmosphere1 and ,venus1 from being in that sign1 derives an augmentation of her own proper influence3 her exaltation is consequently placed therein1 and her fall in ,virgo4 ,mercury is of a nature opposite to that of ,venus1 and is more dry3 in opposition to her1 therefore1 he takes his exaltation in ,virgo1 in which sign the autumnal dryness makes its first appearance2 and he receives his fall in ,pisces4 ,,chapter ,,xxiii ,,the ,,disposition ,,of ,,the ,,terms#ed ,there are two methods of disposing the terms of the planets1 in reference to the dominion of the triplicities2 one is gyptian1 the other ,chaldaic4 ,but the gyptian method preserves no regular distribution1 neither in point of successive order nor in point of quantity4 #ed ,in reference to the terms of the planets1 ,placidus has these words 7according to ,cooper's translation73 8,the dignity of the planets in the signs and their parts1 which are called the bounds and terminations0 7quasi1 terms71 8have a real and natural foundation2 to wit1 the powerful aspect or proportional influxes to the movable points in which the stars begin to produce the primary qualities4 ,so that1 according to those things we have explained in the philosophy of the heavens1 these are found to agree so well with the gyptian boundaries0 7terms71 8that they are highly deserving of admiration40 ,in point of order it is defective1 since it1 in some instances1 allots the first degrees of a sign to the lord of the house1 in others to the lord of the triplicity1 and in others again to the lord of the exaltation4 ,by selecting examples this failure in order will easily be seen2 for instance1 if the order were regulated by the government of houses1 for what reason should ,saturn take the first degrees in ,libra1 since that sign is the house of ,venus8 or why should ,jupiter take them in ,aries1 which is the house of ,mars8 ,if the government of triplicities were followed1 for what reason should ,mercury take the first degrees in ,capricorn1 which is in the triplicity ruled by ,venus8 ,if the government by exaltations1 why should ,mars take the first degrees in ,cancer8 that sign being the exaltation of ,jupiter4 ,and if the order were regulated even by considering the planet which possesses most of these dignities in the sign1 for what reason should ,mercury take the first degrees in ,aquarius1 in which sign he rules only by triplicity1 and why not ,saturn1 who has government in it by house1 as well as by triplicity8 or why in short should ,mercury1 who does not possess any kind of dominion in ,capricorn1 receive the first degrees in that sign also8 ,the same want of order is abundantly evident in the rest of the distribution4 ,an equal irregularity exists in the respective quantities of degrees allotted by the gyptians to the several terms of the planets4 ,for it is by no means a proper nor sufficient demonstration of accuracy that the aggregate sum of all the numbers of every single planet amounts to the precise total requiring to be divided into portions of time2#ee since1 even if it be admitted that this total1 collected from every single star1 is correctly asserted by the gyptians1 it may still be objected that the same total1 so collected by them1 may be found in many other ways by interchanging the numbers in a sign4 ,there are persons also who contend that in every latitude the same space of time is occupied in ascension by every star2 this1 however1 is manifestly wrong3 for1 in the first place1 these persons are guided by the vulgar opinion of the plane heights of ascension1 which is totally foreign to truth1 and according to which1 in the parallel of ,lower gypt1 the signs of ,virgo and ,libra would ascend each in thirty-eight degrees and a third1#ef and ,leo and ,scorpio each in thirty-five degrees2 when it is1 on the contrary1 shown by the ,tables1#eg that the latter two signs occupy in their several ascensions more than thirty-five degrees each1 but ,virgo and ,libra less4 ,it should further be observed1 that those who support this opinion seem 7by so doing7 not only to dispute the quantity of the terms most generally received1 but to be driven also to the necessity of falsifying many points2 since 7as it is indispensable to keep to the same total amount of all the terms together7 they make use of parts of degrees2 but even that contrivance does not enable them to reach the true point4 #ee ,this total is the #cfj degrees of the zodiac1 requiring to be divided according to correspondent portions of the equator2 by which all time is reckoned4 #ef ,the degrees here mentioned are degrees of the equator4 #eg ,see1 in the ,appendix1 an extract from these tables2 the whole of which are to be found in the ,almagest4 ,the old terms1 admitted by many persons on the authority of former tradition1 are as follows3 ,,the ,,terms ,,according ,,to ,,the ,,gyptians ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,aries ,taurus ,gemini ,cancer ,leo ,virgo ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,jupiter #f #f,ven4 #h #h,mer4 #f #f,mars #g #g;,jup4 #f #f,mer4 #g #g ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,venus #fab,mer4 #fad;,jup4 #f #ab,ven4 #fac,ven4 #eaa,ven4#ajag ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,mercury #hbj;,jup4 #hbb,ven4 #e #ag,mer4 #fai,sat4 #gah;,jup4 #dba ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,mars #ebe,sat4 #ebg,mars #g #bd;,jup4 #gbf,mer4 #fbd,mars #gbh ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,saturn #ecj,mars #ccj,sat4 #f #cj,sat4 #dcj,mars #fcj,sat4 #bcj ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,libra ,scorpio ,sagittarius ,capricorn ,aquarius ,pisces ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,saturn #f #f,mars #g #g;,jup4#ab #ab,mer4 #g #g,mer4 #g #g,ven4#abab ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,mercury #had,ven4 #daa,ven4 #e #ag;,jup4 #gad,ven4 #fac;,jup4 #daf ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,jupiter #gba,mer4 #hai,mer4 #d #ba,ven4 #hbb;,jup4 #gbj,mer4 #cai ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,venus #gbh;,jup4 #ebd,sat4 #e #bf,sat4 #dbf,mars #ebe,mars #ibh ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,mars #bcj,sat4 #fcj,mars #d #cj,mars #dcj,sat4 #ecj,sat4 #bcj ---------------------------------------- ------------ ,thus1 by the gyptian distribution1 it appears that the total numbers of the degrees for each planet1 added together1 make #cfj3--viz4 for ,saturn #eg1 ,jupiter #gi1 ,mars #ff1 ,venus #hb1 and ,mercury #gf4 ,the method of the ,chaldans contains a certain simplicity of arrangement as to quantity1 and preserves an order of succession rather more comformable to the dominion of the triplicities4 ,it is1 nevertheless1 highly imperfect1 as may be easily discovered even without being pointed out3 for in the first triplicity 7which the ,chaldans also attribute to the same signs2 viz4 ,aries1 ,leo1 and ,sagittarius71 ,jupiter1 the lord of the triplicity1 takes the first degrees2 ,venus1 who rules the next triplicity1 follows him2 after her1 in succession1 are ,saturn and ,mercury1 the lords of the triplicity of ,gemini2 and lastly ,mars1 lord of the remaining triplicity4 ,in the second triplicity 7also allotted to the same signs1 viz4 ,taurus1 ,virgo1 and ,capricorn71 ,venus stands first2 next to her1 ,saturn and ,mercury2 after them ,mars1 and ,jupiter last4 ,in the other two triplicities a similar order of succession is closely followed2 and with respect to the third triplicity1 which is ascribed to two lords1 viz4 to ,saturn and ,mercury1 ,saturn is placed first in order by day and ,mercury by night4 ,the quantity of degrees allotted to each planet is also simply regulated in the ,chaldaic method2 it diminishes in graduation from the quantity given to the planet first in order1 so that each successive planet takes one degree less than that which preceded it4 ,thus the first planet takes eight degrees1 the second seven1 the third six1 the fourth five1 and the fifth four4 ,by this arrangement the degrees of ,saturn amount by day to #gh1 and by night to #ff2 the degrees of ,jupiter to #gb1 of ,mars to #fi1 of ,venus to #ge1 and of ,mercury by day to #ff1 and by night to #gh--the whole amounting to #cfj4 ,of these two distributions of the terms1 that of the gyptians seems more to be relied on than the other2 since it has been handed down and recommended in the writings of the gyptian authors1 and also because the degrees of the terms1 in nativities rectified by them as examples1 are universally in accordance with this distribution2 while1 on the other hand1 neither the order nor the number of the ,chaldaic method has ever been recorded or explained by any writer--not even by the writers of that very nation3 the accuracy of that method is consequently doubtful1 and its irregularity as to the order of placing the planets is widely open to censure4 ,there is1 however1 an ancient writing which has fallen into the author's possession1 and which gives a rational and consistent account of the nature of the terms2 of the order in which they are to be taken1 and of the quantity belonging to each4 ,it will be found in the subsequent chapter4 ,,chapter ,,xxiv ,,the ,,terms ,,according ,,to ,,ptolemy ,in arranging the order in which the planets take their terms in each sign1 their exaltations1 triplicities1 and houses1 are taken into consideration2 and whatever planet1 whether benefic or malefic1 may possess two rights of dominion in one and the same sign1 such planet is universally placed first in order in that sign4 ,in other cases1 however1 where it does not happen that a malefic possesses two rights of dominion in the sign1 it is always placed last4 ,the lord of the exaltation is placed first2 then the lord of the triplicity2 and then the lord of the house2 in regular succession1 according to the series of the signs2 but it must again be remembered that any planet1 having two rights of dominion in the same sign1 takes precedence1 as before mentioned1 of those having only one4 ,in ,cancer and ,leo1 however1 the malefics occupy the first degrees2 as those signs are the houses of the ,moon and the ,sun1 which take no terms2 and the malefics being found to have greater potency in those signs therefore take precedence in them4 ,mars1 consequently1 receives the first degrees in ,cancer1 and ,saturn in ,leo1 by which arrangement a proper order is preserved4#eh #eh ,the cause of this disposition is that ,cancer1 the house of the ,moon1 partakes of moisture1 and counteracts ,mars's dryness2 while ,leo1 the ,sun's house1 is hot1 and counteracts ,saturn's cold4--,vide ,chap4 iv1 and conclusion of ,chap4 vii of this book4 ,it may further be observed1 that ,jupiter's right1 by triplicity1 to the first degrees in ,leo1 is of course surrendered to ,saturn1 on the principle that the malefics have greater potency in the houses of the luminaries4 ,the respective quantities of degrees for the several terms is thus determined3 viz4 when there is no planet found to be lord by two rights in the same sign1 or in the two signs next following1 each of the benefics1 ,jupiter and ,venus1 takes seven degrees2 the malefics1 ,saturn and ,mars1 take five degrees each2 and ,mercury1 being of common influence1 takes six degrees2 thus completing the whole thirty4 ,since1 however1 there are some cases in which a planet has always a double right--7for ,venus obtains the sole government of ,taurus and ,pisces1 as the ,moon does not share in the terms7--it is to be observed that when such double right 7whether it exist in the same sign or in the signs next following as far as may complete a quadrant7 may be possessed by any planet1 that planet receives in addition one degree4 ,the planets thus entitled were distinguished by points in the ancient writing above mentioned4 ,and the degree1 added to the quantity of the planet which exercises a double right1 is subtracted from those of single right2 most generally from ,saturn and ,jupiter1 in consequence of their slower motion4 ,these terms are detailed in the following table3-- ---------------------------------------- -------------------- ,aries ,taurus ,gemini ,cancer ,leo ,virgo ---------------------------------------- -------- ,jupiter#f #f,ven4#h #h,mer4#g #g ,mars#f #f;,jup4#f #f,mer4#g #g ,sat4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,venus #had,mer4#gae;,jup4#f #ac ,mer4#gac,mer4#gac,ven4#fac ,jup4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,mercury#gba;,jup4#gbb,ven4#g #bj ,jup4#gbj,sat4#fai;,jup4#eah ,mer4 ,ven4 ---------------------------------------- -------- ,mars #ebf,sat4#bbd,mars#f #bf ,ven4#gbg;,jup4#fbe,sat4#fbd #dbf ---------------------------------------- -------- ,saturn #dcj,mars#fcj,sat4#d #cj ,sat4#ccj,mars#ecj,mars#fcj #d ---------------------------------------- -------- ,libra ,scorpio ,sagittarius,capricorn ,aquarius ,pisces ---------------------------------------- -------- ,saturn #f #f,mars#f #f;,jup4#h #h ,ven4#f #f,sat4#f #f,ven4#h #h ---------------------------------------- -------- ,venus #eaa,ven4#had,ven4#f #ad ,mer4#fab,mer4#fab;,jup4#fad ,jup4#gac ---------------------------------------- -------- ,mercury#hai;,jup4#gba,mer4#e #ai ,jup4#gai,ven4#hbj,mer4#fbj ,jupiter#eaf,ven4#h ---------------------------------------- -------- ,jupiter#ebd,mer4#fbg,sat4#f #be ,sat4#fbe;,jup4#ebe,mars#fbf ,mercury#h ,mars#ebe ---------------------------------------- -------- ,mars #fcj,sat4#ccj,mars#e #cj ,mars#ecj,mars#ecj,sat4#dcj ,sat4 #c ---------------------------------------- -------- ,,chapter ,,xxv ,,the ,,places ,,and ,,degrees ,,of ,,every ,,planet ,the signs have been subdivided by some persons into parts still more minute1 which have been named places and degrees of dominion4 ,thus the twelfth part of a sign1 or two degrees and a half1 has been called a place1 and the dominion of it given to the signs next succeeding4 ,other persons again1 pursuing various modes of arrangement1 attribute to each planet certain degrees1 as being aboriginally connected with it1 in a manner somewhat similar to the ,chaldaic arrangement of the terms4 ,but all these imaginary attributes cannot be herein detailed1 for they receive no confirmation from nature1 are not capable of being rationally demonstrated1 and are1 in fact1 merely the offspring of scientific vanity4 ,the following observation1 however1 deserves attention1 and must not be omitted4 ,the beginnings of the signs1 and likewise those of the terms1 are to be taken from the equinoctial and tropical points4 ,this rule is not only clearly stated by writers on the subject1 but is also especially evident by the demonstration constantly afforded1 that their natures1 influences and familiarities have no other origin than from the tropics and equinoxes1 as has been already plainly shown4#ei ,and1 if other beginnings were allowed1 it would either be necessary to exclude the natures of the signs from the theory of prognostication1 or impossible to avoid error in then retaining and making use of them2 as the regularity of their spaces and distances1 upon which their influence depends1 would then be invaded and broken in upon4 #ei ,vide ,chapters xii and xiv of this ,book4 ,,chapter ,,xxvi ,,faces1 ,,chariots1 ,,and ,,other ,,similar ,,attributes ,,of ,,the ,,planets ,the familiarities existing between the planets and the signs are such as have been already particularised4 ,there are also1 however1 further peculiarities ascribed to the planets4 ,each is said to be in its proper face1 when the aspect it holds to the ,sun1 or ,moon1 is similar to that which its own house bears to their houses3 for example1 ,venus is in her proper face when making a sextile aspect to either luminary1 provided she be occidental to the ,sun1 but oriental to the ,moon1 agreeably to the primary arrangement of her houses4#fj #fj ,vide ,chapter xx4 ,it of course follows that ,saturn is in his proper face when he is five signs1 or in quintile1 after the ,sun or before the ,moon2 that ,jupiter is so when in trine2 ,mars when in quartile2 ,venus when in sextile2 and ,mercury when only one sign 7or in modern phrase1 in semi-sextile71 after the ,sun or before the ,moon4 ,each planet is also said to be in its proper chariot1 or throne1 or otherwise triumphantly situated1 when it holds familiarity with the place which it actually occupies by two1 or more1 of the prescribed modes of connection3 for when it is so circumstanced1 its influence and energy are specially augmented by the familiarity it thus holds with the sign which encompasses it1 and which is similar in influence and co-operates with it4 ,lastly1 each planet 7although it may possess no familiarity with the sign encompassing it7 is said to rejoice1 when any connection subsists between itself and other stars of the same condition2 as1 notwithstanding the distance between them1 a certain sympathy and communication of influence is derived from their mutual resemblance4 ,in the same manner1 again1 when a planet occupies a place adverse and dissimilar in condition to itself1 much of its influence is dissipated and lost2 in consequence of the interposition and admixture of the other different influence1 arising out of the dissimilar temperament of the sign by which it is encompassed4 ,,chapter ,,xxvii ,,application1 ,,separation1 ,,and ,,other ,,faculties ,in all cases when the distances between planets or luminaries are but trifling1#fa the planet which precedes is said to apply to that which follows2 and that which follows to be separating from that which precedes4#fb ,the same rule obtains both in respect to bodily conjunction and to any other of the aspects before described2 except that1 in the application and separation of the bodily conjunction1 it is also essential to observe the actual latitudes of the bodies1 in order to receive and consider only such a transit as may be made in the same parts of the zodiac4#fc ,but in the application and separation of aspects merely1 the same attention is not requisite1 since all the rays are uniformly converged into one focus1 that is to say1 into the angle of the earth1#fd and meet there alike from every quarter4 #fa ,this has been understood to mean1 when the planets or luminaries are within each other's orbs2 ,saturn's orb being #aj degrees1 ,jupiter's #ab1 ,mars's #g degrees #cj minutes1 the ,sun's #ag degrees1 ,venus's #h1 ,mercury's #g degrees #cj minutes1 and the ,moon's #ab degrees #cj minutes4 #fb ,astrologers generally agree1 that the inferior planets always apply to the superior1 but the superior never to the inferior1 except when the inferior be retrograde4 ,in the present instance it seems most probable that the author means the planet which is more occidental1 by 8the planet which precedes40 ,he often uses 8precedent0 as equivalent to 8occidental0 in regard to the daily revolution of the heavens3 and thus a planet in the first degree of ,aries would precede1 and be more occidental than one in the sixth degree of ,aries1 to which latter it would1 by the regular planetary motion1 be applying4 #fc ,on this1 ,whalley says that 8the less the difference of latitude of the planets in conjunction1 the more powerful will be the influence3 for if two planets in conjunction have each considerable latitude of different denomination1 the influence of such conjunction will be much lessened40 #fd 4 ,the precise meaning of the word is 8centre10 rather than 8angle02 but ,ptolemy uses it throughout this work1 in speaking of the four angles of heaven1 and ,i conceive he uses it here to signify an angle at1 or on1 the earth4 ,the following definition of an aspect1 by ,kepler1 strengthens my opinion3 8,an aspect is an angle formed on the earth1 by the luminous rays of two planets2 efficacious in stimulating sublunary nature40 ,it appears1 therefore1 by the whole of what has been already delivered1 that the effective influence of the stars must be considered as arising not only from their own peculiar natures and properties1 but also from the quality of the surrounding signs1 and from configuration with the ,sun and the angles2 all which has been pointed out4 ,the influence of each planet1 however1 is strengthened chiefly when it may be oriental1 swift and direct in its proper course and motion--for it has then its greatest power3 but1 on the other hand1 it loses strength when occidental and slow in motion or retrograde2 as it then acts with smaller effect4#fe ,its influence also receives accession or diminution1 from its position with regard to the horizon2 as1 if it be situated in the mid-heaven1 or succedent to the mid-heaven1 it is especially strong2 likewise1 if it be on the actual horizon1 or succedent to the horizon1 it is also powerful--particularly if in the eastern quarter4 ,should it1 however1 be below the earth1 and configurated with the ascendant1 either from the lower heaven1 or from any other part below the earth1 its influence then becomes more languid2 but if1 when below the earth1 it hold no such configuration1 it is entirely deprived of efficacy4#ff #fe ,placidus 7,cooper's translation7 says that 8the three superiors are supposed to be stronger1 if they are found to be matutine1 or eastern1 from the ,sun2 the three inferiors1 vespertine1 or western2 for then they have a greater degree of light1 in which consists their virtual influence1 and then they are called oriental2 but occidental if otherwise4 ,every one knows how largely1 yet to no purpose1 authors have treated of the orientality of the planets40 ,moxon's ,mathematical ,dictionary has the following words on the same subject3 8,now the three superior planets are strongest1 being oriental and matutine2 but the three inferior when they are occidental and vespertine4 ,the reason is1 because the first in the first case1 but the last in the second1 do then descend to the lowest part of their orbit1 are increased in light1 and approaching nearer the earth2 and so on the contrary1 the inferiors matutine1 the superiors vespertine are weakened40 #ff ,in a note on the #fth ,chapter of this ,book1 ,whalley says that1 8according to ,ptolemy1 such as are between the ascendant and mid-heaven obtain the first place of strength1 and are said to be in their oriental orientality3 but1 between the western horizon and the lower heaven1 in their occidental orientality1 which is the second place of strength3 between the lower heaven and the ascendant1 in their oriental occidentality1 the first degree of weakness2 and between the mid-heaven and western horizon1 in their occidental occidentality1 the weakest place of all40 ,this is all very pretty jargon1 but certainly ,,not 8according to ,ptolemy10 who distinctly says1 on the contrary1 that if a planet 8is on the actual horizon1 or succedent to the horizon1 it is also powerful1 and particularly if in the eastern quarter40 ,the last member of this sentence1 as well as the conclusion of this #bgth ,chapter1 shows that ,ptolemy did not consider a situation between the mid-heaven and western horizon to be 8the weakest place of all40 ,,book ,,the ,,second ,,chapter ,i ,,general ,,division ,,of ,,the ,,subject ,the great and leading points1 requiring to be attended to as a necessary means of introduction to the consideration of particular predictions1 having been succinctly defined1 the further parts of the subject1 comprehending everything which may tend to facilitate prediction1 and render it complete1 shall now be duly proceeded in2 and1 at the same time1 care shall be taken to confine the whole doctrine within the limits of natural reason4 ,the foreknowledge to be acquired by means of ,astrology is to be regarded in two great and principal divisions4 ,the first1 which may be properly called ,general1 or ,universal1 concerns entire nations1 countries1 or cities2 and the second1 denominated ,particular1 or ,genethliacal1 relates to men individually4 ,in considering these respective divisions1 it seems proper to give priority to that which has the more general application and influence3 because1 in the first place1 general events are produced by causes greater and more compulsatory than the causes of particular events2 secondly1 because natures of more extended potency must invariably control those which are more limited in action2 and1 thirdly1 because particular events1 or individual affections1 are comprehended in those of general influence4#fg ,it is therefore especially necessary1 in desiring to investigate particular events1 to treat first of those which are general4 #fg ,vide ,chap4 iii1 ,book ,i1 pp4 #ac-ad4 ,again1 general events are subdivided according to their operation upon entire countries1 and upon certain cities or districts3 one sub-division being regarded as affecting entire countries1 and the other certain cities or districts only4 ,they are also separately considered according to the causes by which they are produced2 war1 pestilence1 famine1 earthquakes1 inundations1 and other similar visitations being dependent on such greater and more important causes1 as arise only after considerable periods2 while slighter causes1 arising more frequently1 have reference only to the revolution of the seasons2 their greater or less variation in cold and heat2 the severity or mildness of the weather2 the occasional abundance or scarcity of provisions2 and other like occurrences4 ,hence the consideration of those events which concern whole countries1 and are dependent on the greater causes 7since it has a more extended scope than the other1 which attaches only to certain cities1 or districts1 and is subject to slighter causes7 takes precedence4 ,and1 for its due investigation1 two essential points are to be attended to3 the first is1 the appropriate familiarity of the zodiacal signs and the fixed stars with the several regions which may be concerned2 and the second comprises the indications occasionally arising in those parts of the heavens where such familiarity is found3 for instance1 the eclipses of the ,sun and ,moon1 and such transits as may be made by the planets1 when matutine1 and in their respective stations4 ,the nature of the sympathy between these things must1 however1 be explained first2 and a brief description will therefore be given of the chief peculiarities observable in whole nations2 in regard to their manners and customs1 as well as to their bodily formation and temperament2 considered agreeably to their familiarity with those stars and signs whence the natural cause of their peculiarities duly proceeds4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,peculiarities ,,observable ,,throughout ,,every ,,entire ,,climate ,the peculiarities of all nations are distinguished according to entire parallels and entire angles1 and by their situation with regard to the ,sun and the ,ecliptic4 ,the climate which we inhabit is situated in one of the ,northern ,quadrants3 but other nations1 which lie under more southern parallels1 that is to say1 in the space between the equinoctial line and the summer tropic1 have the ,sun in their zenith1 and are continually scorched by it4 ,they are consequently black in complexion1 and have thick and curled hair4 ,they are1 moreover1 ugly in person1 of contracted stature1 hot in disposition1 and fierce in manners1 in consequence of the incessant heats to which they are exposed2 and they are called by the common name of thiopians4 ,but the human race does not alone afford evidence of the violent heat in these regions2 it is shown also by all other animals and by the state of the surrounding atmosphere4 ,the natives of those countries which lie under the more remote northern parallels 7that is to say1 under the ,arctic circle and beyond it#fh7 have their zenith far distant from the zodiac and the ,sun's heat4 ,their constitutions1 therefore1 abound in cold1 and are also highly imbued with moisture1 which is in itself a most nutritive quality1 and1 in these latitudes1 is not exhausted by heat3 hence they are fair in complexion1 with straight hair1 of large bodies and full stature4 ,they are cold in disposition1 and wild in manners1 owing to the constant cold4 ,the state of the surrounding atmosphere and of animals and plants1 corresponds with that of men2 who 7as natives of these countries7 are designated by the general name of ,scythians4 #fh 8,under the ,bears10 in the ,greek4 ,the nations situated between the summer tropic and the ,arctic circle1 having the meridian ,sun neither in their zenith nor yet far remote from it1 enjoy a well-temperated atmosphere4 ,this favourable temperature1 however1 still undergoes variation1 and changes alternatively from heat to cold2 but the variation is never vast nor violent4 ,the people who enjoy this kindly atmosphere are consequently of proportionate stature and complexion1 and of good natural disposition3 they live not in a state of dispersion1 but dwell together in societies1 and are civilised in their habits4 ,among the nations comprehended in this division1 those verging towards the south are more industrious and ingenious than the others1 and more adapted to the sciences3 and these qualifications are engendered in them by the vicinity of the zodiac to their zenith1 and by the familiarity thus subsisting between them and the planets moving in the zodiac1 which familiarly gives activity and an intellectual impulse to their minds4 ,again1 the natives of those countries which lie towards the east excel in courage1 acting boldly and openly under all circumstances2 for in all their characteristics they are principally conformed to the ,sun's nature1 which is oriental1 diurnal1 masculine and dexter--7and it is plainly apparent that the dexter parts of all animals are much stronger than others7--hence results the greater courage of the inhabitants of the ,east4 ,and as the ,moon1 on her first appearance after conjunction1 is always seen in the west1 the western parts are therefore lunar1 and consequently feminine and sinister2 whence it follows that the inhabitants of the west are milder1 more effeminate and reserved4 ,thus1 in all countries1 certain respective peculiarities exist in regard to manners1 customs and laws2 and in each it is found that some portion of the inhabitants differs partially and individually from the usual habits and condition of their race4 ,these variations arise similarly to the variations perceptible in the condition of the atmosphere2 as1 in all countries1 the general state of whose atmosphere may be either hot1 or cold1 or temperate1 certain districts are found to possess a particular temperature of their own1 and to be more or less hot1 or cold1 by being more or less elevated than the general face of the country4 ,so1 likewise1 certain people become navigators owing to their proximity to the sea1 while others are equestrian1 because their country is a plain2 and others1 again1 become domiciliated by the fertility of their soil4 ,and thus1 in each particular climate1 certain peculiar qualities are to be found1 arising from the natural familiarity which it holds with the stars and the twelve signs4 ,and although these qualities do not pervade it1 in such a manner as to be necessarily exhibited by every individual native1 yet they are so far generally distributed as to be of much utility in investigating particular events2 and it is highly important to take at least a brief notice of them4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,the ,,familiarity ,,of ,,the ,,regions ,,of ,,the ,,earth ,,with ,,the ,,triplicities ,,and ,,the ,,planets ,it has been already stated that there are four triplicities distinguishable in the zodiac4 ,the first1 composed of ,aries1 ,leo1 and ,sagittarius1 is the north-west triplicity2 and ,jupiter has chief dominion over it on behalf of its northern proportion2 but ,mars also rules with him in reference to the west4 ,the second1 consisting of ,taurus1 ,virgo1 and ,capricorn1 is the south-east2 and in this triplicity ,venus bears chief rule1 in consequence of the southern proportion2 but ,saturn also governs with her in consideration of the east4 ,the third1 composed of ,gemini1 ,libra1 and ,aquarius1 is north-east2 and ,saturn is here the principal lord1 in consequence of the eastern proportion2 ,jupiter1 however1 governs with him in reference to the north4 ,the fourth triplicity is constituted of ,cancer1 ,scorpio1 and ,pisces1 and is south-west2 it owns ,mars as its principal ruler1 in consideration of its western proportion2 and1 on behalf of the south1 it is also governed by ,venus4 ,the four triplicities being thus established1 the whole inhabited earth is accordingly divided into four parts1 agreeing with the number of the triplicities4 ,it is divided latitudinally by the line of the ,mediterranean ,sea1 from the ,straits of ,hercules to the ,issican ,gulf1 continued onwards through the mountainous ridge extending towards the east2 and by this latitudinal division its southern and northern parts are defined4 ,its longitudinal division is made by the line of the ,arabian ,gulf1 the gean ,sea1 ,pontus1 and the lake ,motis2 and by this line are separated its eastern and western parts4 ,of the four quadrants of the earth1 thus agreeing in number with the four triplicities1 one is situated in the north-west of the entire earth1 and contains ,celto-galatia2 or1 as it is commonly called1 ,europe4 ,opposed to this quadrant lies that of the south-east1 towards ,eastern thiopia2 it is called the southern part of ,asia ,magna4 ,another quadrant of the entire earth is in the north-east1 about ,scythia1 and is called the northern part of ,asia ,magna4 ,to this is opposed the quadrant of the south-west1 which lies about ,western thiopia1 and is known by the general name of ,libya4 ,each of these quadrants contains certain parts1 which1 in comparison with its other parts1 lie more contiguous to the middle of the earth2 and these parts1 in respect of the quadrant to which they belong1 have a situation opposite to the rest of that quadrant1 in the same manner as that quadrant itself is situated in regard to the rest of the earth4 ,for instance1 in the quadrant of ,europe1 which is situated on the north-west of the whole earth1 those parts of it which lie towards the middle of the earth1 and near the angles of the other quadrants1 are manifestly situated in the south-east of that quadrant4 ,the like rule obtains in regard to the other quadrants4 ,and hence it is evident that each quadrant is in familiarity with two oppositely-placed triplicities1 its whole extent being adapted to the one triplicity which governs it as an entire quadrant2 but its particular parts1 situated about the middle of the earth1 and lying1 as regards the rest of the quadrant1 in a direction contrary to that assigned to the whole quadrant altogether1 being adapted to the other triplicity which rules the particular quadrant lying opposite to it4 ,the planets exercising dominion in both these triplicities also hold familiarity with these particular parts2 but1 with the other more remote parts of any quadrant1 only those planets hold familiarity which rule in the single triplicity to which the whole quadrant is allotted4 ,with the said particular parts about the middle of the earth1 ,mercury also1 as well as the other planets in dominion1 bears familiarity1 in consideration of his meditative condition and common nature4 ,under this arrangement1 it follows that the north-western parts of the first quadrant1 or that of ,europe1 are in familiarity with the north-west triplicity1 composed of ,aries1 ,leo1 and ,sagittarius2 and they are accordingly governed by the lords of that triplicity1 ,jupiter and ,mars1 vespertine4 ,these parts1 as distinguished by their appropriation to entire nations1 are ,britain1 ,galatia1 ,germany1 ,barsania1#fi ,italy1 ,apulia1 ,sicily1 ,gaul1 ,tuscany1 ,celtica1 and ,spain4 ,and1 since the triplicity itself and the planets connected with it in dominion are adapted to command1 the natives of these countries are consequently impatient of restraint1 lovers of freedom1 warlike1 industrious1 imperious1 cleanly1 and high-minded4 ,but1 owing to the vespertine configuration of ,jupiter and ,mars1 as well as the masculine condition of the anterior parts of the triplicity1 and the feminine condition of its latter parts1#gj the said nations regard women with scorn and indifference4#ga ,they are1 however1 still careful of the community1 brave and faithful1 affectionate in their families1 and perform good and kind actions4 #fi ,or1 perhaps1 ,bastarnia1 a part of the ancient ,european ,sarmatia4 #gj ,this should probably be understood to mean in a mundane point of view1 agreeably to ,chaps4 ,,vi and ,,xv1 ,book ,i4 ,for when ,aries is on the ascendant1 it is1 of course1 oriental and masculine2 and ,sagittarius must consequently then be in the eighth house1 occidental1 and therefore feminine4 #ga ,the customs of nations have1 in some degree1 altered since ,ptolemy made this severe charge against us and our brethren in the north and west of ,europe4 ,the following passage also occurs in this part of the original text3-- 1 4 1 1 4 ,among the countries before named1 ,britain1 ,galatia1 ,germany1 and ,barsania have a greater share of familiarity with ,aries and ,mars2 and their inhabitants are accordingly wilder1 bolder1 and more ferocious4 ,italy1 ,apulia1 ,sicily1 and ,gaul are in familiarity with ,leo and the ,sun2 and the natives of these countries are more imperious1 yet kind and benevolent1 and careful of the commonwealth4 ,tuscany1 ,celtica1 and ,spain1 are connected with ,sagittarius and ,jupiter2 and their inhabitants are lovers of freedom1 simplicity1 and elegance4 ,the south-eastern parts of this quadrant1 which are situated towards the middle of the earth1 viz4 ,thrace1 ,macedonia1 ,illyria1 ,hellas1 ,achaia1 and ,crete1 as well as the ,cyclad ,isles and the shores of ,asia ,minor and of ,cyprus1 assume1 in addition1 a connection with the south-east triplicity1 which is composed of ,taurus1 ,virgo1 and ,capricorn1 and ruled by ,venus and ,saturn2 and1 in consequence of the vicinity of these regions to the middle of the earth1 ,mercury likewise has a proportionate dominion over them4 ,hence their inhabitants1 being subjected to the rulers of both triplicities1 enjoy a favourable temperament of mind and of body4 ,from ,mars they imbibe their fitness for command1 their courage1 and impatience of restraint2 from ,jupiter their love of freedom1 their self-rule1 their skill in guiding public affairs1 and in legislation3 through the influence of ,venus they are also lovers of the arts and sciences1 as well as of music and poetry1 of public shows1 and all the refinements of life2 and from ,mercury they deduce their hospitality1 their fondness for society and communion1 their love of equity and of literature1 and their power of eloquence4 ,they are also in the highest degree conversant with sacred mysteries1 owing to the vespertine figuration of ,venus4 ,it is further to be observed of these last-named countries1 that the inhabitants of the ,cyclad ,isles1 and of the shores of ,asia ,minor and of ,cyprus1 are more particularly under the influence of ,taurus and ,venus1 and are therefore voluptuous1 fond of elegance1 and over-studious in their attention to the body4 ,the people of ,hellas1 ,achaia1 and ,crete1 have a stronger familiarity with ,virgo and ,mercury1 and are therefore learned and scientific1 preferring the cultivation of the mind to the care of the body4 ,the people of ,macedonia1 ,thrace1 and ,illyria1 are chiefly influenced by ,capricorn and ,saturn2 whence they are greedy of wealth1 inferior in civilization1 and have no ordinances of civil polity4 ,the second quadrant consists of the southern division of ,asia ,magna4 ,such of its parts as are contained in ,india1 ,arriana1 ,gedrosia1 ,parthia1 ,media1 ,persia1 ,babylonia1 ,mesopotamia1 and ,assyria1 are situated in the south-east of the whole earth1 and have due familiarity with the south-east triplicity 7composed of ,taurus1 ,virgo1 and ,capricorn71 and consequently with ,venus1 ,mercury1 and ,saturn1 in matutine figuration4 ,the nature of the inhabitants of these countries is obedient to the dominion of these ruling influences2 they worship ,venus under the name of ,isis2 and they also pay devotion to ,saturn1 invoking him by the name of ,mithranhelios4 ,many of them likewise foretell future events2 and they consecrate to the gods some of their bodily members1 to which superstition they are induced by the nature of the figuration of the planets before mentioned4#gb ,they are1 moreover1 hot in constitution1 amorous and lustful1 fond of acting1 singing1 and dancing1 gaudy in their dresses and ornaments2 owing to the influence of ,venus4 ,saturn1 however1 inclines them to simplicity of conduct2 and1 in consequence of the matutine figuration1 they address their women publicly4#gc ,there are also many among them who beget children by their own mothers4#gd ,the matutine figurations also influence their mode of worship1 which is performed by prostration of the breast2 because the heart is the nobler part of the body1 and1 in its vivifying faculties1 acts like the ,sun4 ,and1 although the influence of ,venus makes the people1 generally speaking1 finical and effeminate in their personal adornment and apparel1 yet the connection which ,saturn holds with them1 by means of the east1 still renders them great in mind1 eminent in council1 courageous and warlike4 #gb ,the ,greek is as follows3 ,follies1 similar in their kind to these1 are still practised by the ,faquirs of ,hindostan1 and by other religious sects in ,asia4 #gc #gd ,the author gives a singular reason for this incest3 77 4 ,it is to be remarked1 that ,parthia1 ,media1 and ,persia1 have a more particular familiarity with ,taurus and ,venus2 whence it follows that the dwellers in those countries wear splendid garments1 and clothe the whole person entirely1 except the breast2 they are also fond of elegance and refinement4 ,the countries about ,babylon1 ,mesopotamia1 and ,assyria1 are connected with ,virgo and ,mercury2 their inhabitants are consequently studious of the sciences1 and1 among other attainments1 excel in making observations on the five planets4 ,india1 ,arriana1 and ,gedrosia1 are connected with ,capricorn and ,saturn2 the natives of these regions are1 therefore1 ill-formed in person1 of dirty habits1 and barbarous manners4 ,the remaining parts of this second quadrant1 viz4 ,iduma1 ,clesyria1 ,juda1 ,phnicia1 ,chalda1 ,orchynia1 and ,arabia ,felix1 occupy a situation in the vicinity of the middle of the earth1 and in the north-west of the quadrant to which they actually belong3 hence they are in familiarity with the north-west triplicity 7which consists of ,aries1 ,leo1 and ,sagittarius71 and they have for their rulers1 ,jupiter and ,mars1 together with ,mercury4 ,by means of the figuration of these planets1 the natives of the said countries are skilful in trade and all mercantile affairs1 heedless of danger1 yet treacherous1 servile1 and thoroughly fickle4 ,the inhabitants of ,clesyria1 ,iduma1 and ,juda1 are principally influenced by ,aries and ,mars1 and are generally audacious1 atheistical1#ge and treacherous4 ,the ,phnicians1 ,chaldans1 and ,orchynians1 have familiarity with ,leo and the ,sun1 and are therefore more simple and humane in disposition2 they are also studious of astrology1 and pay greater reverence than all other nations to the ,sun4 ,the people of ,arabia ,felix are connected with ,sagittarius and ,jupiter3 the country is fertile1 and abundantly productive of spices1 and its inhabitants are well-proportioned in person1 free in all their habits of life1 and liberal in all their contracts and dealings4 #ge ,the epithet is remarkable1 not only as being1 in the opinion of a ,gentile1 merited by the ,jews1 among other nations1 but also at a period scarcely exceeding a century after their most heinous crime had been committed1 expressly under the cloak of religion4 ,it seems1 however1 that the ,jews were charged with atheism by other writers also1 and on account of their neglect of the false gods of the heathens2 viz4 8falsorium deorum neglectus3 quam candem causam etiam ,judis maledicendi ,tacitus habuit1 et ,plinius ,major1 cui ,judi dicuntur gens contumeli numinum insignis40 ,see ,clark's ,notes on ,grotius de ,verit4 ,relig4 ,christ4 ,lib4 #b1 #b4 ,the third quadrant occupies the northern division of ,asia ,magna4 ,those several parts of it which lie to the north-east of the whole earth1 and comprise ,hyrcania1 ,armenia1 ,mantiana1 ,bactriana1 ,casperia1 ,serica1 ,sauromatica1 ,oxiana1 and ,sogdiana1 are in familiarity with the north-east triplicity1 composed of ,gemini1 ,libra1 and ,aquarius1 and have for their rulers ,saturn and ,jupiter1 in matutine positions2 hence the inhabitants worship ,jupiter and the ,sun4#gf ,they are abundantly rich in all things3 they possess much gold1 and are dainty and luxurious in their diet4 ,they are also learned in theology1 skilled in magic1 just in all their dealings1 free and noble-minded1 holding dishonesty and wickedness in abhorrence1 strongly imbued with the softer affections of nature2 and1 in a worthy cause1 they will even readily embrace death to preserve their friends4 ,they are1 furthermore1 chaste in marriage1 elegant and splendid in their dress1 charitable and beneficent1 and of enlightened intellect4 ,all these qualities are principally produced by the matutine positions of ,saturn and ,jupiter1 who influence the region4 #gf ,other editions say 8,saturn40 ,among these nations1 however1 ,hyrcania1 ,armenia1 and ,mantiana1 have a greater familiarity with ,gemini and ,mercury2 and the inhabitants are consequently more acute in apprehension1 but less tenacious of their probity4 ,the countries about ,bactriana1 ,casperia1 and ,serica1 are connected with ,libra and ,venus2 and the natives are endowed with much wealth and many luxuries1 and take delight in poetry and songs4 ,the nations about ,sauromatica1 ,oxiana and ,sogdiana1 are influenced by ,aquarius and ,saturn2 and are therefore less polished in manners1 and more austere and uncouth4 ,the other parts of this quadrant1 lying near the middle of the entire earth1 consist of ,bithynia1 ,phrygia1 ,colchis1 ,laxica1 ,syria1 ,commagene1 ,cappadocia1 ,lydia1 ,lycia1 ,cilicia1 and ,pamphylia4 ,these1 being situated in the south-west of their quadrant1 have familiarity accordingly with the south-west triplicity1 composed of ,cancer1 ,scorpio1 and ,pisces1 and are ruled by ,mars and ,venus1 together with ,mercury4 ,in these countries ,venus is principally worshipped2 she is invoked as the ,mother of the ,gods1 and by various local and indigenous appellations2 ,mars likewise receives adoration here1 under the name of ,adonis1 as well as by other titles2#gg and some of the religious services to these deities are performed by loud lamentations4 ,the people are servile in mind1 diligent in labour1 yet fraudulent1 knavish1 and thievish2 they enter into foreign armies for the sake of hire1 and make prisoners and slaves of their own countrymen3 besides which1 they are continually subject to intestine broils4 ,these traits arise from the matutine figurations of ,mars and ,venus4 ,it is further to be observed1 that1 from the circumstance of ,mars receiving his exaltation in ,capricorn 7one of the signs of the triplicity ruled by ,venus71 and ,venus hers in ,pisces 7a sign belonging to the triplicity of ,mars71 it thence follows that the women have strong attachments and kindly affections to their husbands1 are vigilant and careful in domestic affairs1 and highly industrious3 they also act as servants1 and labour for the men1 with all due obedience1 in every thing4 ,bithynia1 ,phrygia1 and ,colchis1 must however be excepted from sharing in this general propriety of the female character2 for1 as these nations are chiefly connected with ,cancer and the ,moon1 their male population is1 generally speaking1 slavish in its habits1 timid and superstitious1 while the greater part of the women1 owing to the matutine and masculine position of the ,moon1 are of masculine manners1 ambitious of command1 and warlike4 ,these females1 like the ,amazons1 shun the addresses of men1 and delight in the use of arms1 and in manly occupations3 they also amputate the right breasts of their female children for the sake of adapting them to military service1 and in order that1 when in combat and exposing that part of their body1 they may appear to be of the male sex4 ,again1 ,syria1 ,commagene1 and ,cappadocia1 are principally influenced by ,scorpio and ,mars2 and their inhabitants are accordingly bold1 wicked1 treacherous1 and laborious4 ,lydia1 ,cilicia1 and ,pamphylia1 have a greater familiarity with ,pisces and ,jupiter2 when their inhabitants are wealthy1 of mercantile habits1 living in freedom and in community1 faithful to their engagements1 and honest in their dealings4 ,the remaining quadrant is the vast tract known by the general name of ,libya4 ,its several parts1 distinguished by the particular names of ,numidia1 ,carthage1 ,africa1#gh ,phazania1 ,nasamonitis1 ,garamantica1 ,mauritania1 ,getulia1 and ,metagonitis1 are situated in the south-west of the entire earth1 and have due familiarity with the south-west triplicity1 composed of ,cancer1 ,scorpio1 and ,pisces2 their rulers therefore are ,mars and ,venus1 in vespertine position4 ,from this figuration of the planets it results that the dwellers in these regions are doubly governed by a man and a woman1 who are both children of the same mother2 the man rules the males1 and the woman the females4 ,they are extremely hot in constitution1 and desirous of women2 their marriages are usually made by violence1 and in many districts the local princes first enjoy the brides of their subjects3 in some places1 however1 the women are common to all4 ,the influence of ,venus causes the whole people to delight in personal ornaments1 and in being arrayed in female attire3 nevertheless1 that of ,mars renders them courageous1 crafty1 addicted to magic1 and fearless of dangers4 #gg ,it is usually understood that the male deity1 coupled by the ,phrygians with ,cybele1 8the mother of the ,gods10 was called by them ,atys2 and that ,adonis was the name used by the ,phnicians in addressing the associate of ,venus4 ,it has been said that these divinities were identical with the ,isis and ,osiris of the gyptians4 #gh ,the name of ,africa was1 in ,ptolemy's time1 limited to those parts of the coast on the ,mediterranean which contained the ancient ,utica1 and in which ,tunis now stands4 ,josephus says the name is derived from ,afer 7one of the posterity of ,abraham by ,cethurah71 who is stated to have led an army into ,libya1 and to have established himself in the country4 ,this ,afer is1 of course1 the same with ,epher1 mentioned in the fourth verse of the #beth chapter of ,genesis1 as a son of ,midian1 one of the sons of ,abraham by his concubine ,keturah4 ,again1 however1 of the above-named countries1 ,numidia1 ,carthage1 and ,africa1 are more particularly in familiarity with ,cancer and the ,moon3 their inhabitants1 consequently1 live in community1 attend to mercantile pursuits1 and enjoy abundantly all the blessings of nature4 ,the natives of ,metagonitis1 ,mauritania1 and ,getulia1 are influenced by ,scorpio and ,mars1 and are consequently ferocious and pugnacious in the highest degree2 eaters of human flesh1 utterly indifferent to danger1 and so regardless and prodigal of blood1 as to slay each other without hesitation on the slightest cause4 ,the people in ,phazania1 ,nasamonitis1 and ,garamantica1 are connected with ,pisces and ,jupiter1 and are accordingly frank and simple in manners1 fond of employment1 well disposed1 fond of the decencies of life1 and1 for the most part1 free and unrestrained in their actions3 they worship ,jupiter by the name of ,ammon4 ,the other parts of this quadrant1 which lies near the middle of the entire earth1 are ,cyrenaica1 ,marmarica1 gypt1 ,thebais1 ,oasis1 ,troglodytica1 ,arabia1 ,azania1 and ,middle thiopia4 ,these countries1 being situated in the north-east of their quadrant1 have due familiarity with the north-east triplicity 7consisting of ,gemini1 ,libra1 and ,aquarius71 and are governed by ,saturn and ,jupiter1 and also by ,mercury4 ,their inhabitants1 therefore1 participate in the influence of all the five planets in vespertine figuration1 and consequently cherish due love and reverence for the gods1 and dedicate themselves to their service4 ,they are addicted to sepulchral ceremonies2 and1 owing to the said vespertine position1 they bury their dead in the earth1#gi and remove them from the public eye4 ,they use various laws and customs1 and worship divers gods4 ,in a state of subjection1 they are submissive1 cowardly1 abject1 and most patient2 but when they command1 they are brave1 generous1 and high-minded4 ,polygamy is frequent among them1 and practised by the women as well as the men3 they are most licentious in sexual intercourse1 and allow incestuous commerce between brothers and sisters4 ,both men and women are extraordinarily prolific1 and correspond in this respect with the fecundity of their soil4 ,many of the men are1 however1 effeminate and debased in mind2 in consequence of the figuration of the malefics1 together with the vespertine position of ,venus2 and some of them mutilate their persons4#hj #gi ,it does not appear why this practice should have been remarked as a national peculiarity1 unless in distinction from the custom of burning the dead among the ,greeks and ,romans4 ,interment is recorded as having been usual among the ,jews1 and it is known to have been common among many ancient barbarous nations4 ,a conjecture may perhaps be allowed1 that the author1 when he wrote this passage1 had in his mind the magnificent subterranean palaces1 constructed for the dead1 in parts of the region in question2 some of which have been recently made known to the modern world by the sagacity and enterprise of the celebrated ,belzoni4 #hj 4--,the 8contempt0 here expressed by has been taken by all translators 7except ,whalley7 to signify 8mutilation40 ,among these last-named countries1 ,cyrenaica1 ,marmarica1 and particularly ,lower gypt1 are chiefly influenced by ,gemini and ,mercury3 the natives are therefore highly intellectual and sensible1 and gifted with capacity for every undertaking2 above all1 for the attainment of wisdom1 and an insight into divine mysteries4 ,they are also magicians1 performing secret rites and ceremonies1 and are in every respect calculated for the prosecution of all scientific inquiry4#ha ,the inhabitants of ,thebais1 ,oasis1 and ,troglodytica1 are connected with ,libra and ,venus2 they are of warmer constitution1 and more hasty disposition1 and enjoy life in all its plentitude and abundance4 ,the natives of ,arabia1 ,azania1 and ,middle thiopia1 have familiarity with ,aquarius and ,saturn2 they consequently feed on flesh and fish indiscriminately1 and live in a state of dispersion like wild beasts2 they never unite in society1 but lead a wandering and savage life4 #ha ,history warrants the high enconium here given to the natives of these countries4 gypt was the acknowledged mother of the arts and sciences1 and at one time the great depot of all the learning of the world3 her school of astronomy 7a science which our author may be supposed to have placed in the first rank71 founded at ,alexandria by ,ptol4 ,philadelphus1 maintained its superior reputation for a thousand years4 ,cyrenaica gave birth to many illustrious philosophers1 and1 among them1 to ,eratosthenes1 who is said to have invented the armillary sphere4 ,this great man measured the obliquity of the ecliptic1 and1 though he erroneously reckoned it at only #bj degrees1 it should be recollected that he lived #bjj years before the ,christian ra4 ,he also measured a degree of the meridian1 and determined the extent of the earth1 by means similar to those adopted by the moderns4 ,,table ,,showing ,,all ,,the ,,countries ,,belonging ,,to ,,each ,,sign ,,respectively ,signs4 ,aries4 ,taurus4 ,gemini4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,triplicity4 ,north ,west4 ,south ,east4 ,north ,east4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,quadrant of the ,countries4 ,north ,west4 ,south ,east4 ,north ,east4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,britain ,parthia ,hyrcania ,countries remote from the ,galatia ,media ,armenia middle of the earth4 ,germany ,persia ,mantiana ,barsania ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,quadrant of the ,countries4 ,south ,east4 ,north ,west4 ,south ,west4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,countries near the middle ,clesyria ,cyclades ,cyrenaica of the earth4 ,iduma ,cyprus ,marmarica ,juda ,asia ,minor ,lower gypt ,signs4 ,libra4 ,scorpio4 ,sagittarius4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,triplicity4 ,north ,east4 ,south ,west4 ,north ,west4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,quadrant of the ,countries4 ,north ,east4 ,south ,west4 ,north ,west4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,countries remote from the ,bactriana ,metagonitis ,tuscany middle of the earth4 ,casperia ,mauritania ,celtica ,serica ,getulia ,spain ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,quadrant of the ,countries4 ,south ,west4 ,north ,east4 ,south ,east4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,countries near the middle ,thebais ,syria of the earth4 ,oasis ,commagene ,arabia ,felix ,troglodytica ,cappadocia ,signs4 ,cancer4 ,leo4 ,virgo4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,triplicity4 ,south ,west4 ,north ,west4 ,south ,east4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,quadrant of the ,countries4 ,south ,west4 ,north ,west4 ,south ,east4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,numidia ,italy ,mesopotamia ,countries remote from the ,carthage ,apulia ,babylonia middle of the earth4 ,africa ,sicily ,assyria ,gaul ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,quadrant of the ,countries4 ,north ,east4 ,south ,east4 ,north ,west4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,countries near the middle ,bithynia ,phnicia ,hellas of the earth4 ,phrygia ,chalda ,achaia ,colchis ,orychnia ,crete ,signs4 ,capricorn4 ,aquarius4 ,pisces4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,triplicity4 ,south ,east4 ,north ,east4 ,south ,west4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,quadrant of the ,countries4 ,south ,east4 ,north ,east4 ,south ,west4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,countries remote from the ,india ,sauromatica ,phazania middle of the earth4 ,arriana ,oxiana ,nasamonitis ,gedrosia ,sogdiana ,garamantica ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,quadrant of the ,countries4 ,north ,west4 ,south ,west4 ,north ,east4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,countries near the middle ,thrace ,arabia ,lydia of the earth4 ,macedonia ,azania ,cilicia ,illyria ,middle ,pamphylia thiopia ,the familiarities exercised by the ,planets1 and by the ,signs of the ,zodiac1 together with the manners1 customs1 and qualities1 particular as well as general1 which they produce1 have now been concisely described2 but in order to facilitate the knowledge and use of them1 the subjoined table is inserted1 to show1 at one view1 what countries are in connection with each sign1 respectively1 according to the mode above detailed4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,the ,,familiarity ,,of ,,the ,,regions ,,of ,,the ,,earth ,,with ,,the ,,fixed ,,stars ,in addition to the rules which have been already given1 respecting the familiarity of the regions of the earth with the signs and planets1 it must be observed1 that all fixed stars which may be posited on any line1 drawn from one zodiacal pole to the other1 through such parts of the zodiac as may be connected with any particular country1 are also in familiarity with that particular country4 ,and1 with regard to metropolitan cities1 it is necessary to state1 that those points or degrees of the zodiac1 over which the ,sun and ,moon were in transit1 at the time when the construction of any such city was first undertaken and commenced1 are to be considered as sympathizing with that city in an especial manner2 and that1 among the angles1 the ascendant is principally in accordance with it4 ,in certain cases1 however1 where the date of foundation of a metropolis cannot be ascertained1 the mid-heaven in the nativity of the reigning king1 or other actual chief magistrate1 is to be substituted1 and considered as that part of the zodiac with which it chiefly sympathizes4#hb #hb ,whalley remarks on this passage1 that the gradual progress of the fixed stars 8from one sign to another1 is in an especial manner to be regarded in considering the mutations1 manners1 customs1 laws1 government1 and fortune of a kingdom40 ,,chapter ,v ,,mode ,,of ,,particular ,,prediction ,,in ,,eclipses ,after having gone through the necessary preliminary topics1 it is now proper to speak of the manner in which predictions are to be formed and considered2 beginning with those which relate to general events1 affecting either certain cities1 or districts1 or entire countries4 ,the strongest and principal cause of all these events exists in the ecliptical conjunctions of the ,sun and ,moon1 and in the several transits made by the planets during those conjunctions4 ,one part of the observations1 required in forming predictions in cases of this nature1 relates to the locality of the event1 and points out the cities or countries liable to be influenced by particular eclipses1 or by occasional continued stations of certain planets1 which at times remain for a certain period in one situation4 ,these planets are ,saturn1 ,jupiter1 and ,mars2 and they furnish portentous indications1 when they are stationary4 ,another branch relates to time1 and gives pre-information of the period at which the event will occur1 and how long it will continue to operate4 ,the third branch is generic2 and points out the classes1 or kinds1 which the event will affect4 ,the last part is specific2 and foreshows the actual quality and character of the coming event4 ,,chapter ,,vi ,,the ,,regions ,,or ,,countries ,,to ,,be ,,considered ,,as ,,liable ,,to ,,be ,,comprehended ,,in ,,the ,,event ,the first of the several branches of consideration just enumerated relates to locality1 and is to be exercised in the following manner3-- ,in all eclipses of the ,sun and ,moon1 and especially in such as are fully visible1 the place in the zodiac1 where the eclipse happens1 is to be noted2 and it must be seen what countries are in familiarity with that place1 according to the rules laid down regarding the quadrants and the triplicities2 and in like manner it must be observed what cities are under the influence of the sign in which the eclipse happens2 either by means of the ascendant1 and the situations of the luminaries at the time of their foundation1 or by means of the mid-heaven of their kings or governors1 actually ruling at the time of the eclipse2 although such time may be subsequent to the building of the said cities4 ,whatever countries or cities shall be thus found in familiarity with the ecliptical place1 will all be comprehended in the event2 which will1 however1 principally attach to all those parts which may be connected with the identical sign of the eclipse1#hc and in which it was visible while above the earth4#hd #hc ,as shown in the ,table at page #ea4 #hd ,it does not appear that the text here warrants the conclusion which ,whalley has drawn from it1 viz4 8that wherever eclipses are not visible1 they have no influence1 and therefore subterranean eclipses cannot have any40 ,ptolemy declares1 that all countries in familiarity with the ecliptical place will be comprehended in the event2 and1 with regard to the visibility or invisibility of the eclipse1 he says merely that its effects will be principally felt in such of the said countries as might have obtained a view of the eclipse4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,the ,,time ,,and ,,period ,,of ,,the ,,event ,the second point requiring attention relates to time1 and indicates the date when the event will take place1 and the period during which its effect will continue3 these are to be ascertained in the following manner4 ,it must however be premised1 that as an eclipse1 occurring at any particular season1 cannot happen in all climates at the same temporal or solar hour1#he so neither will the magnitude of the obscuration1 nor the time of its continuance1 be equal in all parts of the world4 ,first1 therefore 7as is done in a nativity71 the angles are to be arranged1 in every country connected with the eclipse1 according to the hour at which the eclipse takes place and the elevation of the pole in that country4 ,the time1 during which the obscuration of the eclipse may continue in each country1 is then to be noted in equatorial hours4#hf ,and1 after these particulars have been carefully observed1 it is to be understood that the effect will endure as many years as the obscuration lasted hours1 provided the eclipse was solar2 but if lunar1 a like number of months is to be reckoned instead of years4 ,the commencement of the effect1 and the period of its general intensity1 or strength1 are to be inferred from the situation of the place of the eclipse with respect to the angles4 ,for1 if the ecliptical place be near the eastern horizon1 the effect will begin to be manifested in the course of the first four months after the date of the eclipse2 and its general height1 or intensity1 will take place in1 or about1 the first third part of the whole extent of its duration4 ,if the ecliptical place happen to be in or near the mid-heaven1 the effect will begin to appear in the second four months1 and its general intensity will occur about the second third part2 and1 if the place should fall near the western horizon1 the effect will begin in the third four months1 and take its general intensity in the last third part of its whole duration4#hg #he ,temporal or solar hours are duodecimal parts of the ,sun's diurnal or nocturnal arc1 and are numbered by day from sunrise to sunset2 by night1 from sunset to sunrise4 #hf ,equatorial hours are the twenty-four hours of the earth's revolution on its axis4 ,each of them is equal in duration to the passage of #ae degrees of the ,equator2 and they are numbered from noon to noon4 ,a particular explanation of the astronomical use1 both of temporal and equatorial hours1 is to be found in the #ith ,chapter of the second ,book of the ,almagest2 an extract from which is given in the ,appendix4 #hg ,the three periods of four months each1 stated in this paragraph1 are applicable to solar eclipses only2 for lunar eclipses1 these periods may be reckoned at ten days each2 that number of days bearing the same proportion to a month1 as four months to a year4 ,on this point1 ,whalley1 with his usual inaccuracy1 has asserted1 that 8in eclipses of the ,moon1 two days1 or thereabouts1 are equal to the four months0 here reckoned in eclipses of the ,sun4 ,he adds1 however1 what perhaps may be true1 that 8lunar eclipses are by no means so powerful as those of the ,sun1 although more so than any other lunation40 ,partial intensities1 or relaxations of the effect1 are1 however1 to be inferred from any combinations which may happen during the intermediate period1#hh either in the actual places where the primary cause was presented1 or in other places configurated therewith4 ,they are also to be conjectured by the various courses1 or transits1 of such planets as co-operate in producing the effect1 by being configurated with the sign in which the primary cause was situated2 and1 with this view1 the matutine1 vespertine1 or stationary position1 or midnight culmination of those planets must be observed2 for the effect will be strengthened and augmented by their matutine or stationary position2 but weakened and diminished by their being vespertine1 or situated under the sunbeams1 or by their midnight culmination4 #hh ,that is to say1 from any combinations of the ,sun and ,moon which may take place after the date of the eclipse1 but before the close of its effect4 ,,chapter ,,viii ,,the ,,genus1 ,,class1 ,,or ,,kind1 ,,liable ,,to ,,be ,,affected ,the third division of these observations relates to the mode of distinguishing the genus1 or species1 of animals or things about to sustain the expected effect4 ,this distinction is made by means of the conformation and peculiar properties of those signs in which the place of the eclipse1 and the places of such fixed stars and planets1 as are in dominion according to the actual sign of the eclipse1 and that of the angle before it1 may be found4 ,and a planet1 or fixed star1 is to be considered as holding dominion when circumstanced as follows4 ,if there be found one planet having more numerous claims than any other to the place of the eclipse1 as well as to that of the angle1 being also in the immediate vicinity of those places1 and visibly applying to1 or receding from them1 and having likewise more rights over other places connected with them by configuration2 the said planet being1 at the same time1 lord by house1 triplicity1 exaltation1 and terms2 in such a case1 only that single planet is entitled to dominion4 ,but1 if the lord of the eclipse and the lord of the angle be not identical1 then those two planets which have most connections with each place are to be noted2 and1 of these two1 the lord of the eclipse is to be preferred to the chief dominion1 8although the other is to be considered as bearing rule conjointly40#hi ,and if more than two should be found1 having equal preensions to each place1 that particular one among them which may be nearest to an angle1 or most concerned with the places in question1 by the nature of its condition1 is to be selected for dominion4#ij #hi ,the edition of ,allatius does not contain the words here marked by inverted commas2 but they are found in other editions of the text1 and seem necessary to complete the sense of the passage4 #ij 8,when planets1 in election for ,lords of the eclipse1 are found of equal strength and dignity1 those which are direct are to be preferred before those which are retrograde2 and the oriental before the occidental40--,whalley's 8,annotations40 ,but1 among the fixed stars1 the chief bright one 7which1 during the time of the eclipse1 may hold connection1 in any of the nine modes of apparent configuration detailed in the ,first ,syntaxis#ia with the angles then actually in passage71 is to be admitted to dominion2 as also that one which1 at the ecliptical hour1 may be in an eminent situation1 either having risen1 or having culminated with the angle following the place of the eclipse4#ib #ia ,that is to say1 in the ,almagest1 ,book ,,viii1 ,chap4 ,,iv2 which chapter is given1 entire1 in the ,appendix4 #ib 8,in electing fixed stars1 ,cardan directs to observe the angle which the eclipse follows1 and that which it precedes3 as1 if the eclipse be between the seventh house0 7or occidental angle7 8and the mid-heaven1 the stars which are in the seventh shall be preferred2 and next1 those in the mid-heaven2 but1 if between the mid-heaven and the ascendant1 those in the mid-heaven shall have the preference2 and next1 those in the ascendant40--,whalley's 8,annotations40 ,having considered1 according to the foregoing rules1 what stars co-operate in regulating the coming event1 the conformation and figure of the signs1 in which the eclipse takes place and the said ruling stars may be posited1 are also to be observed2 and1 from the properties and characteristics of those signs1 the genus or species1 to be comprehended in the event1 is chiefly to be inferred4 ,for instance1 should the zodiacal constellations1 and those of the ruling fixed stars out of the zodiac1 be of human shape1 the effect will fall upon the human race4 ,if the signs be not of human shape1 but yet terrestrial1 or quadrupedal1 the event would be indicated to happen to animals of similar form3 the signs shaped like reptiles signify that serpents and creatures of that description will be affected2 those bearing the figure of ferocious beasts denote that the event will affect savage and destructive animals2 and those figured like tame beasts show that it will operate on animals serviceable to mankind1 and of domestic character2 as intimated by the shape and figure of the signs1 whether resembling horses1 oxen1 sheep1 or any other useful animals4 ,in addition to this1 the terrestrial signs situated in the north1 about the ,arctic circle1 indicate sudden earthquakes2 and those in the south1 sudden deluges of rain4 ,and1 should the ruling places be situated in signs shaped like winged animals1 as in that of ,aquila1 or in others of similar form1 the event will take effect on birds2 and will chiefly attach to those which afford food to man4 ,if the said places should be in signs formed like creatures which swim1 and in marine signs1 such as ,delphinus1 the effect will be felt by marine animals1 and in the navigation of fleets2 if in river signs1 such as ,aquarius and ,pisces1 it will attach to animals living in rivers and in fresh waters3 and1 if in ,argo1 both sea and fresh-water animals will be affected by it4#ic ,again1 should the ruling places be situated in tropical or in equinoctial signs1 in either case alike they presignify changes in the state of the atmosphere1 at the respective season to which each sign is appropriated4 ,for example1 with regard to the season of spring and the productions of the earth1 if the said places should be in the sign of the vernal equinox1 they will produce an effect on the buds of the vine and fig1 and of such other trees as sprout forth at that season4 ,should they be in the sign of the summer tropic1 the event will affect the gathering and depositing of fruits2 and1 with respect to gypt in particular1 it will impede the rising of the ,nile4 ,if they should be in the sign of the autumnal equinox1 they foreshow that it will operate on grain and on various sorts of herbs2 if in the sign of the winter tropic1 on potherbs1 esculent vegetables1 and such birds and fishes as arrive in that season4 ,the equinoctial signs further indicate the circumstances liable to happen in ecclesiastical concerns1 and in religious matters3 the tropical signs give warning of changes in the atmosphere and in political affairs2 the fixed signs1 of changes in institutions and in buildings2 and the bicorporeal signs show that the future event will fall alike on princes and their subjects4 ,again1 the ruling places situated in the east1 during the time of the eclipse1 signify that fruits and seeds1 incipient institutions1 and the age of youth1 will be affected2 those1 which may be in the mid-heaven above the earth announce that the coming event will relate to ecclesiastical affairs1 to kings and princes1 and to the middle age2 those in the west1 that it will influence the laws1 old age1 and persons about to die4 ,the proportion liable to be affected1 of that genus or kind on which the event will fall1 is to be ascertained by the magnitude of the obscuration caused by the eclipse1 and by the positions held by the operative stars in regard to the ecliptical place2 as1 in vespertine position to a solar eclipse1 or in matutine position to a lunar eclipse1 the said stars will most usually much diminish the effect2 in opposition they render it moderate2 but in matutine position to a solar eclipse1 or in vespertine to a lunar1 they greatly augment and extend it4#id #ic ,it is perhaps unnecessary to remark1 that1 in speaking of ruling places1 as liable to be situated in ,aquila1 ,delphinus or ,argo1 ,ptolemy alludes only to the places of the fixed stars in dominion3 since the ecliptical place and the planets must be confined to the zodiacal signs4 #id ,according to ,whalley1 ,cardan1 in reference to the nine modes of configuration1 applicable to the fixed stars1 says1 8,when a fixed star is with any planet1 or in any angle1 consider whether it be by any of these ways2 if not1 it is most weak2 if it be1 consider whether it be with the ,sun1 and not to be seen2 then it is very weak4 ,or if it is to be seen1 and is with the ,sun occidental1 it is indifferent4 ,or if it be seen1 and is not with the ,sun1 it is stronger2 or if it be seen1 and is oriental1 then it is strongest40 ,,chapter ,,ix ,,the ,,quality ,,and ,,nature ,,of ,,the ,,effect ,the discrimination of the peculiar properties and character of the effect about to be produced1 and of its good or evil nature1 occupies the fourth and last division of this part of the subject4 ,these properties must be gathered from the power of the stars which control the ruling places1 and from the contemperament created by their relative admixture with each other and with the places which they control4 ,for1 although the ,sun and ,moon are the acknowledged sources of all the efficacy and dominion of the stars1 and of their strength or weakness1 and in a certain manner regulate and command them1 still1 it is by the theory of the contemperament1 produced by the stars in dominion1 that the effect is indicated4 ,in order to understand the indications thus made1 it is necessary to begin by attending to the following detail of the effective property of each planet--previously observing1 however1 that1 when any circumstance is said1 for the sake of brevity1 to come to pass by the general influence of the five planets1 their temperament1 and the power and assistance they may derive from natures similar to their own1 the actual continuance of their own proper constitution1 or the casual combination of any analogous influence1 arising from fixed stars or places in the zodiac1 are all1 at the same time1 to be kept in view4 ,consequently1 whenever any general remark is herein made relative to the five planets1 it will likewise be necessary to bear in mind both their temperament and quality2 as fully1 indeed1 as if the stars themselves had not been named1 but only their effective quality and nature4 ,and1 it is further to be remembered1 that1 in every case of compound temperament1 not only the combination of the planets with each other requires to be considered1 but also that of such fixed stars and zodiacal places as share in the natures of the planets1 by being respectively connected with them according to the familiarities already described4 ,hence1 when ,saturn may be sole governor1 he will produce disasters concomitant with cold4 ,and1 in as far as the event may apply to the human race in particular1 it will induce among men lingering diseases1 consumptions1 declines1 rheumatisms1 disorders from watery humours1 and attacks of the quartan ague2 as well as exile1 poverty1 and a general mass of evils1 griefs1 and alarms3 deaths also will be frequent1 but chiefly among persons advanced in age4 ,that part of the brute creation which is most serviceable to man will likewise suffer1 and be destroyed by disease2 and men who make use of the animals thus diseased will be infected by them1 and perish with them4 ,the atmosphere will become dreadfully chilly and frosty1 unwholesome1 turbid and gloomy1 presenting only clouds and pestilence4 ,copious and destructive storms of snow and hail will descend1 generating and fostering insects and reptiles noxious to mankind4 ,in rivers1 and at sea1 tempests will be frequent and general1 causing disastrous voyages and many shipwrecks2 and even fish will be destroyed4 ,the waters of the sea will retire for a time1 and again return and produce inundations2 rivers will overflow their banks1 and cause stagnant pools2 and the fruits of the earth1 especially such as are necessary to sustain life1 will be lost and cut off by blight1 locusts1 floods1 rains1 hail1 or some similar agency2 and the loss will be so extensive as to threaten even famine4 ,jupiter1 if he should be lord alone1 will thoroughly improve and benefit all things4 ,among mankind1 in particular1 this planet promotes honour1 happiness1 content1 and peace1 by augmenting all the necessaries and comforts of life1 and all mental and bodily advantages4 ,it induces also favours1 benefits1 and gifts emanating from royalty1 and adds greater lustre to kings themselves1 increasing their dignity and magnanimity3 all men1 in short1 will share in the prosperity created by its influence4 ,with regard to the operation of the event on brutes1 those which are domestic and adapted to man's service will be multiplied and will thrive2 while others1 which are useless and hostile to man1 will be destroyed4 ,the constitution of the atmosphere will be healthy and temperate1 filled with gentle breezes and moisture1 and favourable to fruits4 ,navigation will be safe and successful2 rivers will rise to their just proportion2 fruit and grain1 and all other productions of the earth conducive to the welfare and happiness of mankind1 will be presented in abundance4 ,mars1 when governing alone1 generally causes such mischief and destruction as are concomitant with dryness4 ,and1 among mankind1 foreign wars will be excited1 accompanied with intestine divisions1 captivity1 slaughter1 insurrections of the people1 and wrath of princes against their subjects2 together with sudden and untimely death1 the consequence of these disturbances4 ,feverish disorders1 tertian agues1 and hmorrhages will take place1 and will be rapidly followed by painful death1 carrying off chiefly youthful persons3 and conflagration1 murder1 impiety1 every infraction of the law1 adultery1 rape1 robbery1 and all kinds of violence will be practised4 ,the atmosphere will be parched by hot1 pestilential1 and blasting winds1 accompanied by drought1 lightnings1 and fires emitted from the sky4 ,at sea1 ships will be suddenly wrecked by the turbulence of the wind and strokes of lightning4 ,rivers will fail1 springs will be dried up1 and there will be a scarcity of water proper for food and sustenance4 ,all the creatures and productions of the earth adapted to the use of man1 whether beasts1 grain1 or fruits1 will be damaged or destroyed by excessive heat1 by storms of thunder and lightning1 or by violent winds2 and whatever has been deposited in store will be destroyed or injured by fire1 or by heat4 ,venus1 alone in domination1 generally produces the same effects as ,jupiter1 yet with greater suavity and more agreeably4 ,glory1 honour1 and joy will attend mankind2 happy marriages will be contracted1 and the fortunate pairs will be blest with numerous children4 ,every undertaking will proceed prosperously1 wealth will increase1 and the conduct of human life will be altogether pure1 simple and pious2 due reverence being paid to all holy and sacred institutions1 and harmony subsisting between princes and their subjects4 ,the weather also will be of a favourable temperature1 cooled by moistening breezes2 the air altogether pure and salubrious1 frequently refreshed by fertilising showers4 ,voyages will be performed in safety1 and be attended by success and profit4 ,rivers will be improved1 and receive their adequate supply of waters2 and all things valuable and useful to mankind1 whether animal or vegetable1 will abundantly thrive and multiply4 ,mercury1 if possessing dominion1 is usually conjoined with one or other of the planets before-mentioned1 and is conformed and assimilated to their natures2 yet as1 in itself1 it presents a certain addition to their power1 this planet increases the respective impulses of them all4 ,and1 in regard to the operation of the event on mankind1 it will promote industry and skill in business2 but1 at the same time1 thievish propensities1 robberies1 and plots of treachery3 if configurated with the malefics1 it will produce calamities in navigation1 and will also cause dry and parching diseases1 quotidian fever1 cough1 consumption1 and hmorrhage4 ,all parts of the ceremonies and services of religion1 the affairs of the executive government1 as well as manners1 customs1 and laws1 are disposed and regulated by this planet1 conformably to its admixture and familiarity with each of the others4 ,and in consequence of the dryness of its nature1 arising from its proximity to the ,sun1 and the rapidity of its motion1 it will generate in the atmosphere turbulent1 sharp and varied winds1 together with thunders1 meteors1 and lightnings1 accompanied by sudden chasms in the earth1 and earthquakes3 by these means it not unfrequently occasions the destruction of animals and plants assigned to the service of mankind4 ,besides the foregoing effects1 it produces1 when in vespertine position1 a diminution of waters1 and1 when matutine1 an augmentation4 ,each of the planets1 when fully exercising its own separate and distinct influence1 will properly produce the peculiar effects above ascribed to it2 but should it be combined with others1 whether by configuration1 by familiarity arising from the sign in which it may be posited1#ie or by its position towards the ,sun1 the coming event will then happen agreeably to the admixture and compound temperament which arise from the whole communion actually subsisting among the influencing powers4 ,it would1 however1 be a business of infinite labour and innumerable combinations1 quite beyond the limits of this treatise1 to set forth fully every contemperament and all configurations1 in every mode in which they can possibly exist2 and the knowledge of them must therefore be acquired by particular discrimination in every instance1 under the guidance of the precepts of science4 ,yet the following additional remark must not be here omitted4 #ie ,that is to say 7technically speaking71 by reception1 or by being posited in a sign in which another planet has a certain dignity or prerogative4 ,the nature of the familiarities1 subsisting between the stars1 lords of the coming event1 and the countries or cities over which the event will extend1 requires to be observed2 for1 should the stars be benefic1 and their familiarity with the countries liable to sustain the effect be unimpeded by any opposing influence1 they will then exercise the favourable energies of their own nature in a greater degree4 ,and1 on the other hand1 when any obstacle may intervene to obstruct their familiarity1 or when they themselves may be overpowered by some opposing influence1 the advantages of their operation will be diminished4 ,again1 should the stars1 lords of the coming event1 not be benefic1 but injurious1 their effect will be less severe1 provided they may either have familiarity with the countries on which the event will fall1 or be restrained by some opposing influence4 ,if1 however1 they should have no such familiarity1 and not be subjected to restraint by any others1 endowed with a nature contrary to their own and possessing a familiarity with the countries in question1 the evils which they produce will then be more violent and intense4 ,and all these general affections1 of whatever kind1 whether good or evil1 will be principally felt by those persons in whose individual nativities there may be found the same disposition of the luminaries 7which are the most essential significators71 or the same angles1 as those existing during the eclipse which operates the general affection4 ,the same remark equally applies to other persons1 in whose nativities the disposition of the luminaries and of the angles may be in opposition to that existing during the eclipse4 ,with respect to these coincidences1 the partile agreement1 or opposition1 of the ecliptical place of the luminaries to the place of either luminary in a nativity1 produces an effect at least capable of being guarded against4#if #if ,in conformity to the rule laid down in ,chap4 ,,vi of this ,book1 those individuals whose nativities may thus resemble the position of the heavens at the time of an eclipse1 and who are here stated to be chiefly liable to the effects of the eclipse1 will be more affected by it1 if it should be visible to them4 ,to the precepts contained in this chapter1 ,placidus makes the following allusion in his remarks on the nativity of ,cardinal ,pancirole4 8,any significator whatever1 together with the other stars1 whilst they are moved by a converse universal motion1 change the aspect alternately1 and consequently the mundane rays1 as it likewise happens when they acquire parallels3 the rays thus acquired are of a long continuance1 and denote a certain universal disposition of the things signified1 either good or bad1 according to the nature of the aspecting stars2 as it happened to this ,cardinal1 who some years before his death was always sickly3 and this observation is wonderful in the changes of the times and weather2 for this principle ,ptolemy adhered to in the ,almagest1 lib4 ,,viii1 cap4 #d2 and this doctrine he also mentions in the #bnd ,book of ,judgments1 in the chapter on the ,nature of ,events40--7,cooper's ,translation1 p4 #bgb47 ,,chapter ,x ,,colours ,,in ,,eclipses2 ,,comets1 ,,and ,,similar ,,phenomena ,in investigating general events1 it is necessary further to observe the colours or hues displayed during an eclipse1 either in the luminaries1 or around them2 in the shape of rods or rays1 or in other similar forms4 ,for1 if these colours or hues should be black1 or greenish1 they portend effects similar to those produced by ,saturn's nature2 if white1 to those operated by ,jupiter2 if reddish1 to those by ,mars2 if yellow1 to those by ,venus2 and if of various colours1 to those by ,mercury4 ,and1 if the entire bodies of the luminaries be thus coloured1 or should the hues extend over all the parts immediately circumjacent to the luminaries1 it is an indication that the effects will attach to most parts of the region1 or countries1 with which the eclipse and its ruling places may be in familiarity4 ,if1 however1 the colouring should not spread over the whole surface of the luminaries1 nor over all the parts around them1 but be limited to some particular quarter1 then only such a portion of the said countries1 as may be indicated by the situation of the visible hues1 will be comprehended in the event4 ,it is also requisite to notice1 with respect to general events1 the risings or first appearances of those celestial phenomena called comets1 whether presenting themselves at ecliptical times or at any other periods4 ,they are displayed in the shape of beams1 trumpets1 pipes1 and in other similar figures1 and operate effects like those of ,mars and ,mercury2 exciting wars1 heated and turbulent dispositions in the atmosphere1 and in the constitutions of men1 with all their evil consequences4 ,the parts of the zodiac#ig in which they may be posited when they first appear1 and the direction and inclination of their trains1 point out the regions or places liable to be affected by the events which they threaten2 and the form of the signs indicates the quality and nature of those events1 as well as the genus1 class1 or kind1 on which the effect will fall4 ,the time of their continuance shows the duration of their effect2 and their position1 with regard to the ,sun1 the period when it will commence2 as1 if they first appear matutine1 they denote an early commencement2 but1 if vespertine1 that it will be late and tardy4 #ig ,when a comet appears out of the zodiac1 a line should be drawn from one zodiacal pole to the other1 through the spot where it appears2 and that spot is to be considered as being in familiarity with the same countries as those parts of the zodiac which may be on the same line4--,vide ,chap4 ,,iv of this ,book1 relative to the manner in which fixed stars out of the zodiac hold familiarity with certain regions and countries4 ,the general and more comprehensive parts of the consideration regarding regions1 countries1 and cities1 having now been explained1 it becomes necessary to discuss certain particular points of the same consideration2 that is to say1 the annual occurrences which take place at certain fixed seasons1 and the chief of which is that called the ,new ,moon of the ,year4 ,,chapter ,,xi ,,the ,,new ,,moon ,,of ,,the ,,year ,in every annual revolution made by the ,sun1 the first new ,moon of the year is to be considered as the point of the commencement of his circuit2 this is evident not only from its denomination1 but from its virtue also4#ih ,the case stands thus3 ,in the ecliptic1 which1 as circle1 has in fact no actual or definite beginning1 the two equinoctial and the two tropical points1 marked by the equator and the tropical circles1 are reasonably assumed as beginnings4 ,and to obviate any doubt as to which of these four points should preferably be considered as the primary beginning 7since in the regular simple motion of a circle no part of it has any apparent precedence71 the appropriate quality naturally belonging to each of these four points has been taken into consideration by the writers on this subject4 ,and the point of the vernal equinox has been consequently designated by them as the beginning of the year2 because1 from that time1 the duration of the day begins to exceed that of the night1 and because the season then produced partakes highly of moisture1 which is always a predominant quality in all incipient generation and growth4 ,after the vernal equinox comes the summer solstice2 when the day attains its greatest length1 and in gypt1 at the same period1 the rise of the ,nile takes place and the ,dog ,star appears4 ,then follows the autumnal equinox1 when all fruits are gathered in1 and the sowing of seeds recommences anew2 lastly1 comes the winter solstice1 when the day proceeds from its shortest duration towards its increase4 #ih ,the ,neomenia1 or new ,moon1 was observed as a festival with much solemnity in earlier ages and by the most ancient nations4 ,it was celebrated by the ,israelites1 as well as by ,pagan2 and it may perhaps be gathered from the #eth and #fth verses of the #bjth ,chapter of the #ast ,book of ,samuel1 that it was kept once in a year with greater ceremony than at other times3 this was done1 probably1 at the 8,new ,moon of the ,year10 as ,ptolemy calls it2 or1 in other words1 at the new ,moon nearest to the vernal equinox4 ,although the foregoing arrangement has been adopted by men of science to denote the commencement of the several seasons of the year1 it yet seems to be more consonant to nature1 and more consistent with the facts1 that the combined positions of the ,sun1 and the new1 or full1 ,moon1 which happen when the ,sun is nearest to the points above mentioned1 should mark the four beginnings2 and more especially if such combined positions should produce eclipses3 thus1 from the new or full ,moon1 taking place when the ,sun is nearest to the first point of ,aries1 the spring should be dated2 from that when the ,sun is nearest to the first point of ,cancer1 the summer2 from that when he is nearest to the first point of ,libra1 the autumn2 and from that when he is nearest to the first point of ,capricorn1 the winter4 ,the ,sun not only produces the general qualities and constitutions of the seasons1 by means of which very illiterate persons are enabled1 in a certain degree1 to form predictions1 but he also regulates the proper significations of the signs with regard to the excitation of the winds1 as well as other general occurrences1 more or less subjected to occasional variation4 ,all these general effects are usually brought about by the new or full ,moon which takes place at the aforesaid points1 and by the configurations then existing between the luminaries and the planets3 but there are certain particular consequences which result from the new and full ,moon in every sign1#ii and from the transits of the planets2 8and which require monthly investigation40#ajj ,it therefore becomes necessary to explain1 in the first instance1 the particular natures and attributes exercised by each sign in influencing the several constitutions of the weather1 as it exists at various times of the year2 these natures and attributes shall now be immediately detailed4 ,it will be recollected1 that the particular properties of the planets and the fixed stars1 as affecting the wind and the atmosphere1 as well as the manner in which the entire signs hold familiarity with the winds and the seasons1 have been already set forth4 #ii ,that is to say1 at the new and full ,moon taking place during the ,sun's progress through each sign4 #ajj ,the passage marked thus 8 0 is not in the ,greek1 but is found in two ,latin translations4 ,,chapter ,,xii ,,the ,,particular ,,natures ,,of ,,the ,,signs ,,by ,,which ,,the ,,different ,,constitutions ,,of ,,the ,,atmosphere ,,are ,,produced#aja ,the sign of ,aries has a general tendency1 arising from the presence of the ,equinox1 to promote thunder and hail4 ,certain of its parts1 however1 operate in a greater or less degree1 according to the nature of the stars which compose the sign3 for instance1 the front parts excite rain and wind2 the middle are temperate2 and those behind are heating and pestilential4 ,the northern parts1 also1 are heating and pernicious1 but the southern cooling and frosty4 #aja ,according to ,wing1 in his 8,instructions to the ,ephemerides10 printed in #afeb1 the signs1 as mentioned in this chapter by ,ptolemy1 are to be considered in their quality as constellations1 and not as spaces of the heavens4 ,this opinion1 however1 seems to me to be erroneous2 for ,ptolemy has already devoted a chapter in the #ast ,book to the detail of the influences of the several stars in the respective constellations of the zodiac2 and he moreover speaks1 in the present chapter1 of the operation of ,aries1 as owing to the presence of the ,equinox4 ,this he could not have done1 had he spoken of the signs as constellations instead of spaces4 ,the sign of ,taurus1 in its general character1 partakes of both temperaments1#ajb but is nevertheless chiefly warm4 ,its front parts1 and especially those near the ,pleiades1 produce earthquakes1 clouds and winds3 the middle parts are moistening and cooling2 those behind1 and near the ,hyades1 are fiery1 and cause meteors and lightnings4 ,the northern parts are temperate2 the southern turbulent and variable4 #ajb ,the temperaments here alluded to are1 probably1 heat and cold4 ,gemini1 in its general tendency1 is temperate2 but its leading parts produce mischief by moisture2 its middle parts are entirely temperate2 its latter parts mixed and turbulent4 ,the northern parts promote earthquakes and wind2 and the southern are dry and heating4 ,cancer is1 in the whole1 serene and warm1 but its anterior part near the ,prsepe are oppressively hot and suffocating2 the middle parts are temperate1 and the latter parts excite wind4 ,and both its northern and southern parts are equally fiery and scorching4 ,leo has a general tendency operative of stifling heat4 ,the anterior parts are oppressively and pestilentially hot2 yet the middle parts are temperate2 and those behind are injurious by means of moisture4 ,the northern parts produce variation and heat1 and the southern moisture4 ,virgo1 in its general tendency1 excites moisture and thunder4 ,the front parts1 however1 are chiefly warm and noxious2 the middle temperate2 and the latter parts watery4 ,the northern parts promote wind2 the southern are temperate4 ,libra has a general tendency to produce change and variation4 ,its front and middle parts are temperate2 its hinder parts watery4 ,the northern parts cause variable winds1 and the southern are moistening and pestilential4 ,scorpio1 in its general character1 is fiery and productive of thunder4 ,the front parts cause snow2 the middle are temperate2 the latter parts excite earthquakes4 ,its northern parts are heating2 its southern1 moistening4 ,sagittarius1 generally1 is effective of wind4 ,the front parts are moistening2 the middle temperate2 and the hinder parts fiery4 ,the northern parts promote wind1 and the southern variation and moisture4 ,capricorn's general tendency is to operate moisture4 ,but its anterior parts are pernicious by means of heat1 its middle parts are temperate1 and its latter parts promote rain4 ,both its northern and southern parts are injurious by means of moisture4 ,aquarius1 in its general character1 is cold and watery4 ,the front parts are moistening2 the middle temperate2 and the latter parts productive of wind4 ,the northern parts are heating2 the southern cause snow4 ,pisces1 in its general character1 is cold and effective of wind4 ,the front parts are temperate2 the middle moistening2 the hinder parts highly heating4 ,the northern parts excite wind1 and the southern are watery4 ,,chapter ,,xiii ,,mode ,,of ,,consideration ,,for ,,particular ,,constitutions ,,of ,,the ,,atmosphere ,the first part of the consideration1 requisite to form an estimate of the various constitutions liable to take effect in the atmosphere1 applies to the general qualities pervading the several quarters of the year1 and has therefore the most extended scope4 ,in order to learn these qualities1 it is necessary1 in every quarter1 to observe1 as above directed1 the new or full ,moon which may happen before#ajc the period of the ,sun's transit through either tropical or equinoctial point1 whichever it may be2 and to arrange the angles 7as in the case of a nativity7 according to the degree and hour at which the new or full ,moon may be found to happen1 in every latitude for which the consideration may be desired4 ,such planets and stars as may have dominion over the places where the said new or full ,moon happens1 and over the following angle1 are then to be noted1 in the same manner as that stated with regard to eclipses4 ,and after these preliminary steps have been attended to1 a general inference may be drawn as to the proper qualities of the whole quarter2 and the intensity or relaxation of their operation is to be contemplated from the natures of the ruling planets and stars1 distinguished by the faculties they possess1 and by the mode in which they affect the atmosphere4 #ajc 8,before40 ,although ,i have thus ,englished the word1 1 ,i think it properly requires to be here rendered1 by 8at0 or 8near to0 rather than 8before40 ,firstly1 because my author 7in speaking of the commencement of each quarter of the year1 in the #aath ,chapter1 p4 #ic71 has expressly stated that 8the spring is to be dated from the new or full ,moon taking place when the ,sun is nearest 77 to the first point of ,aries2 the summer from that1 when he is nearest the first point of ,cancer10 c41 c42 and 7in p4 #id7 he states that certain general effects are brought about by the new or full ,moon occurring at 77 the aforesaid points4 ,secondly1 because1 in a few lines further on1 in speaking of the monthly consideration1 p4 #ih1 he again uses only 1 in reference to the present passage1 in which1 however1 he has used only 4 ,thirdly1 it is a proper inference that he meant to point out here the new or full ,moon which may happen nearest to the tropical or equinoctial points1 because he has previously and explicitly taught that the principal variation of all things depends upon those points4 ,lastly1 ,allatius has here rendered the word by no other than proxim1 which is also the word given in the ,perugio ,latin of #afdf4 ,on the other hand1 ,whalley1 in his note on the present chapter1 says1 that 8according to this ,prince of ,astrologers0 7meaning ,ptolemy71 8we are to observe the new or full ,moon preceding the ingress1 only1 for our judgment on the succeeding quarter1 and not the lunation succeeding3 and the reason ,i conceive to be1 because the lunation1 which immediately precedes the ingress1 carries its influence to the very position of the ingress itself1 but not so that which follows the ingress40 ,wing1 in his ,introduction to the ,ephemerides 7,london1 #afeb7 also says1 that 8for the knowledge of the weather1 it is requisite to observe the conjunction or opposition of the luminaries next preceding the ,sun's ingress into the first point of ,aries40 ,now1 if a new or full ,moon happen immediately after the ,sun's transit or ingress1 the previous full or new ,moon must have happened a fortnight before the said transit or ingress2 and1 after considering the other parts of ,ptolemy's doctrine1 ,i do not conceive1 that he intended to teach1 in this chapter1 that a previous lunation1 when at so great a distance before the important ingress1 would have a greater influence over the ensuing quarter of the year1 than a subsequent lunation taking place so closely after the said ingress4 ,the second part of the consideration relates to each month1 and requires a similar observation of the new or full ,moon first taking place on the ,sun's progress through each sign3 and it must be remembered1 that1 if a new ,moon should have happened at a period nearest to the ,sun's transit over the past tropical or equinoctial point1 the new ,moon also in each succeeding sign1 until the commencement of the next quarter1 are to be observed2 but1 if a full ,moon should have so happened1 then similar observation is to be made of each subsequent full ,moon4 ,the angles1 also1 must be duly attended to1 as well as the planets and stars ruling in both the places#ajd2 and especially the nearest phases1 applications1 and separations of the planets1 and their properties4 ,the peculiar qualities of the two places1 and the winds1 liable to be excited by the planets themselves and by those parts of the signs in which they may be situated1 are likewise to be considered2 and also that particular wind1 which is indicated by the direction of the ,moon's ecliptical latitude4 ,by the aid of these observations1 and by weighing and comparing the existing vigour of each of the several properties and qualities1 the general constitution of the atmosphere during each month may be predicted4 #ajd 8,both the places40 ,these are the places of the new or full ,moon1 and of the following angle2 as before mentioned with regard to the quarterly consideration4 ,the third part of this consideration appertains to significations applying more minutely1 and points out their force or weakness4 ,in this case1 the partile configurations of the ,sun and ,moon1 at the intermediate quarters1 as well as at the new or full ,moon1 are to be attentively regarded2 since there is a certain variation in the constitution of the atmosphere1 which usually commences about three days before1 and sometimes1 also1 about three days after the ,moon has equated her course to the ,sun4 ,the configurations effected between the ,moon1 at each quarterly equation1 and the planets1 whether by the trine1 sextile1 or other authorized distances1 are also to be observed2 because the peculiar property of the change in the constitutions of the atmosphere depends much upon such configurations1 and may be accordingly perceived by considering the nature of the influence which the said configurated planets and the signs exercise over the atmosphere and the winds4 ,the particular quality of the weather1 thus produced1 will be more fully established on certain days2 especially when the brighter and more efficacious fixed stars maybe near the ,sun1 either matutine or vespertine2 as1 when so posited1 they most frequently convert the constitution of the atmosphere to an agreement with their own natures3 and1 when the ,luminaries may transit any one of the angles1 a similar effect is also produced4 ,at all such positions the particular constitutions of the atmosphere are subject to variation1 and thus become alternately more intense or more relaxed in their respective qualities4 ,in this manner1 by certain positions of the ,moon1 the flux and reflux of the sea are caused3 and1 when the ,luminaries may be in angles1 a change of the wind is produced1 according to the direction of the ,moon's ecliptical latitude4 ,finally1 in all these considerations1 it must be remembered that the more general and first constituted cause takes precedence1 and that the particular cause comes subsequently and secondarily3 and1 that the operation is in the highest degree confirmed and strengthened1 when the stars1 which regulate the general effects1 may be also configurated towards the production of the particular effects4 ,,chapter ,,xiv ,,the ,,signification ,,of ,,meteors ,in order to facilitate prognostication in minor and more limited instances1 it is important to make further observation of all remarkable appearances occasionally visible around or near the ,sun1 ,moon1 and stars4 ,and1 for the diurnal state of the atmosphere1 the ,sun's rising should be remarked2 for the nocturnal state1 his setting2 but the probable duration of any such state must be considered by reference to the ,sun's configuration with the ,moon2 for1 in most cases1 each aspect1 made between them1 indicates the continuance of a certain state until another aspect shall take place4 ,hence1 the ,sun1 when rising or setting1 if he shine clear and open1 free from mists1 gloom1 and clouds1 promises serene weather4 ,but1 if he have a wavering or fiery orb1 or seem to emit or attract red rays1 or if he be accompanied in any one part by the clouds called parhelia1 or by other reddish clouds of extended figure1 in the form of long rays1 he then portends violent winds1 chiefly liable to arise from those parts in which the said phenomena may have shown themselves4 ,if he should be pale or lurid1 and rise or set encumbered with clouds1 or surrounded by halos1 he indicates storms and winds coming from the quarter of his apparent situation3 and1 if he be also accompanied by parhelia1 or by lurid or dark rays1 similar effects are also threatened from the parts where those appearances may be situated4#aje #aje ,similar precepts may be found finely illustrated in ,virgil's #ast ,georgic1 vide ,i1 #dcc et infra3 8,sol quoque et exoriens et cum se condit in undas ,signa dabit30---- ,the ,moon's course is to be carefully observed1 at the third day before or after her conjunction with the ,sun1 her opposition1 and her intermediate quarters2 for1 if she then shine thin and clear1 with no other phenomena about her1 she indicates serenity2 but1 if she appear thin and red1 and have her whole unilluminated part visible1 and in a state of vibration1 she portends winds from the quarter of her latitude and declination#ajf3 and if she appear dark1 or pale and thick1 she threatens storms and showers4 ,all halos formed around the ,moon should also be observed2 for1 if there appear one only1 bright and clear1 and decaying by degrees1 it promises serene weather2 but1 if two or three appear1 tempests are indicated3 and1 if they seem reddish and broken1 they threaten tempests1 with violent and boisterous winds2 if dark and thick1 they foreshow storms and snow2 if black and broken1 tempests with both winds and snow2 and1 whenever a greater number may appear1 storms of greater fury are portended4 #ajf ,virgil has said almost the same thing in these beautiful lines3 8,at si virgineum suffuderit ore ruborem ,ventus erit3 vento semper rubet aurea ,phbe40--,georg4 ,i1 l4 #dcj4 ,see also the whole passage1 beginning at l4 #dbd3 8,si vero ,solem ad rapidum ,lunasque sequentes ,ordine respicies10 c4 ,the planets1 also1 and the brighter fixed stars1 occasionally have halos1 which indicate certain effects appropriate to their tinctures1 and to the nature of the stars around which they may be situated4 ,the apparent magnitudes of the fixed stars1 and the colours of the luminous masses among them1 are likewise to be remarked3 for1 when the stars appear brighter and larger than usual1 they indicate an excitation of the wind from that quarter in which they may be situated4 ,the nebulous mass of the ,prsepe in ,cancer1 and others similar to it1 also require observation2 as1 if in fine weather they appear gloomy and indistinct1 or thick1 they thereby threaten a fall of rain2 but1 if clear and in continual vibration1 they announce rough gales of wind4#ajg ,appearances occasionally visible in the sky1 resembling the trains of comets1#ajh usually indicate wind and drought2 in a degree proportionate to their multitude and continuance4 ,appearances1 resembling shooting or falling stars1 when presented in one part only1 threaten a movement of wind from that part2#aji when in various and opposite parts1 they portend the approach of all kinds of tempestuous weather1 together with thunder and lightning4 ,clouds resembling fleeces of wool will also sometimes presage tempests2 and the occasional appearance of the rainbow denotes1 in stormy weather1 the approach of serenity2 in fine weather1 storms4 ,and1 in a word1 all remarkable phenomena1 visible in the sky1 universally portend that certain appropriate events will be produced1 each harmonising with its proper cause1 in the manner herein described4 ,after the forgoing brief investigation of the more limited as well as more extensive significations1 regarding general events1 it becomes proper to proceed to the doctrine of genethliacal prognostication1 or judgments of individual nativities4 #ajg ,at this place1 the following sentence1 not found in the ,greek1 is inserted in a ,latin translation3 8,if the northern of the two stars1 situated one on each side of the ,prsepe1 and called the ,asini1 should not appear1 the north wind will blow3 but1 if the southern one be invisible1 the south wind40 #ajh ,these coruscations are1 perhaps1 similar to those now known by the name of the ,aurora ,borealis4 #aji ,virgil again3 8,spe etiam stellas vento impendente videbis ,prcipites clo labi40--c4 ,georg4 ,i1 l4 #cfe4 ,a great part of the #ast ,georgic consists of astrological rules for predicting the weather1 closely resembling the precepts here given by ,ptolemy4 ,virgil is said to have adopted his doctrine from ,aratus4 ,,end ,,of ,,book ,,ii ,,book ,,the ,,third ,,chapter ,i ,,proem ,in the preceding pages1 such events as effect the world generally have been discussed in priority2 because they are operated by certain principal and paramount causes1 which are1 at the same time1 predominant over particular and minor events applicable only to the separate properties and natural peculiarities of individuals4 ,the foreknowledge of these particular events is called ,genethlialogy1 or the science of ,nativities4 ,it must be remembered that the causation1 by which all effects1 whether general or particular1 are produced and foreknown1 is essentially one and the same2 for the motions of the planets1 and of the ,sun and ,moon1 present the operative causation of events which happen to any individual1 as well as of those which happen generally2 and the foreknowledge of both may be obtained by the several creatures and substances1 subjected to the influence of the heavenly bodies1 and by due attention to the changes produced in those natures1 by the configurations displayed in the ,ambient by the planetary motion4 ,still1 however1 the causes of general events are greater and more complete than those of particular events2 and1 although it has been now stated1 that one single identical power supplies both the causation and the foreknowledge of general as well as particular events1 yet there does not belong to the two sorts of events a similar origin or beginning1 at which observation of the celestial configurations must be made1 for prognostication4 ,in regard to general events1 the dates of origin and commencement are many and various2 for all general events cannot be traced to one origin1 neither is their origin always considered by means of the matter subjected to their operation1 for it may be also established by circumstances occurring in the ,ambient and presenting the causation4 ,it may1 in fact1 almost be said that they all originate in eminent eclipses of the ,luminaries1 and in remarkable transits made by the stars1 at various times4 ,particular events1 however1 which concern men individually1 may be traced to one origin1 single as well as manifold4 ,their origin is single1 in respect to the primary composition of the nascent man2 but it is also manifold1 in respect to other circumstances subsequently indicated by dispositions in the ,ambient1 correlative to the primary origin4 ,in all particular events1 the origin1 or birth1 of the subjected matter itself1 must1 of course1 be the primary origin2 and1 in succession thereto1 the various beginnings of other subsequent circumstances are to be assumed4 ,hence1 therefore1 at the origin of the subjected matter1 all the properties and peculiarities of its contemperament must be observed2 and then the subsequent events1 which will happen at certain periods1 sooner or later1 are to be considered by means of the division of time1 or the scale of the ensuing years4#aaj #aaj ,the ,division of ,time is subsequently laid down by the author1 in the last ,chapter of the fourth ,book4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,the ,,conception ,,and ,,the ,,parturition1 ,,or ,,birth2 ,,by ,,which ,,latter ,,event ,,the ,,animal ,,quits ,,the ,,womb1 ,,and ,,assumes ,,another ,,state ,,of ,,existence ,the actual moment1 in which human generation commences1 is1 in fact1 by nature1 the moment of the conception itself2 but1 in efficacy with regard to subsequent events1 it is the parturition or birth4 ,in every case1 however1 where the actual time of conception may be ascertained1 either casually or by observation1 it is useful to remark the effective influence of the configuration of the stars as it existed at that time2 and1 from that influence1 to infer the future personal peculiarities of mind and body4 ,for the seed will1 at the very first1 and at once1 receive its due quality1 as then dispensed by the ,ambient2 and1 although in subsequent periods its substance is varied by growth and conformation1 it will still1 by the laws of nature1 congregate1 during its growth1 only such matter as may be proper to itself1 and will become more and more imbued with the peculiar property of the first quality impressed on it at the time of conception4 ,these precepts must always be attended to1 when that time can be ascertained4 ,but1 if the time of conception cannot be precisely made out1 that of the birth must be received at the original date of generation2 for it is virtually the most important1 and is in no respect deficient1 on comparison with the primary origin by conception1 except in one view only2 viz4 that the origin by conception affords the inference of occurrences which take effect previously to the birth1 whereas the origin by birth can1 of course1 be available only for such as arise subsequently4 ,and1 although the birth should in strictness be called the secondary beginning1 while the conception might be insisted on as the primary beginning1 it is still found to be equal to the conception in its efficacy1 and much more complete1 although later in time4 ,for the conception may1 in fact1 be said to be the generation of mere human seed1 but the birth that of man himself2 since the infant at its birth acquires numerous qualities which it would not possess while in the womb1 and which are proper to human nature alone2 8such1 for instance1 as the particular action of the senses and the movement of the body and limbs40#aaa ,besides1 even if the position of the ,ambient1 actually existing at the birth1 cannot be considered to assist in forming and engendering the particular shape and qualities of the infant1 it is nevertheless still auxiliary to the infant's entrance into the world3 because nature1 after completing the formation in the womb1 always effects the birth in immediate obedience to some certain position of the ,ambient1 corresponding and sympathising with the primary position which operated the incipient formation4 ,it is therefore perfectly admissible1 and consistent with reason1 that the configuration of the stars1 as it exists at the time of birth1 although it cannot be said to possess any share of the creative cause1 should still be considered to act in signification1 as fully as the configuration at the time of conception2 because it has1 of necessity1 a power corresponding to that configuration which actually possessed the creative cause4 #aaa ,the words1 thus marked 8 01 are not in the ,greek1 but in two ,latin translations4 ,in speaking of the practicability of prognostication1 in the commencement of this treatise1 the intention of setting forth this part of the subject1 now under consideration1 in a scientific manner1 has been already notified4 ,the ancient mode of prediction1 founded on the commixture of all the stars1 and abounding in infinite complication and diversity1 will therefore be passed over2 and1 in fact1 any attempt to detail it1 however accurately and minutely made1 in conformity to the several precepts given in the traditions relating to it1 would prove unserviceable and unintelligible3 it is therefore entirely abandoned4 ,and the doctrine1 now presented1 comprehending every species of event liable to happen1 and explaining all the effective influences generally exercised by the stars1 in their separate qualities1 over every species of event1 shall be delivered succinctly1 and in agreement with the theory of nature4 ,with this view1 certain places in the ,ambient1 regulating the formation of all inferences of the events liable to affect mankind1 are appointed as a kind of mark to which the whole theory of those inferences is applied1 and to which the operative powers of the stars1 when holding familiarity with the said places1 are in a general manner directed3 in the same way as1 in archery1 the arrow is directed to the target4 ,and any event1 which depends on the compound temperament of many various natures and influences together1 must be left to the discretion of the artist1 who1 like the skilful archer1 must himself judge of the best mode of hitting the mark4 ,to proceed methodically and in due order1 it is proper to commence by investigating such general events as are open to consideration1 and liable to have happened1 or to happen1 at the actual origin by birth2 since1 from that origin1 all things necessary to be investigated may be gathered2 as before stated4 ,yet1 if a previous inquiry1 by means of the primary origin by conception1 should nevertheless be desired and undertaken1 such an inquiry may still in some degree assist prognostication2 although only in regard to properties and qualities dispensed and imbibed at the time of conception4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,the ,,degree ,,ascending ,there frequently arises some uncertainty as to the precise time of birth1 and some apprehensions lest it should not be accurately noted4 ,in most cases1 the actual minute of the hour1 at which the birth happens1 can only be ascertained by making a scientific observation1 at the time1 with an horoscopical astrolabe#aab2 for all other instruments1 employed in ascertaining the hour1 are almost fallacious1 although used by many persons with much care and attention4 ,the clepsydra1#aac for instance1 is subject to error1 because the flow of the water will1 from various causes1 proceed irregularly3 and the sundial is often incorrectly placed1 and its gnomon often distorted from the true meridian line4 ,to obviate the difficulty arising from the inaccuracy of these instruments1 it seems highly necessary to present some method by which the actually ascending degree of the zodiac may be easily ascertained1 in a natural and consistent manner4 ,and in order to attain this essential point1 it is necessary first to set down the ordinary degree which1 by the ,doctrine of ,ascensions1#aad is found near the ascendant at the presumed hour4 ,after this has been done1 the new or full ,moon1 whichever it may be1 that may take place next before the time of parturition1 must be observed3 and1 if a new ,moon1 it will be necessary to mark exactly the degree of the conjunction of the two luminaries2 but1 if a full ,moon1 the degree of luminary only which may be above the earth during the parturition4 ,after this1 it must be observed what planets have dominion over the said degree3 and their dominion depends always on the five following prerogatives1 viz4 on triplicity1 house1 exaltation1 terms1 and phase or configuration#aae2 that is to say1 a planet1 eligible to dominion1 must be connected with the degree in question either by one1 or more1 or all of these prerogatives4 #aab ,it is1 perhaps1 needless to remark that modern improvements in science have superseded the use of this and other ancient instruments here mentioned4 #aac ,although the 8clepsydra10 or water-clock1 was commonly used among the ancients for various purposes1 it appears1 from ,martian 7a ,latin writer1 who lived about ,a4 ,d4 #dij71 that there was also a clepsydra in special use as an astrological engine4 #aad 8,the ,doctrine of ,ascensions10 in allusion to the method of calculating the actual position of the ecliptic4 #aae 8,phase or configuration40 ,or1 holding some authorized aspect to the degree in question4 ,if1 therefore1 there may be found any one planet properly qualified in all or most of these prerogatives1 the exact degree1 which it occupies in that sign in which it may be posited during the parturition1 is to be remarked2 and it is then to be inferred that a degree of the same numerical denomination was actually ascending1 at the precise time of birth1 in that sign which appears1 by the ,doctrine of ,ascensions1 to be nearest to the ascendant4#aaf ,but when two planets1 or more1 may be equally qualified in the manner prescribed1 it must be seen which of them may transit1 during the parturition1 a degree nearest in number to the ordinary degree shown by the ,doctrine of ,ascensions to be then ascending2 and that said degree1 nearest in number1 is to be considered as pointing out the numerical denomination of the degree actually ascending4 ,and when the degrees of two planets1 or more1 may closely and equally approximate in numerical denomination to the ordinary degree found by the ,doctrine of ,ascensions1 the degree of that planet which possesses further claims1 by connection with the angles and by its own condition1 is to regulate the number of the actually ascending degree4 ,it must however be observed1 that if the actual distance of the degree1 in which the ruling planet may be posited1 from the ordinary degree ascending1 be found to exceed its distance from the ordinary degree of the mid-heaven2 the numerical denomination1 found in the way above mentioned1 is then to be considered as applicable to the actual degree in culmination2 and the other angles are to be arranged in conformity therewith4#aag #aaf ,or1 on the ascendant4 #aag ,the precepts delivered in this ,chapter have obtained the name of ,ptolemy's ,animodar3 the term is probably ,arabic1 if it be not a corruption of the ,latin words animum1 or animam1 dare1 8giving animation or life02 yet this meaning seems scarcely close enough4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,distribution ,,of ,,the ,,doctrine ,,of ,,nativities ,after due attention to the preceding instructions1 the doctrine of genethliacal prognostication should be separately and distinctly considered1 for the sake of order and perspicuity1 in its first1 second and successive divisions or heads of inquiry4 ,it will thus be found to present a mode of investigation1 at once practicable1 competent and agreeable to nature4 ,one division is applicable only to certain circumstances established previously to the birth2 as1 for instance1 to those which concern the parents2 another to circumstances1 which may be established both before and after the birth2 as those respecting brothers and sisters2 another to circumstances actually occurring at the very time of birth1 and immediately consequent thereupon3 and this head of inquiry embraces various points1 and is by no means simple3 and the last division relates to events liable to take place after the birth1 at various periods1 earlier or later2 and it involves a still more diversified theory4 ,thus1 the questions to be solved1 in regard to the actual circumstances of the birth itself1 are1 whether the production will be male or female2 twins1 or even more2 whether it will be monstrous2 and whether it will be reared4 ,the questions of the periods subsequent to the birth relate first to the duration of life 7which is distinct from the question of rearing71 then to the shape and figure of the body1 to the bodily affections1 and to injuries or defects in the members4 ,after these1 further inquiry is instituted as to the quality of the mind1 and the mental affections2 then1 as to fortune1 in regard to rank and honours as well as wealth4 ,in succession to these1 the character of the employment or profession is sought out2 then1 the questions relative to marriage and offspring1 and to consentaneous friendship1 are to be considered2 then1 that concerning travel2 and1 lastly1 that concerning the kind of death which awaits the native4 ,the question of death1 although depending1 in fact1 upon the same influence as the question of the duration of life1 seems yet to find its proper situation in being placed last in the series4 ,on each of the foregoing points of inquiry1 the doctrine and precepts to be followed shall be thoroughly and succinctly detailed2 but all idle conceits1 promulgated by many persons without any foundation capable of sustaining the test of reason1 shall be utterly avoided1 in deference to the only true agency1 which is derived from primal ,nature herself4 ,it is only upon clearly effective influences that this treatise is established3 and all matters1 which are open to an authorized mode of inquiry by means of the theory of the stars1 and their positions and aspects with regard to appropriate places1 shall be fully discussed here2 but the divination by lots and numbers1 unregulated by any systematic causation1 must remain unnoticed4 ,the brief remarks1 immediately following1 are applicable to all cases1 generally1 and are now at once stated1 to avoid the repetition of them under each particular division or head of inquiry4 ,firstly1 notice must be taken of that place in the zodiac which corresponds1 according to the scheme of the nativity with the particular division of inquiry2 for example1 the place of the mid-heaven is adapted to questions comprised under the head of employment or profession2 and the ,sun's place to those relative to the concerns of the father4 ,secondly1 after the proper place has thus been duly ascertained1 the planets holding right of dominion there1 by any of the five prerogatives hereinbefore mentioned1 are to be observed2 and1 if any one planet be found to be lord by all these prerogatives1 that planet must be admitted as the ruler of the event liable to happen under that particular head of inquiry4 ,if1 however1 two or three planets hold dominion1 that one among them1 which may have most claims to the place in question1 must be selected as the ruler4 ,thirdly1 the natures of the ruling planet and of the signs1 in which itself and the place which it thus controls may severally be situated1 are to be considered as indicating the quality of the event4 ,fourthly1 the proportionate vigour and strength1 or weakness1 with which the dominion is exercised1 as exhibited either by the actual cosmical position of the ruling planet1 or by its position in the scheme of the nativity1 will point out to what extent and with what force the event will operate4 ,and a planet is found to be cosmically powerful when in one of its own places1#aah or when oriental1 or swift in course2 and it is strong in the scheme of the nativity1 when transiting an angle or succedent house2 especially those of the ascendant1 or of the mid-heaven4 ,but it is cosmically weaker1 when not in one of its own places2 or when occidental1 or retarded in its course2 and in respect to the scheme of the nativity1 it is weak when cadent from the angles4 ,lastly2 the general time1 about which the event will take place1 is to be inferred from the ruling planet's matutine or vespertine position1 in regard to the ,sun and the ascendant1 and from the circumstance of its being situated in an angle1 or a succedent house4 ,as1 if it be matutine1 or in an angle1 its influence operates earlier and more promptly2 but1 if vespertine or in a succedent house1 later and more tardily4 ,and1 in reference to this point1 the quadrant which precedes the ,sun1 and that which precedes the ascendant1 together with the quadrants opposite to these1 are oriental and matutine2 and the other quadrants1 following the former1 are occidental and vespertine4 #aah ,in ,house1 ,triplicity1 ,exaltation1 ,term or ,face4 ,,chapter ,v ,,the ,,parents ,under each head of inquiry1 the proposed investigation must be entered upon in the manner mentioned in the preceding chapter3 and1 to proceed in due order1 the circumstances relating to the parents require to be first disposed of4 ,in conformity with nature1 the ,sun and ,saturn are allotted to the person of the father2 and the ,moon and ,venus to that of the mother3 and the mode in which these luminaries and planets may be found posited1 with reference to each other1 as well as to other planets and stars1 will intimate the situation of affairs affecting the parents4 ,thus1 for example1 the degree of their fortune and wealth will be indicated by the doryphory1#aai or attendants of the luminaries4 ,if the luminaries be accompanied 7either in the same signs in which themselves are placed1 or in the signs next following71 by the benefics1 and by such stars or planets as are of the same tendency as themselves1 a conspicuous and brilliant fortune is presaged3 especially1 should the ,sun be attended by matutine stars1 and the ,moon by vespertine1#abj and these stars be also well established in the prerogatives before mentioned4 ,likewise1 if ,saturn or ,venus be matutine1 and in proper face1#aba or in an angle1 it foreshows the prosperity of either parent respectively1 according to the scheme4#abb ,if1 however1 the luminaries hold no connection with the planets1 and be unattended by any doryphory1 the adverse fortunes of the parents1 their humble state and obscurity1 and then denoted2 especially1 if ,saturn and ,venus may not be favourably constituted4 ,the parents are also subjected to a state of vicissitude1 never rising above mediocrity1 when the luminaries may have a doryphory of a condition or tendency foreign to their own3 as1 for instance1 when ,mars may ascend near in succession to the ,sun1 or ,saturn to the ,moon2 or if the benefics be found constituted unfavourably1 and not in conformity with their own natural condition and tendency4 ,but should the part of fortune1 as shown by the scheme of the nativity1 be found in a favourable position1 and in consonance with the doryphory of the ,sun and ,moon1 the estate of the parents will then remain steady and secure4 ,if1 however1 the position be discordant and adverse1 or if the malefics compose the doryphory1 the parents' estate will be unproductive and even burthensome4 ,the probable duration of the lives of the parents is to be inferred by means of other configurations4 ,and1 in the case of the father1 a long life is presaged1 if ,jupiter1 or ,venus1 be in any mode whatever configurated with either the ,sun1 or ,saturn2 or1 also1 if ,saturn himself make an harmonious configuration with the ,sun2 7that is to say1 either by the conjunction1 the sextile1 or the trine72 provided such configuration be fully and strongly established and confirmed3#abc and1 when not so established and confirmed1 although it does not actually denote a short life1 yet it will not then equally presage a long life4 #aai ,this word has been heretofore rendered 8satellitium0 and 8satellites10 but1 as these terms do not seem sufficiently precise in their meaning1 and are already in use to signify the minor orbs which revolve round a principal planet1 ,i have ventured to anglicize the ,greek word2 the usual signification of which is a 8bodyguard40 #abj ,or1 in other words1 8should the stars1 which attend the ,sun1 be such as rise before him2 and those1 which attend the ,moon1 such as rise after her40 #aba ,as described in ,chap4 ,,xxvi1 ,book ,i4 #abb ,saturn being applicable to the father1 and ,venus to the mother4 #abc ,the ,perugio ,latin translation1 of #afdf1 inserts here1 8and provided ,saturn and the ,sun are not impeded by being posited in unfortunate or unsuitable places40 ,if however the planets be not posited in the manner just described2 and if ,mars be elevated above1#abd or ascend in succession to the ,sun1 or to ,saturn2 or1 even1 should ,saturn himself not be in consonance with the ,sun1 but configurated with it by the quartile or opposition1 and if1 when thus circumstanced1 both he and the ,sun should be posited in cadent houses1 it is then indicated that the father is liable to infirmities2 but1 if in angles or succedent houses1 the father will live only a short life1 and suffer from various bodily injuries and diseases4 ,the shortness of his life is particularly intimated by the position of the ,sun and ,saturn in the first two angles1 viz4 the ascendant and the mid-heaven1 or in their succedent houses2 and his affliction by diseases and injuries1 when they may be posited in the two other angles1 the western and the lower heaven1 or in the houses succedent thereto4 ,and1 if ,mars be aspected to the ,sun in the way before-mentioned1 the father will die suddenly1 or receive injury in his face or eyes2 but1 should ,mars be so aspected to ,saturn1 he will be afflicted with contractions of the muscles or limbs1 and with fevers and disorders proceeding from inflammation and wounds2 or even death may be the consequence4 ,and even ,saturn himself1 if badly configurated with the ,sun1 will also inflict disease and death on the father1 by inducing such particular disorders as are incidental from watery humour4 #abd 8,elevated40 ,moxon's ,mathematical ,dictionary gives the following definition of this astrological term4 8,elevated4 ,a certain pre-eminence of one planet above another2 or1 a concurrence of two to a certain act1 wherein one being stronger1 is carried above the weaker1 and does alter and depress its nature and influence3 ,but wherein this being elevated consists1 there are several opinions2 some say when a planet is nearest the zenith1 or meridian2 others will have it only that planet is highest2 or nearest to the ,apogon of his eccentric or epicycle4 ,and ,argol admits of all these1 and several other advantages1 and thence advises to collect the several testimonies1 and that that planet1 who has most1 shall be said to be elevated above the other40 ,according to ,whalley1 ,cardan's opinion was that 8that planet is most elevated which is more occidental and ponderous40 ,for myself1 ,i conceive this opinion to be inaccurate1 because1 if ,ptolemy meant to signify only the greater occidentality of the planet1 he would 7as in other instances7 have used the word 8preceding0 instead of 8elevated above02 and ,i incline to think1 that greater proximity to the zenith is the truer1 as well as more simple1 meaning of the term 8elevated40 ,the foregoing observations are applicable to the father1 and those which follow must be attended to in the case of the mother4 ,should the ,sun be configurated1 in any mode whatever1 with the ,moon or ,venus1 or1 should ,venus herself be harmoniously configurated with the ,moon1 either by the sextile1 the trine1 or the conjunction1 the mother will live long4 ,if1 however1 ,mars be succedent to the ,moon and ,venus1 or in quartile or opposition to them1 or1 if ,saturn be similarly aspected to the ,moon only1 and both of them be void of course or retrograde1 or cadent1 adverse accidents and disease will attend the mother2 should they1 on the other hand1 be swift in motion and placed in angles1 they portend that her life will be short1 or grievously afflicted4 ,their position in the oriental angles1 or succedent houses1 particularly denotes the shortness of her life2 and1 in those which are occidental1 her affliction4 ,in the same manner1 should ,mars be thus aspected to the ,moon 7and should that luminary at the same time be oriental71 the mother's sudden death1 or some injury in her face or eyes1 will be produced3 and1 if the ,moon be then occidental1 death will be occasioned by miscarriage in parturition1 by inflammation1 or by wounds4 ,such are the effects which ensue from these aspects made by ,mars to the ,moon2 but1 should he make them to ,venus1 death will then take place from fever1 some latent disease1 or sudden sickness4 ,saturn's aspect#abe to the ,moon1 when she is oriental1 inflicts on the mother disease and death from extreme colds1 or fevers2 but1 should the ,moon be occidental1 the danger arises from affections of the womb1 or from consumption4 ,in the investigation of all these circumstances1 it is highly essential that the properties of the signs1 in which are situated the stars actuating the influence1 should be also taken into consideration2 and that1 by day1 the ,sun and ,venus should be principally observed2 and by night1 ,saturn and the ,moon4 ,if1 however1 after due attention has been paid to the foregoing points1 a more specific inquiry still be demanded1 it will then become necessary to assume the place allotted to the naternal or maternal condition1 as the case may be1 for an horoscope or ascendant1 in order to pursue the investigation4#abf ,and by this means1 which in this respect will answer the purpose of a nativity1 all other particulars concerning the parents may be viewed succinctly2 according to the general forms hereinafter given1 as adapted for practice and applicable to all events4 #abe ,by the quartile or opposition1 as before mentioned4 #abf ,on this passage1 ,whalley remarks that 8,ptolemy teacheth1 from the child's nativity1 to erect schemes for the father and mother1 and thence to give judgment1 as if it were their proper nativities2 the rule is this3 ,if the nativity be diurnal1 for the father1 observe the degree the ,sun is in1 in the child's nativity2 and make that the degree ascending for the father2 and conformable to that1 order the cusps of all the other houses4 ,if for the mother1 use ,venus4 ,but if the nativity be nocturnal1 for the father1 take the place of ,saturn2 and for the mother1 that of the ,moon40 ,whalley adds1 that what in this chapter hath relation to the parents1 is what shall happen to them after the nativity1 and not before4 ,in these and in all other cases1 the mode1 in which the influences are commixed1 must be carefully kept in view2 and it must be observed whether any particular stars possess1 in themselves alone1 the operative cause1 or whether others share dominion with them2 and it is then to be seen which among them all are more powerful1 and which of them take the lead in establishing the event3 so that due inference may be drawn agreeably to their several natures4 ,and should the several stars1 which may happen to be combined in dominion1 be also equal in power1 the diversity of their several natures1 and the admixture of qualities thence arising1 must then be taken into consideration2 and1 by fairly weighing this various admixture1 the nature and quality of the future event may be apprehended4 ,stars1 posited separately or at a distance from each other1 distribute1 at their appropriate times and periods1 the events operated by each3 thus the earlier events are brought about by stars which are more oriental than others1 and the latter events by those which are more occidental4 ,for it is indispensably requisite that the star1 under the influence of which some particular event is expected to happen1 should be originally#abg connected with the place to which the inquiry1 concerning that event1 is allotted2 and1 if such connection should not have existed1 no effect of any importance can possibly be produced2 because a star does not exercise a vigorous influence1 unless it was fully in communication at the beginning4 ,but1 however1 the time1 at which the effect will take place1 is further regulated by the relative distance of the star1 governing the effect1 from the ,sun and the angles of the world1 as well as by its primary position of dominion4 #abg ,or1 at the actual time of nativity4 ,,chapter ,,vi ,,brothers ,,and ,,sisters ,under this head of inquiry1 a general and cursory investigation1 only1 can be performed2 and an attempt to dive into minute particulars would be fruitless1 and would prove to be merely a vain search after things not open to discovery4#abh ,the place1 whence inferences are drawn respecting brothers and sisters1 is to be considered as being applicable only to children of the same mother1 and it is consequently1 agreeably to nature1 presumed to be the same as the maternal place2 viz4 the sign occupying the mid-heaven2 or1 by day1 that which contains ,venus1 and1 by night1 the ,moon4 ,this sign and its succedent are considered as indicative of the mother and her children1 and the same place is therefore properly allotted to brothers and sisters4 #abh ,in spite of this declaration of the author1 it seems1 by ,whalley's note on this chapter1 that ,cardan maintained that the particular circumstances1 liable to affect the brothers and sisters1 might be inferred by adopting1 as an ascendant1 the degree of the planet holding chief dominion over the place of brethren1 and erecting a scheme thereby2 in a mode similar to that allowed by ,ptolemy in the case of the parents4 ,hence1 provided this place be configurated with the benefics1 there will be several brothers and sisters3 the number of them depending upon the number and positions of such benefic stars1 whether in bicorporeal signs1 or in signs of single form4 ,if1 however1 the malefics should be in elevation over this place1 or be hostilely situated in opposition thereto1 the brothers and sisters will then be few in number2 and this fewness especially follows when the malefics may surround the ,sun4 ,should the hostile configuration be presented from the other angles1#abi and1 particularly1 if from the ascendant1 ,saturn will then represent the elder born2 and ,mars1 by inflicting death1 will diminish the total number of brothers and sisters4#acj ,again1 should the stars1 which promise brethren1 be favourably circumstanced as to their cosmical position1 the brethren will be eminent and illustrious2 but humble and obscure1 if the cosmical position be of an adverse nature4 ,if1 also1 the malefic stars should be in elevation over those which give brethren1 the life of the brethren will then be only of short duration4 ,stars1 constituted masculinely1 represent brothers2 those femininely1 sisters4 ,the more oriental stars likewise represent the elder born2 and those which are more occidental1 the younger4 ,moreover1 should the stars1 which give brethren1 be harmoniously configurated with that one which has dominion of the sign allotted to brethren1 the brethren will be mutually friendly and affectionate2 and1 if an harmonious configuration be also extended1 by the same planets1 to the part of fortune1 the brethren will live together in communion4 ,but1 if the stars1 which give brethren1 should1 on the contrary1 be in situations unconnected with each other1 or be in opposition1 the brethren will then live at variance1 mutually practising enmity and fraud4 #abi ,that is to say1 from the angles in quartile 7and therefore hostile also7 to the mid-heaven4 #acj ,the text does not show whether it be necessary that ,saturn and ,mars should both be in the ascendant1 in order to produce the effect described2 nor whether the same effect would not follow1 if one of them should be in the ascendant1 and the other in the occidental angle1 or even in some other position4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,male ,,or ,,female ,after the indications which regard brothers and sisters have been investigated by the foregoing rules1 consonant with nature and reason1 the actual native1 or the person to whom the scheme of nativity is specially appropriated1 demands attention2 and the first and most obvious inquiry is whether the said native will be male or female4 ,the consideration of this question rests not on a single basis1 nor can it be pursued in one sole direction only3 it depends1 on the contrary1 upon the several situations of the two luminaries and the ascendant1 and upon such planets as possess any prerogatives in the places of those situations2 and all these circumstances should be specially observed at the time of conception1 and1 in a general manner also1 at that of birth4 ,observation of the said three places1 and of the mode in which the planets ruling them may be constituted1 is wholly indispensable3 it must be seen whether all1 or most of them1 may be constituted masculinely or femininely2 and prediction must1 of course1 be regulated in conformity with their disposition1 so observed2 as tending to produce a male or female birth4 ,the masculine or feminine nature of the stars is to be distinguished in the manner already pointed out in the commencement of this treatise4#aca ,for instance1 by the nature of the signs in which they are situated1 by their relative position to each other1 and also by their position towards the earth2 as when in the east1 they are masculinely disposed1 and1 when in the west1 femininely4 ,their relative position to the ,sun also affords guidance in distinguishing them2 since1 if they should be matutine1 they are considered to signify the male gender2 and if vespertine1 the female4 ,thus1 from the sex chiefly prevalent1 as observed by these rules1 that of the native may be rationally inferred4 #aca ,vide ,chapter ,,vi1 ,book ,i4 ,,chapter ,,viii ,,twins ,with respect to the probability of the birth of twins1 or a greater number at once1 the same places must be observed1 as those mentioned in the preceding chapter2 that is to say1 the places of both luminaries and the ascendant4 ,when two1 or all three1 of the said places may be situated in bicorporeal signs1 births of this kind will occur1 in consequence of the combination which then arises2 especially1 provided all the planets1 which control those places1 should also be similarly circumstanced3 or although only some of them be posited in bicorporeal signs1 while the rest may be placed by two or more together4 ,because even more than twins will be born1 in a case wherein all the ruling places may be in bicorporeal signs1 most of the planets being1 at the same time1 posited in the same way1 and configurated with them4 ,the number of children1 however1 to be produced at the birth1 is to be inferred from the planet which exercises the right of determining the number#acb3 and the sex or sexes are to be predicted by means of the planets in configuration with the ,sun1 ,moon1 and ascendant4 #acb ,the planet here alluded to1 seems to be that which may be connected with most of the ruling places4 ,and1 should the position of the heavens be arranged so that the angle of the mid-heaven1 and not that of the ascendant1 may be connected with the luminaries1 there will1 in that case1 be produced1 almost always1 twins2 and sometimes even more4 ,to speak1 however1 more particularly1 three males will be born1 as in the nativity of the ,anactores1#acc when ,saturn1 ,jupiter1 and ,mars may be configurated with the places before appointed1 in bicorporeal signs2 and three females1 as in the nativity of the ,graces1 when ,venus and the ,moon1 with ,mercury femininely constituted1 may be configurated in like manner4 ,when ,saturn1 ,jupiter1 and ,venus may be configurated1 two males and one female will be born2 as in the nativity of the ,dioscuri#acd2 and1 when ,venus1 the ,moon1 and ,mars may be so configurated1 two females and one male2 as in the nativity of ,ceres1 ,core1 and ,liber4#ace ,in cases of this kind1 however1 it most usually happens that the conception has not been complete1 and that the children are born with some remarkable imperfections or deformities4 ,and1 in some instances1 owing to a certain concurrence of events1 these numerous productions are quite extraordinary and amazing4 #acc ,i have looked in many other books for this word 8,anactores0 7plural of 71 as designating three particular individuals born at the same birth2 for which signification it is here used by ,ptolemy2 but my search has been in vain4 ,cicero has1 however1 written a passage1 in which a word1 very nearly resembling it1 occurs1 and which would seem to relate to the very persons alluded to by ,ptolemy3 viz4 8,the godship of the ,dioscuri was established in various modes among the ,greeks1 and applied to various persons4 ,one set consisted of three persons1 who were styled at ,athens the ,anactes1 and were the sons of ,jupiter1 the most ancient king1 and ,proserpine2 their several names were ,tritopatreus1 ,eubuleus and ,dionysius40 ,de ,nat4 ,deor41 lib4 #c1 cap4 #ba4 #acd ,this is the second set of the ,dioscuri1 as stated by ,cicero3 they were the children of the third1 or ,cretan ,jupiter 7the son of ,saturn7 and ,leda2 their names were ,castor1 ,pollux1 and ,helena4 ,helena1 however1 is not mentioned by ,cicero4 #ace ,core is a name of ,proserpine2 ,liber1 of ,bacchus4 ,and1 although the mention here made of ,ceres1 ,proserpine and ,bacchus1 as being the offspring of one and the same birth1 does not accord with the usual notion of the genealogy of these divinities1 it seems that ,ptolemy did not so represent them without some reason4 ,for1 in cap4 #bd1 lib4 #b1 ,de ,nat4 ,deor41 ,cicero speaks of ,liber as having been deified conjointly with ,ceres and ,libera 7another name of ,proserpine72 and adds1 that 8it may be understood1 from the rites and mysteries of the worship1 how the deification took place40 ,it appears also1 by ,davies's notes on ,cicero1 that ,livy and ,tacitus both speak of the copartnership in divinity exercised by ,liber1 ,libera and ,ceres4 ,there is not1 however1 any occasion at present to dive deeper into the question of the generation of these deities2 for our author has advertised to them only to point out that so many males or females will be produced at one birth1 under certain configurations of the stars4 ,,chapter ,,ix ,,monstrous ,,or ,,defective ,,births ,the same places1 as those pointed out in the two chapters last preceding1 are again to be considered1 in inquiring into the probability of a monstrous or defective birth4 ,for it will be found that1 at a birth of this description1 the luminaries are either cadent from the ascendant1 or else not in any manner configurated with it2 while1 at the same time1 the angles#acf are occupied by the malefics4 ,it therefore becomes necessary1 when such a position of the heavens may occur at the time of birth1 to observe forthwith the preceding new or full ,moon#acg and its ruler2 as well as the rulers of the luminaries at the said time of birth4 ,for1 if all the places1 in which the rulers of the luminaries1 and in which the ,moon herself and ,mercury may be situated1 at the birth1 or1 if most of those places should be totally inconjunct and unconnected with the places of the said preceding new or full ,moon and its ruler1 the birth will then be monstrous4 ,and if it should be further found1 in addition to this absence of connection1 that the luminaries may be also posited in quadrupedal or bestial signs1 and the two malefics in angles1 the birth will in that case not be human4 ,and should the luminaries1 when so circumstanced1 be not at all supported by any benefic planet1 but only by malefics1 the creature born will be wholly indocile1 wild1 and of evil nature3 if1 however1 they should receive support from ,jupiter or ,venus1 the offspring will then be like that of dogs or cats1 or other creatures held in religious veneration and used in worship#ach3 but1 if ,mercury support the luminaries1 it will resemble that of fowls1 oxen1 or swine1 or1 of other animals adapted to the service of mankind4 #acf ,whalley says here1 8chiefly the ascendant and mid-heaven40 #acg ,whichever might have been nearer in time4 #ach ,it is perhaps superfluous to mention that the two kinds of animals here named 7as well as many others7 were venerated by the gyptians4 ,when the luminaries may be in signs of human shape1 while other circumstances in the scheme of the nativity may exist as before described1 the creature born will then be human1 or will partake of human nature1 although it will still be defective in some peculiar quality4 ,and1 in order to ascertain the nature of that defect1 the shape and form of the signs found on the angles occupied by the malefics1 as well as of those wherein the luminaries are situated1 must be taken into consideration3 and1 if in this instance also1 no benefic planet should lend support to any one of the prescribed places1 the offspring produced will be utterly void of reason1 and indeed indefinable4#aci ,if1 however1 it should happen1 that ,jupiter or ,venus give support1 the defect will be veiled by a specious outward appearance1 similar to that of hermaphrodites1 and of those persons called ,harpocratiaci1#adj or others of like imperfections4 ,and should ,mercury also give support1 in addition to that of ,jupiter or ,venus1 the offspring will then become an interpreter of oracles and divinations2 but1 if ,mercury support alone1 it will be deaf and dumb1#ada although clever and ingenious in its intellect4 #aci ,the ,greek says 8enigmatical40 #adj ,one ,latin translation has rendered this word 8stammerers02 and1 as ,harpocrates was the god of silence1 ,ptolemy has probably used the epithet to signify defect of speech4 #ada 8,dumb40 ,the ,greek is 1 8deprived of teeth10 and ,allatius has so translated it3 but other translations render these words by dumb1 which1 considering the nature of ,mercury1 seems their preferable signification4 ,,chapter ,x ,,children ,,not ,,reared ,the question which now remains to be considered1 in order to complete the investigation of circumstances taking place simultaneously with the nativity1 or immediately consequent thereon1 is1 whether the child1 then born1 will or will not be reared4 ,this inquiry is to be handled distinctly from that regarding the duration of life1 although there is an apparent connection between them4 ,the questions themselves are1 indeed1 similar2 for it is much the same thing to inquire whether the child will be nurtured1 or how long it will live2 and the only distinction1 between these two questions1 arises from the different modes in which they are treated4 ,for instance1 the inquiry into the duration of life is to be pursued only in cases wherein there is allotted to the native some space of time1 not less in duration than a solar period2 that is to say1 a year4 ,therefore1 since time is also measured by smaller portions1 such as months1 days1 and hours1 and since the question1 whether the native will or will not be reared1 belongs to cases wherein some exuberance of evil influence threatens speedy destruction1 and where life is not likely to endure throughout a whole year1 the inquiry into the duration of life must consequently involve a more multifarious consideration1 than that which relates to rearing2 which may be at once disposed of1 in a more general and summary manner4 ,thus1 if either of the two luminaries be in an angle1 and one of the malefics be either in conjunction with that luminary1 or else distant in longitude from each luminary1 in an exactly equal space2 so as to form the point of junction of two equal sides of a triangle1 of which sides the two luminaries form the extremities1 while1 at the same time1 no benefic star may partake in the configuration1 and while the rulers of the luminaries may be also posited in places belonging to1 or controlled by1 the malefics2 the child1 then born1 will not be susceptible of nurture1 but will immediately perish4 ,should the configuration1 made between the malefic planet and the luminaries1 not exist precisely in the mode just mentioned2 that is to say1 should the said planet not be equally distant from both luminaries1 so as to form the point of junction of two equal sides of a triangle2 yet should it then happen that the rays of two malefics may nearly approach the places of the two luminaries1 casting an injurious influence either on both1 or only one of them1 and if both the said malefics be together succedent1 or in opposition1 to the luminaries1 or if one of them be succedent1 and the other in opposition1 or even if only one may particularly afflict one of the luminaries1 then1 in any such case1 no duration of life will be allotted to the child3 for the supremacy of the power of the malefics extinguishes the influence favourable to human nature1 and tending to prolong existence4 ,mars is exceedingly pernicious when succedent to the ,sun1 and ,saturn when succedent to the ,moon4 ,but a converse effect takes place when either of these planets may be in opposition to the ,sun or ,moon1 or in elevation above them2 for the ,sun will then be afflicted by ,saturn1 and the ,moon by ,mars2 and especially so1 provided the said planets should have local prerogatives in the signs containing the luminaries1 or in the sign on the ascendant4 ,and1 should a double opposition exist1 by the circumstance of the luminaries being placed in two opposite angles1 and by the two malefics being each so posited as to be equally distant from each luminary1 the child will be born almost1 if not quite1 dead4 ,nevertheless1 if the luminaries should be separating from1 or be otherwise configurated with benefic planets1 whose rays may be projected to parts preceding the said luminaries1 the child will then live as many days1 or hours1 as there are degrees1 numbered between the prorogator#adb and the nearest malefic4 #adb ,a prorogator is either a luminary1 planet1 or a certain degree of the zodiac1 which determines the duration of life1 or the time of the accomplishment of any event3 it is hereafter fully treated of in the #acth ,chapter of this ,book2 which shows that1 in the instance now mentioned1 it would be a luminary1 either in the ascendant1 or in the mid-heaven4 ,if malefics should cast their rays to parts preceding the luminaries1 and benefics to parts following them1 the child will be abandoned at its birth2 but will afterwards meet with adoption1 and will live4 ,yet1 if the malefics should be in elevation above those benefics which are thus configurated1 the child1 so adopted1 will lead a life of misery and servitude3 if1 on the contrary1 the benefics should be in elevation1 then whoever may adopt the deserted child will supply the place of its parents4 ,and1 provided a benefic planet should either ascend with1 or near in succession to the ,moon1 or be applying to her1 and one of the malefics be occidental1 the child's own parents will1 in that case1 take it again under their protection4 ,rules similar to the foregoing are to be observed1 when more than one child is born2 for1 if any one of those planets1 which may be configurated towards the production of two1 or even more children1 should be under the west1 the children will be born half dead1 or deformed1 and imperfect in body4 ,and1 if the planet so situated should also be beneath the malefics1 the children will not be susceptible of nurture1 or their life will be of the shortest span4 ,,chapter ,,xi ,,the ,,duration ,,of ,,life ,of all events whatsoever1 which take place after birth1 the most essential is the continuance of life3 and as it is1 of course1 useless to consider1 in cases wherein the life of a child does not extend to the period of one year1 what other events contingent on its birth might otherwise have subsequently happened1 the inquiry into the duration of life consequently takes precedence of all other questions1 as to the events subsequent to the birth4 ,the discussion of this inquiry is by no means simple1 nor easy of execution2 it is conducted in a diversified process1 by means of the governance of the ruling places4 ,and the method now about to be laid down seems1 of all others1 the most consonant with reason1 and with nature3 because the influence of the prorogatory places1 as well as of the rulers of those places1 and the disposal of the anretic#adc places or stars1 perform the whole operation of regulating the duration of life4 ,each of these influences is to be distinguished in the mode pointed out in the chapters immediately ensuing4 #adc ,the epithet anretic is a term of art1 adopted from the ,greek1 signifying fatal1 or destructive4 ,,chapter ,,xii ,,the ,,prorogatory ,,places ,firstly1 those places1 only1 are to be deemed prorogatory1 to which the future assumption of the dominion of prorogation exclusively belongs4 ,these several places are the sign on the angle of the ascendant1 from the fifth degree above the horizon1 to the twenty-fifth degree below it2 the thirty degrees in dexter sextile thereto1 constituting the eleventh house1 called the ,good ,dmon2 also the thirty degrees in dexter quartile1 forming the mid-heaven above the earth2 those in dexter trine making the ninth house1 called ,god2 and lastly1 those in opposition1 belonging to the angle of the west4 ,secondly1 among these places1 the degrees which constitute the mid-heaven are entitled to preference1 as being of a more potent and paramount influence3 the degrees in the ascendant are next in virtue2 then the degrees in the eleventh house succedent to the mid-heaven2 then those in the angle of the west2 and1 lastly1 those in the ninth house1 which precedes the mid-heaven4 ,no degrees under the earth are1 in any manner1 eligible to the dominion now in question2 except such only as enter into light actually above the succedent1 or1 in other words1 with the ascendant4 ,and any sign1 although it may be above the earth1 is still incompetent to partake in this dominion1 if it be inconjunct with the ascendant3 hence the sign which precedes the ascendant1 and constitutes the twelfth house 7called that of the ,evil ,dmon71 is incompetent2 and not only for the above reason1 but also because it is cadent1 and because the beams cast by the stars posited therein1 towards the earth1 are impaired by the thick and dark exhalations arising from the earth's vapours1 which produce an unnatural colour and magnitude in the appearance of stars so posited1 confusing1 and in some measure annihilating1 their beams4 ,thus far with regard to the places of prorogation4 ,,chapter ,,xiii ,,the ,,number ,,of ,,prorogators1 ,,and ,,also ,,the ,,part ,,of ,,fortune ,after due attention has been given to the instructions in the preceding chapter1 the ,sun1 the ,moon1 the ,ascendant1 and the part of ,fortune1 are to be considered as the four principally liable to be elected to the office of prorogator2 and their positions1 together with those of such planets as rule in the places of their positions1 are to be observed4 ,the part of ,fortune is ascertained by computing the number of degrees between the ,sun and the ,moon2 and it is placed at an equal number of degrees distant from the ascendant1 in the order of the signs4 ,it is in all cases1 both by night and day1 to be so computed and set down1 that the ,moon may hold with it the same relation as that which the ,sun may hold with the ascendant2 and it thus becomes1 as it were1 a lunar horoscope or ascendant4#add #add ,the ,latin translation1 printed at ,perugio in #afdf1 has here the following passage in addition3 8,but it must be seen which luminary may follow the other in the succession of the signs2 for if the ,moon should so follow the ,sun1 the part of ,fortune is also to be numbered from the horoscope or ascendant1 according to the succession of the signs4 ,but if the ,moon precede the ,sun1 the part of ,fortune must be numbered from the ascendant1 contrary to the succession of the signs40 ,there is a long dissertation on the part of ,fortune1 in ,cooper's ,placidus1 from pp4 #cjh to #cah2 and1 among the directions there given for computing its situation1 the following seem the most accurate and simple3 viz4 8,in the diurnal geniture1 the ,sun's true distance from the east is to be added to the ,moon's right ascension1 and in the nocturnal1 subtracted2 for the number thence arising will be the place and right ascension of the part of ,fortune3 and it always has the same declination with the ,moon1 both in number and name1 wherever it is found4 ,again1 let the ,sun's oblique ascension1 taken in the ascendant1 be subtracted always from the oblique ascendant of the ascendant1 as well in the day as in the night1 and the remaining difference be added to the ,moon's right ascension2 the sum will be the right ascension of the part of ,fortune1 which will have the ,moon's declination40 ,it is shown also by this dissertation1 that the situation of the part of ,fortune must be necessarily confined to the lunar parallels2 that it can but rarely be in the ecliptic2 and that its latitude is ever varying4 ,cooper also adds1 from ,cardan's ,commentaries on the ,tetrabiblos1 that 8if the ,moon is going from the conjunction to the opposition of the ,sun1 then the ,moon follows the ,sun1 and the part of ,fortune is always under the ,earth1 from the ascendant2 but if the ,moon has passed the opposition1 she goes before the ,sun1 and the part of ,fortune is before the ascendant1 and always above the earth40 ,this remark of ,cardan's is1 in effect1 exactly equivalent to what is stated in the additional passage inserted in the ,perugio ,latin translation1 and given above4 ,in the ,primum ,mobile of ,placidus 7,cooper's translation1 p4 #de71 the following remark and example are given3 8,the part of ,fortune is placed according to the ,moon's distance from the ,sun2 and you must observe what rays the ,moon has to the ,sun1 for the latter ought to have the same1 and with the same excess or deficiency1 as the part of ,fortune to the horoscope4 ,as the ,moon is to the ,sun1 so is the part of ,fortune to the horoscope2 and as the ,sun is to the horoscope1 so is the ,moon to the part of ,fortune4 ,so1 in the nativity of ,charles ,v1 the ,moon applies to the ultimate sextile of the ,sun1 but with a deficiency of #g #de3 ,i subtract the #g #de from #e #cd of ,scorpio1 the ultimate sextile to the horoscope1 and the part of ,fortune is placed in #bh #i of ,libra40 ,n4,b4--,in this nativity1 according to ,placidus1 the ,sun is in the second house1 in #ad #cj of ,pisces3 the ,moon in the ascendant1 in #f #de of ,capricorn2 the ascendant is #e #cd of ,capricorn2 and the part ,fortune is in the ninth house1 in #bh #i of ,libra4 ,among the candidates for prorogation1 as before-mentioned1 by day the ,sun is to be preferred1 provided he be situated in a prorogatory place2 and1 if not1 the ,moon2 but if the ,moon1 also1 should not be so situated1 then that planet is to be elected which may have most claims to dominion1 in reference to the ,sun1 the antecedent new ,moon1 and the ascendant2 that is to say1 when such planet may be found to have dominion over any one of the places where these are situated1 by at least three prorogatives1 if not more2 the whole number being five4 ,if1 however1 no planet should be found so circumstanced1 the ,ascendant is then to be taken4 ,by night1 the ,moon is to be elected as prorogator1 provided1 in like manner1 she should be in some prorogatory place2 and if she be not1 the ,sun3 if he also be not in any prorogatory place1 then that planet which may have most rights of dominion in reference to the ,moon1#ade and the antecedent full ,moon and the part of ,fortune4 ,but1 if there be no planet claiming dominion in the mode prescribed1 the ,ascendant must be taken1 in case a new ,moon had last preceded the birth2 but1 if a full ,moon1 the part of ,fortune4 ,if the two luminaries1 and also some ruling planet of appropriate condition1 should be each posited in a prorogatory place1 then1 provided one luminary may be found to occupy some place more important and influential than the others1 that luminary must be chosen2 but should the ruling planet occupy the stronger place1 and have prorogatives of dominion suitable to the conditions of both luminaries1 the planet must then be preferred to either of them4#adf #ade ,according to her position in the scheme of the nativity4 #adf ,placidus1 in remarking on the nativity of ,john di ,colonna1 after stating his opinion that it is an error to suppose that a malign influence to the horoscope1 when the horoscope has not the primary signification of life is anretic1 says1 that 8the order and method which ,ptolemy lays down for the election of a prorogator are quite absurd1 unless life be at the disposal of a sole prime significator only40 ,he proves by other arguments also1 and by instances of the fact1 that 8one only signifies life1 elected according to ,ptolemy's method40 7,cooper's translation1 p4 #ahd47 ,,chapter ,,xiv ,,number ,,of ,,the ,,modes ,,of ,,prorogation ,when the prorogator has been determined as above directed1 it is also necessary to take into consideration the two modes of prorogation2 one into succeeding signs1 under the projection of rays1 as it is called2 and1 when the prorogator may be in an oriental place1 that is to say1 in any place between the mid-heaven and the ascendant1 this mode only is to be used4 ,the other mode extends into signs preceding the prorogator1 according to what is called horary proportion#adg2 and1 in cases when the prorogator may be situated in any place receding from the mid-heaven1 or1 in other words1 between the mid-heaven and the angle of the west1 both modes of prorogation are to be adopted4 #adg 8,horary proportion40 ,so the ,perugio ,latin of #afdf2 the ,greek word1 however1 is 1 which seems to be compounded of and 2 and1 if so1 the literal signification would be 8extraction of hours40 ,it is next to be observed1 that certain degrees are anretic2 though1 in the prorogation made into signs preceding1 the only degree which is strictly anretic is that of the western horizon2 and it becomes so because it obscures the lord of life2 while other degrees1 of stars meeting with or testifying to the prorogator1 both take away from and add to the aggregate amount of the prorogation1 which would otherwise continue until the descension or setting of the prorogator4 ,of these last-mentioned degrees1 however1 there are none properly anretic2 since they are not borne to the prorogatory place1 but1 on the contrary1 that place is carried to their positions4#adh ,in this manner the benefics increase the prorogation1 but the malefics diminish it2 and ,mercury assists the influence of either party with which he may be configurated4 ,the amount of the increase or diminution is indicated by the degree1 in which each star1 so operating1 is exactly situated2 for the number of years will depend upon1 and correspond with1 the horary times#adi proper to each degree2 and if the birth be by day1 care must be taken to calculate the diurnal horary times2 if by night1 the nocturnal4 ,these directions are to be understood as applicable to instances wherein the degrees in question may be in the ascendant2 if farther advanced1 a deduction proportionate to the distance is to be made1 unless they should be on the occidental horizon1 in which case there can be no remainder4 #adh ,by the apparent motion of the planetary system4 ,on this passage1 ,placidus has the following observations3 8,in directing the significator to the west1 you must consider what stars or mundane rays are intercepted between the significator and the west2 if fortunate1 add their arc to the significator's arc of direction to the west2 if unfortunate1 subtract it from the same1 and it will give the arc of direction1 augmented or diminished according to ,ptolemy4 ,how largely and differently authors have spoken of this direction of the significator to the west1 putting various constructions on the words of ,ptolemy1 is known to every one4 ,see ,cardan in his ,commentaries1 ,maginus in ,prim4 ,mob4 and the ,use of ,legal ,astrology in ,physic1 c4 viii1 where he delivers the sentiments of ,naibod4 ,argol censures wholly this doctrine of ,ptolemy's1 of directing the moderator of life to the west1 as vain and useless2 but ,i say it is worthy of remark1 and altogether comformable to truth2 because then the rays and intermediate stars of the malign only lessen the arc of direction to the west1 and do not destroy life1 when1 by a right direction1 the moderator or life does not remain at the same time with the malignant planet3 for1 should this happen1 they kill1 without any manner of doubt40 7,cooper's translation1 pp4 #ajf and #ajh47 #adi 8,horary times40 ,these are the number of equatorial degrees which any degree of the zodiac may appear1 in a certain latitude on the earth1 to transit in an equatorial hour4 ,but1 in the prorogation made into succeeding signs1 the places of the malefics1 ,saturn and ,mars1 are anretic1 whether meeting the prorogator bodily1 or by emission of rays in quartile1 from either side1 or in opposition3 they are also sometimes anretic1 by a sextile ray1 if in a sign of equal power1 obeying or beholding the sign of the prorogator4 ,and even the mere degree1 in signs following1 in quartile with the prorogatory place1 as also the degree in sextile1 if badly afflicted1 which is sometimes the case in signs of long ascension1 and1 still further1 the degree in trine1 if in signs of short ascension1 are all anretic3 so also is the ,sun's place1 should the ,moon be prorogatory4 ,but1 although the meetings1 which occur in the course of prorogation thus made1 have1 respectively1 some of them an anretic1 and other a preservative1 power1 in consequence of their occurring by means of an actual transmission to the prorogatory place#aej2 yet their anretic tendency is not always effectual1 but only in cases where the places1 so brought to the prorogatory place1 may be badly afflicted4 ,for should those places be situated within the terms of a benefic1 the operation of their anretic degree becomes impeded2 and it will likewise be impeded1 if either of the benefics should cast a ray in quartile1 trine1 or opposition1#aea to the said anretic degree itself1 or to some other degree near in succession1 and not farther distant from it than twelve degrees1 if the benefic be ,jupiter2 nor than eight1 if ,venus3 the like impediment will also subsist1 if both the prorogator and its opponent#aeb should be bodies1#aec and not have the same latitude4 #aej ,by the apparent motion of the planetary system4 #aea ,in reference to this passage1 ,placidus1 in speaking of the death of ,octavian ,vestrius of ,rome1 has these words3 8the ,moon is found in a parallel declination of ,mars1 and ,saturn with the opposition of ,mars2 the sextile of ,jupiter to the ,sun could give no assistance1 because ,jupiter is cadent1 and the ray sextile is very weak1 especially when it is the principal ray3 for which reason1 ,ptolemy1 in the chapter of ,life1 when he mentions the planets that are able to save in the courses of the infortunes1 does not name the sextile1 but the quartile1 trine1 and opposition2 because the sextile ray is feeble1 particularly when it is less than #fj3 neither could ,venus assist1 as she was cadent from the house1 and in a sign inimical to the ,sun10 c4 7,cooper's ,translation1 p4 #bhf47 #aeb ,literally1 and perhaps more properly1 8its meeter40 #aec ,that is to say1 orbs1 in contradistinction to prorogations made by aspects or degrees merely4 ,therefore1 whenever there may be found two or more conflicting configurations1 auxiliary on the one hand1 and hostile on the other1 due observation must be made to ascertain which party surpasses the other1 in power as well as in number4 ,the pre-eminence in number will be1 of course1 obvious1 from the greater number#aed on one side than on the other2 but1 for pre-eminence in power1 it must be seen whether the stars1 auxiliary or hostile as the case may be1 are1 on the one side1 in places appropriate to themselves1 while they are not so on the other2 and especially whether those on the one side may be oriental1 and those on the other occidental4 ,it is also to be observed1 in all cases1 that not any one of such stars1 whether hostile or auxiliary1 is to be left out of the present calculation1 on account of its casual position under the sunbeams4#aee ,this rule must be particularly attended to1 because1 even though the ,moon be not prorogatory1 the solar place itself becomes anretic1 if shackled by the simultaneous presence of a malefic1 and not restored to freedom of operation by any benefic4 #aed ,of the stars and places brought into configuration4 #aee ,whalley's translation of this passage is in direct contradiction to the sense3 and even that of ,allatius1 as well as other ,latin ones1 are 7if strictly correct7 confused in their meaning4 ,the number of years1 depending on the distances between the prorogatory and anretic places1 cannot be always gathered simply and at once from the ascensional times#aef of each respective degree2 but only in cases when the ascendant itself1 or some other specific degree or body1 actually ascending in the oriental horizon1 may possess the prorogation4 ,for1 if it be desired to calculate agreeably to nature1 every process of calculation that can be adopted must be directed to the attainment of one object2 that is to say1 to ascertain after how many equatorial times#aeg the place of the succeeding body1 or degree1 will arrive at the position preoccupied at the birth by the preceding body1 or degree3 and1 as equatorial time transits equally both the horizon and the meridian1 the places in question#aeh must be considered1 in respect of their proportionate distances from both these2 each equatorial degree#aei being taken to signify one solar year4 ,in conformity with the foregoing remarks1 when it may happen that the prorogatory and preceding place may be actually on the oriental horizon1 it will be proper to reckon1 at once1 the ascensional times which may intervene until the meeting of the degrees2 because1 after the same number of equatorial times1 the anreta will arrive at the prorogatory place2 that is to say1 at the oriental horizon4 ,should the prorogatory place be found on the meridian1 the whole number of degrees by right ascension1 in which the whole intercepted arc will transit the meridian1 must then be taken4 ,and if the prorogatory place be on the occidental horizon1 the number of descensions1 in which every degree of the distance will be carried down 7or1 in other words1 the number of ascensions1 in which their opposite degrees will ascend71 is in that case to be reckoned4#afj #aef 8,ascensional times40 ,these are1 in other words1 the number of degrees of the equator1 equivalent to a certain number of zodiacal degrees1 ascending in any particular latitude4 ,they are also otherwise called the oblique ascension of such zodiacal degrees4 #aeg 8,equatorial times0 here signify degrees of the equator1 by which all time is measured4 #aeh ,that is to say1 of the preceding and of the succeeding body of degree4 #aei ,which may be intercepted in the arc between them4 #afj ,this number is that of the oblique descensional times of the intercepted arc1 or of the oblique ascensional times of the arc opposite to it4 ,the whole of the instructions in this paragraph are fully exemplified in the following chapter4 ,when1 however1 a prorogatory and preceding place may not be situated on any one of the three aforesaid points1 but in some intermediate station1 it must be observed that other times#afa will then bring the succeeding place to the preceding one2 and not the times of ascension or descension1 or transit of the mid-heaven1 as above spoken of4 ,for any places whatever1 which have one particular position1 on the same degree1 in regard to the horizon and meridian1 are alike and identical4 ,this is the case1 for instance1 with all places lying on any one of those semicircles which are drawn through the arcs of the meridian and horizon2 and each of these semicircles 7all of which have position at the same equal distance from each other7 marks one temporal hour#afb2 and1 as the time occupied in proceeding through the places#afc above described1 and arriving at the same position of the horizon and meridian1 is rendered unequal to and different from the time of transits in the zodiac2 so1 also1 the transits of other spaces are made1 agreeably to their position1 in time again distinct from this4 #afa ,or1 times to be reckoned in another manner4 #afb ,on this passage1 there has been founded 7to use ,whalley's words7 8what we call ,mundane ,parallels1 or parallels in the world4 ,and1 as zodiacal parallels are equal distances from the tropical or equinoctial circles1 so mundane parallels are a like equal distance from the horizontal or meridianal points or circles4 ,and as zodiacal parallels are measured by the zodiacal circle1 so those mundane parallels are measured by the diurnal or nocturnal arcs3 and just so long as the ,sun or any other planet is1 in proceeding from the cusp of the twelfth ,house to the cusp of the tenth1 the same ,sun or other planet will be in proceeding from the cusp of the tenth to the cusp of the eighth ,house4 ,and the distance between ,sun-rising and setting1 is the diurnal arc which the meridian cuts in two equal parts4 ,in directions1 these mundane parallels have a twofold consideration3 first1 simple2 secondly1 according to the rapt motion of the earth1 or the primum mobile3 all which have been largely explained by the learned ,monk1 ,placidus10 c4 ,that ,author has certainly stated1 in one of his ,theses1 that 8those seats1 or parts of the circle1 are to be received1 in which the stars1 having a different declination1 effect equal temporal hours0 7p4 #bb1 ,cooper's ,translation71 and he has fully exemplified this principle in other parts of his 8,primum ,mobile02 but ,ptolemy here speaks only of one of the semicircles between the horizon and meridian1 without reference to any other semicircle1 corresponding in distance from the horizon and mid-heaven2 and all that he has said on the subject amounts only to this1 that the prorogation is completed when the succeeding place arrives at the same semicircle on which the preceding place had been posited4 #afc ,the ascendant1 mid-heaven1 and western horizon2 as mentioned in the preceding paragraph4 ,there is1 however1 a method by which the proportion of time1 occupied in the progress of a succeeding place to a prorogatory and preceding place1 in whatever position1 whether oriental1 meridianal1 or occidental1 or any other1 may be easily calculated4 ,it is as follows3-- ,when it has been ascertained what degree of the zodiac is on the mid-heaven1 as also which are the preceding and succeeding degrees1 the period of whose meeting is to be calculated1 the position of the preceding degree1 and its distance in temporal hours from the meridian1 are next to be noted2 because any part of the zodiac1 on becoming distant from the meridian in the same temporal hours1 must fall on the same individual semicircle4#afd ,for ascertaining this distance1 the number of ascensions1 in a right sphere1 found in the intermediate space between the said preceding degree and the mid-heaven1 either above or under the earth1 is to be divided by the number of the diurnal or nocturnal horary times of the said preceding degree3 for instance1 if that degree be above the earth1 by its diurnal horary times2 and1 by its nocturnal1 if it be under the earth4 ,it is then to be discovered in what number of equatorial times the succeeding degree will be distant from the same meridian1 by as many similar temporal hours as those by which the preceding degree is distant from it4 ,and1 to effect this1 the hours in question must be noted1 and it must first be observed1 by the right ascensions again1 how many equatorial times the succeeding degree1 at its original position1 is distant from the degree on the mid-heaven2 and then it must be seen how many equatorial times it will be distant1 on coming to the preceding degree's distance in temporal hours from the said mid-heaven3 this will be found1 by multiplying those hours by the succeeding degree's horary times2 diurnal1 if the future position be above the earth1 and nocturnal if under2 and the difference in amount1 of these two distances1 in equatorial times1 will present the number of years inquired for4 #afd ,vide ,note 1 p4 #ie4 ,,chapter ,,xv ,,exemplification ,in order to exemplify the foregoing instructions1 let the first point of ,aries be supposed as the preceding place1 and the first point in ,gemini the succeeding2 and let the latitude of the country1 to which the operation relates1 be such as will cause the longest day to consist of fourteen hours#afe2 and where the horary magnitude of the beginning of ,gemini will be about seventeen equatorial times4#aff #afe ,this1 in the ,northern ,hemisphere1 would be the latitude of ,alexandria 7where ,ptolemy flourished71 or1 in his own words1 that of the #crd ,climate1 passing through ,lower ,egypt1 numbered #cj #bb4--,vide extracts from the ,tables of the ,almagest1 inserted in the ,appendix4 #aff ,this is the magnitude of the diurnal temporal hour of the first point of ,gemini in the latitude prescribed4 ,let the first point of ,aries be first placed on the ascendant1 so that the beginning of ,capricorn may be on the mid-heaven above the earth1 and the first point of ,gemini be distant from the said mid-heaven #adj equatorial times4#afg ,now1 since the first point of ,aries is distant six temporal hours from the mid-heaven above the earth1 the times of that distance will be found1 by multiplying the said six hours by the seventeen equatorial times of the horary magnitude of the first point of ,gemini1 to be #ajb4afh ,the whole sum of the distance to the mid-heaven above the earth1 is #adh times2 and as #adh times exceed #ajb by #df1 the succeeding place will consequently devolve into the preceding place after #df times 7being the amount of the times of ascension of ,aries and ,taurus#afi72 since1 in this instance1 the prorogatory place is established in the ascendant4 ,in like manner1 let the first point of ,aries be next placed on the mid-heaven1 culminating2 so that the first point of ,gemini1 in its first position1 may be distant from the said mid-heaven #eh equatorial times4#agj ,now1 as it is required to bring the first point of ,gemini1 in its second position1 to the mid-heaven1 the whole distance is to be reckoned1 viz4 #eh times1 in which ,aries and ,taurus pass the mid-heaven2 because1 again1 the prorogatory place was culminating4#aga ,in the same way1 let the first point of ,aries be descending#agb2 so that the beginning of ,cancer may occupy the mid-heaven1 and the first point of ,gemini precede the mid-heaven at the distance of #cb equatorial times4#agc ,therefore1 as the first point of ,aries is on the west1 and again distant six temporal hours from the meridian1 let these six hours be multiplied by the seventeen times2 which will produce #ajb1 making the sum of the distance#agd of the first point of ,gemini1 at its future descension1 from the meridian4#age ,but1 as the first point of ,gemini1 at its first position1 was already distant from the meridian #cb times2 which number #ajb exceed by #gj2 it will consequently arrive at its descension after #gj times1 the amount of the excess2 in which space ,aries and ,taurus will have descended1 and their opposite signs ,libra and ,scorpio arisen4#agf #afg ,by right ascension1 as shown by the ,extract1 inserted in the ,appendix1 from the ,tables of ,ascensions in the ,almagest4 ,the exact distance1 however1 according to that ,table1 is #adg #dd4 #afh ,or rather1 according to the ,table1 #ajb #ci4 #afi ,that is to say1 of the oblique ascension1 which is here required to be reckoned2 because the prorogatory and preceding place is in the ascendant4 ,vide p4 #ie1 and ,note in p4 #id4 ,and the first point of ,gemini1 on arriving at the ascendant1 will be distant from the mid-heaven #ajb #ci by right ascension2 the #acth degree of ,aquarius being then in culmination in the prescribed latitude4 ,the oblique ascensions in the latitude #cj #bb ,n4 are also shown in the extract referred to in the preceding note3 and it thereby appears1 that ,aries and ,taurus ascend in #de #e1 instead of #df4 #agj ,or1 rather1 #eg #dd--;by right ascension4--,vide extract above referred to4 #aga ,vide p4 #ie4 #agb ,or on the cusp of the #gth ,house4 #agc ,or1 rather1 #cb #af--;by right ascension again4--,vide extract as before4 #agd ,by right ascension4 ,the amount according to the ,table is1 however1 #ajb #ci1 as before stated4 #age ,on which the #ajth degree of ,virgo will then be posited4 #agf ,by oblique descension and ascension3 ,vide p4 #ie4--,the ,table shows the amount to be #gj #bc4 ,again1 let the first point of ,aries have another position1 not in any angle1#agg but1 for instance1 at the distance of three temporal hours past the meridian2 so that the #ahth degree of ,taurus may be on the mid-heaven1 and the first point of ,gemini be approaching the mid-heaven1 at the distance of thirteen equatorial times4 ,the seventeen times must1 therefore1 be again multiplied by the three hours1 and the first point of ,gemini1 at its second position1 will be found to be past the meridian1 at the distance of #ea times4#agh ,the distance of #ac times of the first position and #ea times of the second position are then both to be taken2 and they will produce #fd times4 ,in the former instances the prorogatory place performed in the same succession2 viz4 occupying #df times in coming to the ascendant1 #eh in coming to the mid-heaven1 and #gj in coming to the west2 so that the present number of times1 depending on the intermediate position between the mid-heaven and the west1 and being #fd1 also differs from each of the other numbers1 in proportion to the three hours' difference of position4 ,for1 in the other cases which proceeded by quadrants1#agi according to the angles1 the times progressively differed by twelve1 but1 in the present case of a minor distance of three hours1 they differ by six4#ahj #agg ,in reference to p4 #ie1 and ,note in the same page4 #agh ,the #ahth degree of ,cancer being then in culmination4 #agi ,or semi-diurnal arcs1 each equal to six temporal hours4 #ahj ,the amount of the progressive difference of the times of prorogation1 as here mentioned1 is of course only applicable to the parallel of declination of the first point of ,gemini1 in the latitude before quoted4 ,it must necessarily vary in all other parallels of declination1 and also in all other latitudes4 ,there is1 however1 another method which may be used1 and which is still more simple2 for instance1 should the preceding degree be on the ascendant1 the following intermediate times of ascension1#aha between it and the succeeding degree1 may be reckoned2 should it be on the mid-heaven1 the times of ascension must be reckoned on a right sphere2 and1 if it be on the west1 descending1 the intermediate times of descension#ahb are to be reckoned4 ,but1 should the preceding degree be between any two of these angles1 as1 for instance1 at the distance of ,aries1 just spoken of1 the proper times for each angle must first be considered4 ,and1 since the first point of ,aries was assigned a position between the two angles of the mid-heaven and the west1 the proper times of the distances from these angles to the first point of ,gemini#ahc would be found to be #eh from the mid-heaven1 and #gj from the west4 ,the distances1 in temporal hours1 of the preceding degree from each of these angles1 are then to be ascertained2 and whatever proportion these same temporal hours1 contained in such distances between the said preceding degree and each angle1 may bear to the temporal hours of the whole quadrant1 the same proportion1 out of the excess of the times of distance of one angle over those of the other1 is either to be added to1 or deducted from1 the actual number of times of the respective angles4 ,for instance1 in the example before set forth1 #gj times exceed #eh times by #ab2 and the preceding place was distant from the angles three equal temporal hours1 which are the half of six1 the number belonging to the whole quadrant4 ,now1 three being the half of six1 and #ab being the amount of the excess1 the half of #ab is therefore to be taken1 giving #f to be either added to the #eh times1 or subtracted from the #gj3 thus1 in either way1 producing #fd1 the required number of times4 #aha ,oblique ascension4 #ahb ,the times of oblique descension of any arc of the zodiac are equal to the times of oblique ascension of its opposite arc2 as before explained4 #ahc ,that is to say1 at the time of the #ast point of ,aries transiting the cusp of each angle respectively4 ,if1 however1 the preceding place should be distant from either angle two temporal hours1 which are the third part of #f1 then1 in that case1 the third part of #ab1 the amount of the excess1 must be taken1 viz4 #d3 and1 if the said two hours be the distance1 as calculated from the mid-heaven1 the said #d times are to be added to the #eh times2 but1 if it be the distance from the occidental angle1 the #d times are to be subtracted from the #gj4 ,in conformity with these rules now laid down1 the amount of the times must necessarily be obtained4#ahd #ahd ,the calculation of time may be greatly facilitated by the use of a zodiacal planisphere1 said to have been invented about thirty years ago by ,mr4 ,ranger1 who died without making his invention public4 ,the invention consists of a set of instruments perfectly adapted1 as far as relates to the zodiac1 for astronomical1 as well as astrological1 purposes2 and the completeness with which it solves1 in the most intelligible and expeditious manner1 all the astronomical problems of the zodiac1 deserves attention4 ,whether a similar planisphere was known in the days of ,placidus1 ,i am not aware2 but it is worthy of remark that the following words occur in his 8,primum ,mobile10 and seem almost to have been predicted of ,mr4 ,ranger's planisphere3--8,if any one would provide himself with a ,ptolemaic planisphere1 with the horary circles1 crepuscules1 the zodiac's latitude1 and all other things requisite1 it would be of very great service towards foreseeing the aspects40 7,cooper's ,translation1 p4 #hg47 ,in the ,appendix will be found a plate1 containing diagrams drawn by the instruments in question1 which1 though not completely filled up1 will show how easily1 and1 at the same time1 how accurately1 the measure of time in directions may be ascertained4 ,the said diagrams have been adapted to the 8exemplification0 here given by ,ptolemy2 one of them being laid down for the latitude of ,alexandria1 and the other for the latitude of southern ,britain 7#ea #cj ,n471 with similar positions of the preceding and succeeding places adverted to in the text4 ,the anretic and critical influences of all meetings or descensions of prorogators#ahe remain to be determined2 beginning1 in due order1 with such as are accomplished in the shortest time4 ,and whatever else may happen1 by means of any affliction or assistance offered 7in the manner heretofore prescribed7 during the actual transit of the meeting1 is also to be decided on1 as well as whatever may occur through other circumstances1 arising out of the ingresses taking place at the time3 because1 should the places of both the significators be afflicted1 and should the transit of the stars1 at the then existing ingress1 operate injuriously on the chief ruling places1 it is then altogether probable that death will ensue2#ahf and1 even though one of the places#ahg may be disposed favourably to human nature1 the crisis will still be important and perilous2 but1 if both the places be so disposed favourably1 some debility only1 or transient malady1 or hurt1 will then happen4 ,it is1 however1 necessary in these cases1 to consider also what familiarity1 or analogy1 the peculiar properties of the places1 thus meeting1 may bear to the circumstances of the nativity4 ,in order to obviate the doubts which frequently arise1 as to the particular star or place to which the anretic dominion ought to be assigned1 all the meetings should be duly contemplated and considered1 each by each2 and thus1 after considering those chiefly corresponding with the events already past1 and with the future events about to follow1 or with the whole altogether1 it will be practicable to found an observation on the equality or inequality of their influence4 #ahe ,these meetings and descensions are technically termed 8directions40 #ahf ,on these words ,placidus has the following remark3 8,the revolutions may possess some virtue1 but only according to the constitution of the stars to the places of the prorogators of the nativity1 and their places of direction1 but no farther2 as ,ptolemy was of opinion1 and briefly expresses himself in his ,chapter of ,life4 #8,those who are afflicted1 both in the places and conclusions of the years1 by the revolution of the stars infecting the principal places1 have reason to expect certain death4'0 7,cooper's ,translation1 p4 #abg47 #ahg ,of the significators before mentioned4 ,,chapter ,,xvi ,,the ,,form ,,and ,,temperament ,,of ,,the ,,body ,the matters affecting and regulating the duration of life have now been disposed of2 and it becomes proper to enter into further particulars1 commencing1 in due order1 with the figure and conformation of the body2 because ,nature forms and moulds the body before she inspires it with a soul4 ,in fact1 the body1 in its materiality1 is endowed with suitable constitutional properties begotten with it1 and almost apparent from its very birth2 but the soul afterwards1 and by degrees1 develops the appropriate qualities which it derives from the primary cause1 and which become known much later than external attributes1 and in process of time only4 ,in regard to the body1 therefore1 it is in all cases requisite to observe the oriental horizon1 and to ascertain what planets may preside or have dominion over it1 and also to pay particular attention to the ,moon4 ,for1 from both these places1#ahh and from their rulers1 as well as from the natural formation and contemperament appertaining to every species of the human race1 and also from the figure ascribed to those fixed stars which may be co-ascending1 the conformation of the body is to be inferred4 ,the planets possessing dominion have the chief influence1 and the proper qualities of their places co-operate with them4 ,and1 in order to simplify these instructions1 and as the planets are first to be treated of1 each planet is individually to be considered as follows1 viz43 #ahh ,that of the ascendant1 and that of the ,moon4 ,saturn1 when oriental1 acts on the personal figure by producing a yellowish complexion and a good constitution2 with black and curled hair1 a broad and stout chest1 eyes of ordinary quality1 and a proportionate size of body1 the temperament of which is compounded principally of moisture and cold4 ,should he be occidental1 he makes the personal figure black or dark1 thin and small1 with scanty hair on the head2 the body without hair1 but well shaped2 the eyes black or dark2 and the bodily temperament consisting chiefly of dryness and cold4 ,jupiter ruling1 when oriental1 makes the person white or fair1 with a clear complexion1 moderate growth of hair1 and large eyes1 and of good and dignified stature2 the temperament being chiefly of heat and moisture4 ,when occidental1 he still causes a fair complexion1 but not of equal clearness2 and he produces long straight hair1 with baldness on the forehead or on the crown of the head2 and he then also gives a middle stature to the body1 with a temperament of more moisture4 ,mars1 ascending1 gives a fair ruddiness to the person1 with large size1 a healthy constitution1 blue or grey eyes1 a sturdy figure1 and a moderate growth of hair1 with a temperament principally of heat and dryness4 ,when occidental1 he makes the complexion simply ruddy1 and the personal figure of moderate stature1 with small eyes2 the body without hair1 and the hair of the head light or red1 and straight2 the bodily temperament being chiefly dry4 ,venus operates in a manner similar to that of ,jupiter1 but1 at the same time1 more becomingly and more gracefully2 producing qualities of a nature more applicable to women and female beauty1 such as softness1 juiciness1 and greater delicacy4 ,she also peculiarly makes the eyes beautiful1 and renders them of an azure tint4 ,mercury1 when oriental1 makes the personal figure of a yellowish complexion1 and of stature proportionate and well shaped1 with small eyes and a moderate growth of hair2 and the bodily temperament is chiefly hot4 ,if occidental1 he gives a complexion white or fair1 but not altogether clear2 straight1 dark hair1 a thin and slight figure1 some squint or defect in the eyes1 and a long visage#ahi faintly red2 the temperament being chiefly dry4 ,the ,sun and ,moon1 when configurated with any one of the planets1 also co-operate3 the ,sun adds a greater nobleness to the figure1 and increases the healthiness of the constitution2 and the ,moon1 especially when holding or delaying her separation1#aij generally contributes better proportion and greater delicacy of figure1 and greater moisture of temperament2 but1 at the same time1 her influence in this latter particular is adapted to the proper ratio of her illumination2 as referred to in the modes of temperament mentioned in the beginning of this treatise4#aia ,again1 should the planets be matutine1 and fully conspicuous1#aib they will cause the body to be large2 if in their first station1 they will make it strong and vigorous2 if they should precede or be in advance1 it will be disproportionate2 if in their second station1 it will be weaker1 and1 if vespertine1 altogether mean and subservient to evil treatment and oppression4 ,at the same time1 the places of the planets1#aic as has been already said1 co-operate especially in producing the shape of the personal figure1 and contribute also towards the temperament4 #ahi ,the original word is 7in the accusative plural7 1 which ,allatius has rendered1 by 8pedibus caprinis10 goat-footed1 as if it were compounded of capra and pes2 but the preferable derivation seems to be from and vultus2 meaning 8goat-faced40 #aij ,from any one of the said planets4 #aia ,vide ,chap4 ,,viii1 ,book ,i4 #aib ,the ,greek is 2 literally 8making apparition02 but the subsequent context seems to require the meaning ,i have adopted4 #aic ,the parts of the signs in which the planets are posited4 ,and further1 it is the general tendency of the quadrant comprised between the vernal equinox and the summer tropic to produce good complexions1 advantageous stature1 fine constitutions1 and fine eyes2 with a temperament abounding in heat and moisture4 ,the quadrant from the summer tropic to the autumnal equinox tends to produce an ordinary complexion1 proportionate stature1 a healthy constitution1 large eyes1 a stout person1 with curled hair1 and a temperament abounding in heat and dryness4 ,the quadrant from the autumnal equinox to the winter tropic causes yellowish complexions1 slender1 thin1 and sickly persons1 with a moderate growth of hair1 fine eyes1 and a temperament abundantly dry and cold4 ,the other quadrant1 from the winter tropic to the vernal equinox1 gives a dark complexion1 proper stature1 straight hair on the head and none on the body1 a goodly figure1 and a temperament abounding in cold and moisture4 ,to speak1 however1 more particularly1 all constellations of human form1 both those within and those without the zodiac1 act in favour of giving a handsome shape to the body1 and due proportion to the figure2 while those not of human form vary its due proportions1 and incline it towards their own shape2 assimilating it1 in some measure1 to their own peculiarities1 either by enlarging or diminishing its size1 by giving it additional strength or weakness1 or by otherwise improving or disfiguring it4 ,thus1 for example1 ,leo1 ,virgo1 and ,sagittarius enlarge the person2 and ,pisces1 ,cancer1 and ,capricorn tend to make it diminutive2 and thus1 again1 the upper and anterior parts of ,aries1 ,taurus1 and ,leo increase its strength and their lower and posterior parts render it weaker3 while1 on the other hand1 ,sagittarius1 ,scorpio1 and ,gemini act conversely2 for their anterior parts produce greater debility1 and their posterior parts greater vigour4 ,in like manner1 ,virgo1 ,libra1 and ,sagittarius contribute to render the person handsome and well-proportioned2 and ,scorpio1 ,pisces1 and ,taurus incline it to be misshapen and disfigured4 ,the other constellations#aid also operate on similar principles2 and all these influences it is necessary to bear in mind1 in order that the peculiar properties1 observed in their joint temperament1 may be so compounded as to authorize an inference therefrom1 concerning the form and temperament of the body4 #aid ,for the operative qualities of the other constellations1 vide ,chapters ,x and ,,xi1 ,book ,i4 ,,chapter ,,xvii ,,the ,,hurts1 ,,injuries1 ,,and ,,diseases ,,of ,,the ,,body ,next in succession to the foregoing chapter1 the circumstances relating to bodily hurts1 injuries1 and diseases1 claim to be discussed2 and they require to be considered in the following mode4 ,for the investigation of these circumstances1 the two angles on the horizon1 both the ascendant and the western1 must in all cases be remarked2 but more especially the western angle and its preceding house1#aie which is inconjunct with the ascendant4 ,after these angles have been noted1 it must be observed in what manner the malefic planets may be configurated with them3 for1 if both the malefics1 or even if one of them1 should be stationed bodily on any of the successive degrees composing the said angles1 or be configurated with such degrees in quartile or in opposition1 some bodily disorders or injuries will attach to the native or person then born3 and this will especially happen if1 also1 both the luminaries1 either together or in opposition1 or even if one of them1 should be angularly posited in the manner described4 ,because1 in such a case1 not only a malefic which may have ascended in succession to the luminaries1 but also any one which may have pre-ascended1 if placed in an angle1 has power to inflict certain diseases and injuries1 such as may be indicated by the places of the horizon and of the signs1 as well as by the natures of the planets themselves2 whether malefics1 or others evilly afflicted and configurated with them4 #aie ,the sixth house4 ,such parts of the signs1 as contain the afflicted part of the horizon1 will show in what part of the body the misfortune will exist1 whether it be a hurt1 or disease1 or both3 and the natures of the planets1 in operating the misfortune1 also regulate its particular form or species4 ,for1 among the chief parts of the human body1 ,saturn rules the right ear1 the spleen1 the bladder1 the phlegm1 and the bones2 ,jupiter governs the hand1 the lungs1 the arteries1 and the seed2 ,mars1 the left ear1 the kidneys1 the veins1 and the privities2 the ,sun rules the eyes1 the brain1 the heart1 the sinews or nerves1 and all the right side2 ,venus1 the nostrils1 the liver1 and the flesh2 ,mercury1 the speech1 the understanding1 the bile1 the tongue1 and the fundament2 and the ,moon governs the palate1 the throat1 the stomach1 the belly1 the womb1 and all the left parts4 ,it generally happens that some casual hurt1 or injurious affection of the body1 is the utmost that takes effect when the malefics may be oriental1 and that considerable diseases occur only when the malefics may be occidental4 ,and a hurt is distinct from a disease1 inasmuch as the pain1 which it induces at the time1 is not afterwards continued2 while a disease is1 on the other hand1 imposed on the sufferer either constantly or at repeated intervals4 ,these remarks are applicable to all cases2 but1 in order to inquire particularly into the nature of the hurt or disease1 a further attention must be paid to the figures1 or schemes1 with which the effects1 about to be produced1 will for the most part correspond in character4 ,for instance1 blindness of one eye will ensue1 when the ,moon may be in the before-mentioned angles1 either operating her conjunction1 or being at the full3 it will also happen should she be configurated with the ,sun in any other proportional aspect1 and be at the same time connected with any one of the nebulous collections in the zodiac2 such as the cloudy spot of ,cancer1 the ,pleiades of ,taurus1 the arrow-head of ,sagittarius1 the sting of ,scorpio1 the parts about the mane of ,leo1 or the urn of ,aquarius4 ,moreover1 both eyes will be injured should the ,moon be in an angle1 and in her decrease1 and ,mars or ,saturn1 being matutine1 ascend in succession to her2 or1 again1 if the ,sun be in an angle1 and these planets pre-ascend before him1 and be configurated with both luminaries1 whether the luminaries be in one and the same sign1 or in opposition2 provided also the said planets1 although oriental of the ,sun1 be occidental of the ,moon4 ,under these circumstances1 therefore1 ,mars will cause blindness by a stroke or blow1 or by the sword or by burning2 and1 if he be configurated with ,mercury1 it will be effected either in a place of exercise or sport1 or by the assault of robbers4 ,saturn1 however1 under the same circumstances1 produces blindness by cataract1 or cold1 by a white film1 or by other similar disorders4 ,venus1 if in one of the angles before-mentioned1 and especially if she be in that of the west1 and ,saturn be in conjunction or in configuration with her1 or be changing place with her1#aif while ,mars1 at the same time1 is in elevation above her1 or in opposition to her1 will produce impotence in the native1 if a male2 and1 if a female1 will render her liable to abortion1 or to produce children stillborn1 or not capable of being extracted except in mangled parts4 ,such misfortunes especially happen under ,cancer1 ,virgo1 and ,capricorn2 even though the ,moon may be in the ascendant1 in conjunction with ,mars4 ,and if1 under the same circumstances1 ,venus be also configurated with ,mercury1 as well as ,saturn1 ,mars again being in elevation above her1 or in opposition to her1 the native will be either an eunuch or hermaphrodite1 or devoid of the natural channels and vents4 ,and1 when these positions occur1 should the ,sun also partake in the configuration1 the luminaries and ,venus being all masculinely constituted1 the ,moon in her decrease1 and the malefics brought up in the degrees next successively ascending1 the males will be born maimed or crippled1 or injured in their private members 7particularly under ,aries1 ,leo1 ,scorpio1 ,capricorn1 and ,aquarius72 and the females will remain childless and unprolific4 ,and it also occasionally happens that the natives1 under such a configuration1 are likewise injured in the face or eyes4 ,if ,saturn and ,mercury1 in conjunction with the ,sun1 be in the before-mentioned angles1 the native will have some defect in the tongue1 and stammer or speak with difficulty3 especially if ,mercury be occidental1 and both he and ,saturn configurated with the ,moon4 ,should ,mars1 however1 be found together with them1 he will for the most part remove the defect in the tongue1 after the ,moon shall have completed her approach to him4 ,further1 should the malefics be in angles1 and the luminaries1 either together or in opposition1 be brought up to them2 or1 if the malefics be brought up to the luminaries1 especially when the ,moon may be in her nodes1 or in her bend1#aig or in obnoxious signs1 such as ,aries1 ,taurus1 ,cancer1 ,scorpio1 and ,capricorn1 the body will then be afflicted with excrescences1 distortions1 lameness or paralysis4 #aif ,this seems to imply1 if ,saturn be in one of ,venus's places of dignity1 and ,venus in one of ,saturn's4 ,such a counterposition is technically termed 8mutual reception40 #aig ,in her extreme latitude1 whether north or south4 ,if the malefics be in conjunction with the luminaries1 the calamity will take effect from the very moment of birth3 but should they be in the mid-heaven1 in elevation above the luminaries1 or in opposition to each other1 it will then arise out of some great and dangerous accident2 such as a fall from some height or precipice1 an attack of robbers1 or of quadrupeds4 ,and thus1 if ,mars hold dominion1 he will produce the misfortune by means of fire or wounds1 through quarrels1 or by robbers2 and if ,saturn1 it will be caused by a fall1 by shipwreck1 or by convulsive fits or spasms4 ,the minor bodily disorders mostly occur on the ,moon's being posited in a tropical or equinoctial sign2 and1 if in that of the vernal equinox1 these disorders usually arise from the white leprosy2 in that of the summer tropic1 from tetters2 in that of the autumnal equinox1 from leprosy2 and in that of the winter tropic1 from the eruption of pimples1 and similar inconveniences4 ,considerable diseases1 however1 take effect when the malefics may be configurated in the same situations as those before prescribed1 yet differing in one respect2 that is to say1 being occidental of the ,sun and oriental of the ,moon4 ,in such cases1 ,saturn will generally produce cold in the bowels1 excessive phlegm1 rheumatism1 emaciation1 sickliness1 jaundice1 dysentery1 cough1 obstruction1 colic1 or scurvy2 and1 in women1 besides these diseases1 he produces complaints of the womb4 ,mars will cause expectoration of blood1 atrabilarious attacks1 pulmonary complaints1 sores1 and diseases in the private parts 7which will be rendered still more painful by surgical burning or incision71 such as fistula1 hmorrhoids1 or knots in the fundament1 and also inflamed and putrifying ulcers4 ,in women1 to these calamities1 he adds abortion1 excision of the ftus or its mortification4 ,and1 even though these planets should not be properly configurated towards the particular parts of the body1 their qualities will still operate4 ,mercury also will act with them1 and contribute to the increase of the evil3 thus1 if he be in familiarity with ,saturn1 he will much augment the coldness1 and promote the continuance of rheumatism1 and the disturbance of the fluids2 especially in the chest1 throat1 and stomach4 ,if in familiarity with ,mars1 he will tend to produce greater dryness1 and will increase ulcers1 abscesses1 loss of hair1 scarified sores1 erysipelas1 tetters1 blackness of bile1 insanity1 epilepsy1#aih and similar disorders4 #aih 2 literally1 8the holy disease10 which authors have explained to mean epilepsy4 ,perhaps the disease was anciently called holy1 because the patient1 when possessed by the fit1 seemed to be under the influence of some supernatural agency4 ,some of the properties1 peculiar to disease1 arise out of the various character of the signs which may contain the above mentioned configurations in the two angles4 ,thus ,cancer1 ,capricorn1 and ,pisces1 and1 in short1 all signs ascribed to terrestrial animals and fishes1 appropriately cause diseases of putridity1 tetters1 excoriation1 scrofula1 fistula1 leprosy1 and the like2 while ,sagittarius and ,gemini produce disease by falling fits and epilepsy4 ,and if the planets happen to be posited in the latter degrees of the signs containing them1 the extremities of the body will then be chiefly affected by the disease or hurt2 which will arise from humours or accidents1 producing leprosy1 gout1 or other infirmities1 in the hands and feet4 ,under the circumstances above detailed1 the disease or hurt will be incurable1 provided there shall be not one of the benefics in configuration with the malefics which effect the evil1 nor with the luminaries posited in angles2 and even though the benefics may be so configurated1 the misfortune will still be incapable of remedy1 if the malefics be well fortified1 and in elevation above them4 ,should the benefics1 however1 hold principal situations1 and be in elevation above the obnoxious malefics1 the disease or hurt will then be moderate1 and have neither deformity nor disgrace attached to it2 and it will sometimes be altogether prevented and set aside1 if the benefics be oriental4 ,jupiter1 for instance1 by means of human aid1 such as wealth or rank can command1 will conceal and soothe hurts and diseases2 and1 if ,mercury be joined with him1 the assistance will be further improved by the addition of skilful physicians and good medicine4 ,venus1 likewise1 through the mediation of deities and oracles1 will cause hurts to appear in a manner neither ungraceful nor unbecoming1 and will ameliorate diseases by medicines granted by the gods4 ,lastly1 should ,saturn be present in the configuration1 the afflicted persons will move abroad to show their maladies1 and to complain2 and if ,mercury also be present1 they will do so for the sake of deriving support and profit from the exhibition4 ,,chapter ,,xviii ,,the ,,quality ,,of ,,the ,,mind ,the consideration of circumstances applicable to the body is practised under the foregoing rules4 ,of the spiritual qualities1 however1 all those which are national and intellectual are contemplated by the situation of ,mercury2 while all others1 which regard the mere sensitive faculties1 and are independent of reason1 are considered rather by other luminaries of a less subtle constitution and more ponderous body2 for instance1 by the ,moon and such stars as she may be configurated with1 as well by separation1#aii as by application4 #aii ,that is to say1 in the commencement of her separation from the aspect or conjunction of such stars4 ,now the mind is liable to impulse in a multiplicity of directions1 and the investigation of them cannot be summarily nor hastily performed1 but must be conducted by means of many various observations3 for the different qualities of the signs1 containing ,mercury and the ,moon1 or such stars as hold any influence over those two1 are well competent to contribute towards the properties of the mind2 so likewise are the configurations made with the ,sun and the angles1 by stars bearing any relation to the point in question2 besides1 also1 the peculiar nature exercised by each star in operating upon the mental movements4 ,thus1 the tropical signs generally dispose the mind to enter much into political matters1 rendering it eager to engage in public and turbulent affairs1 fond of distinction1 and busy in theology2 at the same time1 ingenious1 acute1 inquisitive1 inventive1 speculative1 and studious of astronomy and divination4 ,bicorporeal signs render the mind variable1 versatile1 not easy to be understood1 volatile1 and unsteady2 inclined to duplicity1 amorous1 wily1 fond of music1 careless1 full of expedients1 and regretful4#bjj ,fixed signs make the mind just1 uncompromising1 constant1 firm of purpose1 prudent1 patient1 industrious1 strict1 chaste1 mindful of injuries1 steady in pursuing its object1 contentious1 desirous of honour1 seditious1 avaricious1 and pertinacious4 ,oriental positions1 and those in the ascendant1 especially if made by planets in their proper faces1#bja make men liberal1 frank1 self-confident1 brave1 ingenious1 unreserved1 yet acute4 ,oriental stations1 and positions on the mid-heaven1 or culminations1 make men reflective1 constant1 of good memory1 firm1 prudent1 magnanimous1 successful in pursuing their desires1 inflexible1 powerful in intellect1 strict1 not easily imposed upon1 judicious1 active1 hostile to crime1 and skilful in science4 #bjj ,the ,greek is 1 which means 8penitent10 or 8prone to repentance10 or 8to subsequent regret40 ,it is difficult to convey its precise meaning in the text4 #bja ,vide ,chapter ,,xxvi1 ,book ,i4 ,precedent and occidental positions make men unsteady1 irreverent1 imbecile1 impatient of labour1 easily impressed1 humble1 doubting1 wavering1 boastful1 and cowardly1 slothful1 lazy1 and hard to rouse4 ,occidental stations1 and positions on the lower heaven 7as well as ,mercury and ,venus1 when making vespertine descension by day1 and rising in the night71 will render the mind ingenious and sagacious1 but not capable of great recollection1 nor very industrious2 yet inquisitive in occult matters1 such as magic and sacred mysteries2 also studious of mechanics1 and mechanical instruments3 addicted to the observation of meteors1 to philosophy1 to augury by means of birds1 and to the judgment of dreams4 ,further1 should the planets having dominion be in places of their own1 and in conditions suitable to their own qualities1 the mental properties will be rendered exquisite1 unimpeded1 and successful3 and especially if these planets rule at the same time over both places2 that is to say1 be by some mode configurated with ,mercury1 and holds separation from1 or application to the ,moon4 ,should the said planets1 however1 not be thus constituted1 but be posited in places not particularly appropriate to themselves1 they will yet1 even then1 infuse into the composition of the mental energy the properties of their own nature2 but obscurely and imperfectly1 and not with such force and strong evidence as in the other case4 ,the peculiar qualities of planets in dominion1 or in elevation1 are powerfully impressed upon the mental energy3 for instance1 persons1 who1 in consequence of the familiarity of the malefics1 become wicked and dishonest1 have their impulse to commit evil1 free and unrestrained1 when the said familiarity is not governed by any contrary influence4 ,but1 should a contrary condition impede and govern that familiarity1 the impulse will be frustrated1 and the culprits will be easily overtaken1 and undergo punishment4 ,in like manner1 persons endowed with goodness and virtue1 by the familiarity between the benefics and the before-mentioned places1#bjb and when no contrary influence in elevation may interpose1 will exert themselves with cheerfulness and alacrity in performing good actions1 will be subject to no injustice1 but enjoy the advantages of their honesty and virtue4 ,if1 however1 this familiarity should be superseded by some contrary condition1 the very mildness and humanity of these persons will operate to their disadvantage1 exposing them to contempt and accusation1 and rendering them liable to be wronged by the multitude4 #bjb ,that of ,mercury1 and that of the ,moon4 ,the foregoing observations1 relative to the moral habit1 apply generally2 and the particular properties1 created in the mental energies by the actual nature of the planets1 according to the respective dominion of each1 remain to be treated of4 ,the planet ,saturn1 therefore1 when alone possessing dominion of the mind1 and governing ,mercury and the ,moon1 and if posited in glory1 both cosmically and with respect to the angles1#bjc will make men careful of their bodies1#bjd strong and profound in opinion1 austere1 singular in their modes of thinking1 laborious1 imperious1 hostile to crime1 avaricious1 parsimonious1 accumulators of wealth1 violent1 and envious3 but1 if he be not in glory1 cosmically1 and as regards the angles1 he will debase the mind1 making it penurious1 pusillanimous1 ill-disposed1 indiscriminating1 malignant1 timorous1 slanderous1 fond of solitude1 repining1 incapable of shame1 bigoted1 fond of labour1 void of natural affection1 treacherous in friendship and in family connections1 incapable of enjoyment1 and regardless of the body4#bje ,connected with ,jupiter in the mode before-mentioned1 being also situated in glory1 ,saturn will render the mind virtuous1 respectful1 well-intentioned1 ready to assist1 judicious1 frugal1 magnanimous1 obliging1 solicitous of good1 affectionate in all domestic ties1 mild1 prudent1 patient1 and philosophical3 but1 if thus connected and posited ingloriously1 he makes men outrageous1 incapable of learning1 timorous1 highly superstitious1 yet regardless of religion1 suspicious1 averse to children1 incapable of friendship1 cunning1 misjudging1 faithless1 foolishly wicked1 irascible1 hypocritical1 idle and useless1 without ambition1 yet regretful1 morose1 highly reserved1 over-cautious1 and dull4 ,conciliated with ,mars1 and posited in glory1 ,saturn renders men reckless1 over-diligent1 free in speech1 turbulent1 boastful1 austere in their dealings1 pitiless1 contemptuous1 fierce1 warlike1 bold1 fond of tumults1 insidious1 deceitful1 and implacable2 promoters of faction1 tyrannical1 rapacious1 hostile to the commonwealth1 delighting in strife1 vindictive1 profound in guilt1 strenuous1 impatient1 insolent1 mischievous1 overbearing1 evil1 unjust1 obstinate1 inhuman1 inflexible1 immutable in opinion1 busy1 able in office1 active1 submitting to no opposition1 and on the whole successful in their undertakings2 but1 if thus connected1 and not placed in glory1 he will make men plunderers1 robbers1 adulterers1 submissive to evil1 seeking gain by their turpitude1 infidels in religion1 void of the common affections1 mischievous1 treacherous1 thievish1 perjurers1 and sanguinary2 eaters of unlawful food1 familiar with guilt1 assassins1 sorcerers1 sacrilegious1 impious1 violators of the tomb1 and1 in short1 thoroughly depraved4 ,conciliated with ,venus1 and being again in glory1 ,saturn makes men averse to women1 and renders them fond of governing1 prone to solitude1 highly reserved1 regardless of rank1 indifferent to beauty1 envious1 austere1 unsociable1 singular in opinion1 addicted to divination and to religious services and mysteries2 solicitous of the priesthood1 fanatical1 and subservient to religion2 solemn1 reverential1 sedate1 studious of wisdom1 faithful in friendship1 continent1 reflective1 circumspect1 and scrupulous in regard to female virtue3 but1 if he be thus conciliated1 and not posited in glory1 he makes men licentious and libidinous1 practisers of lewdness1 careless1 and impure in sexual intercourse2 obscene1 treacherous to women1 especially to those of their own families2 wanton1 quarrelsome1 sordid1 hating elegance2 slanderous1 drunken1 superstitious1 adulterous1 and impious2 blasphemers of the gods1 and scoffers at holy rites2 calumniators1 sorcerers1 hesitating at nothing4 ,if conciliated with ,mercury1 and if in a glorious position1 ,saturn makes men inquisitive1 loquacious1 studious of law and of medicine1 mystical1 confederate in secrecy1 fabricators of miracles1 impostors1 improvident1 cunning1 familiar with business1 quick in perception1 petulant1 accurate1 vigilant1 meditative1 fond of employment1 and tractable3 but1 if connected with ,mercury1 and not posited gloriously1 he causes men to be frivolous1 vindictive1 laborious1 alienated from their families1 fond of tormenting1 and void of enjoyment2 night-wanderers1 insidious1 treacherous1 pitiless1 and thievish2 magicians1 sorcerers1 forgers of writings1 cheats1 unsuccessful in their undertakings1 and quickly reduced to adversity4 ,such are the effects of ,saturn4 #bjc ,this seems to imply1 if well placed in elevation2 as1 in the mid-heaven1 for instance1 or in a conspicuous situation2 and in possession of dignities4 #bjd ,or1 persons3 the ,greek is 4 #bje ,or1 persons3 4 ,when ,jupiter alone has dominion of the mind1 and is gloriously situated1 he renders it generous1 gracious1 pious1 reverent1 joyous1 courteous1 lofty1 liberal1 just1 magnanimous1 noble1 self-acting1 compassionate1 fond of learning1 beneficent1 benevolent1 and calculated for government3 and1 if posited ingloriously1 he will endow the mind with qualities apparently similar to these1 but not of such virtue and lustre3 as1 instead1 of generosity1 he will then cause profusion2 instead of piety1 bigotry2 for modesty1 timidity2 for nobleness1 arrogance2 for courteousness1 folly2 for elegance1 voluptuousness2 for magnanimity1 carelessness2 and for liberality1 indifference4 ,conciliated with ,mars1 and being in glory1 ,jupiter will make men rough1 warlike1 skilful in military affairs1 dictatorial1 refractory1 impetuous1 daring1 free in speech1 able in action1 fond of disputation1 contentious1 imperious1 generous1 ambitious1 irascible1 judicious1 and fortunate3 but1 if thus connected1 and not placed in glory1 he makes men mischievous1 reckless1 cruel1 pitiless1 seditious1 quarrelsome1 perverse1 calumnious1 arrogant1 avaricious1 rapacious1 inconstant1 vain and empty1 unsteady1 precipitate1 faithless1 injudicious1 inconsiderate1 senseless1 and officious2 inculpators1 prodigals1 triflers1 altogether without conduct1 and giving way to every impulse4 ,when conciliated with ,venus1 and in a glorious position1 ,jupiter will render the mind pure1 joyous1 delighting in elegance1 in the arts and sciences1 and in poetry and music2 valuable in friendship1 sincere1 beneficent1 compassionate1 inoffensive1 religious1 fond of sports and exercises1 prudent1 amiable1 and affectionate1 gracious1 noble1 brilliant1 candid1 liberal1 discreet1 temperate1 modest1 pious1 just1 fond of glory1 and in all respects honourable and worthy2 but1 if posited ingloriously1 when so connected1 he makes men luxurious1 soft1 effeminate1 fond of dancing1 indulgent in expenses1 incapable of managing women1 yet amorous and lascivious2 mean1 slanderous1 adulterous1 fond of dress1 dissolute1 dull1 wasteful1 without energy1 enervated1 fond of personal adornment1 womanish in mind1 yet observant of holy rites and ceremonies1 faithful1 harmless1 pleasant1 affable1 cheerful1 and liberal to misfortune4 ,if connected with ,mercury1 and posited in glory1 ,jupiter will render men fit for much business1 fond of learning1 and of geometry and the mathematics2 poetical1 public orators1 acute1 temperate1 well-disposed1 skilful in counsel1 politic1 beneficent1 able in government1 pious1 religious1 valuable in all useful professions1 benevolent1 affectionate in their families1 ready in acquiring knowledge1 philosophical1 and dignified3 but when so connected1 and placed ingloriously1 he will produce contrary effects1 rendering men frivolous1 empty1 contemptible1 credulous of falsehood1 senseless1 fanatical1 trifling1 petulant1 affectors of wisdom1 stupid1 arrogant1 pretenders in art1 magicians1 and vacillating3 ,yet he will also produce men skilled in various learning1 and of strong memory1 capable of imparting instruction1 and pure in their enjoyments4 ,mars alone having dominion of the mind1 and placed with glory1 makes men noble1 imperious1 irascible1 warlike1 versatile1 powerful in intellect1 daring1 bold1 refractory1 careless1 obstinate1 acute1 self-confident1 contemptuous1 tyrannical1 strenuous1 stern and able in government3 but1 posited ingloriously1 he makes men cruel1 mischievous1 sanguinary1 tumultuous1 extravagant in expense1 boisterous1 ruffian-like1 precipitate1 drunken1 rapacious1 pitiless1 familiar with crime1 restless1 outrageous1 hostile to their families1 and infidels in religion4 ,should he be conciliated with ,venus1 and posited in glory1 he renders the mind cheerful1 docile1 friendly1 complacent1 joyous1 playful1 frank1 delighting in songs and dancing1 amorous1 fond of the arts1 and of dramatic personation1 voluptuous1 brave1 libidinous in desire1 sensible1 cautious1 and discreet2 disposed to free sexual intercourse1#bjf quick in anger1 extravagant in expense1 and jealous3 but1 if he have an inglorious position when thus conciliated1 he makes men overbearing1 lascivious1 sordid1 opprobrious1 adulterous1 mischievous1 liars1 fabricators of deceit1 cheats of their own families as well as others1 eager in desire1 and at the same time soon satiated1 debauchers of wives and virgins1 daring1 impetuous1 ungovernable1 treacherous1 faithless1 dangerous1 fickle and weak in mind2 and occasionally also wasteful1 fond of dress1 audacious1 and shameless4 ,connected with ,mercury1 and placed in glory1 ,mars renders men skilful in command1 cautious1 strenuous1 active1 obstinate1 yet versatile1 inventive1 sophistical1 laborious1 busy in all things1 eloquent1 imposing1 deceitful1 inconstant1 overknowing1 maliciously artful1 quick witted1 seductive1 hypocritical1 treacherous1 habituated to evil1 inquisitive1 fond of strife1 and successful2 fair dealers with persons of habits similar to their own1 and1 in short1 altogether mischievous to their enemies1 though beneficial to their friends3 but1 if ,mars be posited ingloriously1 and thus connected1 he makes men prodigal1 yet avaricious1 cruel1 daring1 bold1 regretful and vacillating2 liars1 thieves1 infidels in religion1 perjurers1 and impostors2 seditious1 incendiaries1 frequenters of theatres1 covered with infamy1 robbers1 housebreakers1 sanguinary1 forgers of writings1 familiar with crime1 jugglers1 magicians1 sorcerers1 and assassins4 #bjf 4 ,when ,venus rules alone in a position of glory1 she renders the mind benignant1 good1 voluptuous1 copious in wit1 pure1 gay1 fond of dancing1 jealous1 abhorring wickedness1 delighting in the arts1 pious1 modest1 well-disposed1 happy in dreams1 affectionate1 beneficent1 compassionate1 refined in taste1 easily reconciled1 tractable1 and entirely amiable3 but1 if contrarily posited1 she renders the mind dull1 amorous1 effeminate1 timorous1 indiscriminating1 sordid1 faulty1 obscure1 and ignominious4 ,conciliated with ,mercury1 and posited with glory1 ,venus makes men lovers of the arts1 philosophical1 of scientific mind and good genius1 poetical1 delighting in learning and elegance1 polite1 voluptuous1 luxurious in their habits of life1 joyous1 friendly1 pious1 prudent1 fitted for various arts1 intelligent1 not misled by error1 quick in learning1 self-teaching1 emulous of worth1 followers of virtue1 copious and agreeable in speech1 serene and sincere in manner1 delighting in exercise1 honest1 judicious1 high-minded1 and continent in desire as regards women#bjg2 but1 when so conciliated and posited adversely1 she will make men oppressive1 fit for various arts1 evil-tongued1 unsteady1 malevolent1 fraudulent1 turbulent1 liars1 calumniators1 faithless1 crafty1 insidious1 practised in evil1 uncourteous1 debauchers of women1 corrupters of youth1#bjh fond of personal adornment1 dissolute1 infamous1 notoriously offensive and publicly complained of1 yet striving after all things4 ,mercury1 alone1 having dominion of the mind1 and being in a glorious position1 renders it prudent1 clever1 sensible1 capable of great learning1 inventive1 expert1 logical1 studious of nature1 speculative1 of good genius1 emulous1 benevolent1 skilful in argument1 accurate in conjecture1 adapted to sciences and mysteries1 and tractable3 but1 when placed contrarily1 he makes men busy in all things1 precipitate1 forgetful1 impetuous1 frivolous1 variable1 regretful1 foolish1 inconsiderate1 void of truth1 careless1 inconstant1 insatiable1 avaricious1 unjust2 and altogether of slippery intellect1 and predisposed to error4 ,to these influences and their effects1 as above detailed1 the ,moon also contributes3 for1 should she be in the bends of her southern or northern boundary1#bji she will render the properties of the mind more various1 more versatile in art1 and more susceptible of change3 if she be in her nodes1 she will make them more acute1 more practical1 and more active4 ,also1 when in the ascendant1 and during the increase of her illumination1 she augments their ingenuity1 perspicuity1 firmness and expansion2 but1 when found in her decrease1 or in occultation1 she renders them more heavy1 more obtuse1 more variable of purpose1 more timid1 and more obscure4 ,the ,sun likewise co-operates1 when conciliated with the lord of the mental temperament2 contributing1 if he be in a glorious position1 to increase probity1 industry1 honour1 and all laudable qualities2 but1 if adversely situated1 he increases debasement1 depravity1 obscurity1 cruelty1 obstinacy1 moroseness1 and all other evil qualities4 #bjg 4 #bjh 4 #bji ,that is to say1 in her extreme latitude1 whether south or north4 ,,chapter ,,xix ,,the ,,diseases ,,of ,,the ,,mind ,in connection with the foregoing discussion on the properties of the mind1 the circumstances relating to eminent mental disorders1 such as madness1 epilepsy1#baj and others of the like formidable nature1 duly claim attention4 ,now1 with reference to these1 it is always essential to consider the planet ,mercury and the ,moon1 and to observe in what mode they may be disposed towards each other1 and towards the angles1 and also towards the malefics3 for1 if the ,moon and ,mercury be unconnected with each other1 or with the oriental horizon1 and provided such planets as may be adversely and noxiously configurated should be in elevation above them1 or overrule them1 or be in opposition to them1 the mental properties will then consequently become impregnated with various disorders3 the characters of which may be clearly known by the qualities of the stars thus controlling the places4#baa #baj ,epilepsy is defined to be 8a conclusive motion of the whole body1 or some parts of its parts1 accompanied with a loss of sense40 ,the knowledge of this latter effect probably induced the author to rank it among diseases of the mind4 #baa ,of ,mercury1 the ,moon1 and the ascendant4 ,it is true that there are many disorders of a moderate nature1 capable of being distinguished by what has been already stated1 in the preceding chapter1 regarding the mental qualities3 for it is by the increase and growth of certain of those qualities1 that an injurious excess is produced2 and every irregularity of the moral habit1 whether by deficiency or superabundance1 may be fitly termed a moral disorder1 ,but1 at the same time1 there are other disorders of so vast and manifold a disproportion1 that they quite1 as it were1 overpower the natural course of the intellect and passions of the mind4 ,and of these greater disorders it is now proposed to treat4 ,for example1 epilepsy generally attaches to all persons born when ,mercury and the ,moon may be unconnected either with each other1 or with the oriental horizon1 while ,saturn and ,mars may be in angles and superintend the scheme2 that is to say1 provided ,saturn be so posited by day1 and ,mars by night3 otherwise1 when the converse may happen in these schemes1 viz4 when ,saturn may have dominion by night1 but ,mars by day 7especially if in ,cancer1 ,virgo or ,pisces71 the persons born will become insane4 ,and they will become demoniac1 and afflicted with moisture of the brain1 if the ,moon1 being in face to the ,sun1 should be governed by ,saturn when operating her conjunction1 but by ,mars when effecting her opposition2 and particularly when it may happen in ,sagittarius and in ,pisces4 ,if the malefics1 only1 should have ruled the scheme1 in the manner described1 the said disorders of the mind will become irremediable1 although at the same time not eminent1 but doubtful1 and not openly displayed2 but1 should the benefics1 ,jupiter and ,venus1 be conciliated1 and be posited in eastern parts and in angles1 while the malefics may be in western parts1 the disorders1 although highly conspicuous1 will then be susceptible to cure4 ,for instance1 under ,jupiter's influence1 they will be healed by means of medical or surgical aid1 and by diet and medicine2 under ,venus1 by the guidance of oracles and by divine interposition4 ,should the benefics1 however1 be occidental1 and the malefics be found in eastern parts and in angles1 the disorders will then become not only incurable1 but most conspicuous3 the epileptic persons will then be subjected to constant fits1 and to danger of death2 the insane will become outrageous and unmanageable1 breaking away from their families1 raving and wandering in nakedness3 the demoniacs and those afflicted with moisture of the brain will become furious1 uttering mysterious sayings1 and wounding themselves4 ,the several places of position in the scheme also afford co-operation3 for instance1 those of the ,sun and ,mars contribute to insanity2 those of ,jupiter and ,mercury1 to epilepsy2 those of ,venus1 to the fury of enthusiasm2 and those of ,saturn and the ,moon1 to demoniac affections and moisture of the brain4 ,it is by such configurations1 as those just described1 that any morbid deviation1 occurring in the active or reasoning faculties of the mind1 is produced2 but a deviation of the passive1 or merely sensitive faculties1 is discernible chiefly in the excess and deficiency 7as the case may be7 of the masculine and feminine genders2 that is to say1 in the superabundance1 or deficiency1 of the power of either gender1 to produce a conformation agreeable to its own proper nature3 and a knowledge of this latter deviation is to be acquired by means of the following rules4 ,when the ,sun1 instead of ,mercury1 may be with the ,moon1 and if ,mars1 together with ,venus1 be then in familiarity with them1 in that case1 provided the luminaries only be found in masculine signs1 men will excel in their nature1 or1 in other words1 will possess in full plenitude the properties becoming their sex2 while the properties of women1 who are thus constituted more masculinely and more actively1 will deviate from the usual limits of nature4 ,but1 if both ,mars and ,venus1 or if only one of them1 be likewise masculinely situated1 men will be freely and promptly inclined to natural intercourse and connexion2 and women will be1 in like manner1 licentious and intemperate in intercourse beyond nature4 ,their desires will be practised in privacy1 and not openly1 should only ,venus be situated masculinely2 but shamelessly and publicly1 if ,mars also masculinely placed1 together with ,venus4 ,but1 if the luminaries only be in feminine signs1 women will then possess their natural functions in greater plenitude1 and men will deviate from the limits of nature towards effeminacy and wantonness4 ,and1 if ,venus be femininely posited1 women will be lustful and licentious1 and men wanton and soft2 seeking connexion contrary to nature2 yet in privacy and not openly3 but1 if ,mars be posited femininely1 they will then put their desires in practice shamelessly and publicly4 ,the oriental and diurnal positions of ,mars and ,venus also contribute to more masculine and more reputable qualities2 and their occidental and vespertine#bab positions to qualities more feminine1 and more sordid4 ,lastly1 if ,saturn be in familiarity with them1 he will likewise co-operate1 by tending to produce greater impurity and obscenity1 and greater evil altogether2 but ,jupiter1 if in familiarity1 tends to greater decency and modesty1 and altogether to better conduct2 and ,mercury to greater mobility1 diversity1 activity1 and notoriety of the passions4 #bab 2 perhaps1 more properly1 nocturnal2 the word being used in contrast to 1 diurnal4 ,,end ,,of ,,the ,,third ,,book ,,book ,,the ,,fourth ,,chapter ,i ,,proem ,all those circumstances have now been set forth1 which occur previously to the birth1 as well as at the actual birth1 and after it1 and which it seemed necessary to mention1 as conducing to a knowledge of the general quality of the contemperament produced4 ,and of the other points1 now remaining1 by which extrinsic events#bac are contemplated1 those regarding the several fortunes of wealth and of rank claim to be taken first into consideration4 ,each of these fortunes has a distinct relationship2 for instance1 that of wealth relates to the body1 and that of rank to the mind4 #bac ,that is to say1 such events as are independent of the will1 and not necessarily consequent on any peculiar conformation of the mind or body4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,the ,,fortune ,,of ,,wealth ,the circumstances regulating the fortune of wealth are to be judged of from that part alone1 which is expressly denominated the ,part of ,fortune2 the position of which is1 in all cases1 whether arising in the day or in the night1 always as far removed from the ascendant as the ,sun is distant from the ,moon4#bad #bad ,vide ,chapter ,,xiii of the #crd ,book4 ,when the ,part of ,fortune has been determined1 it must be ascertained to what planets the dominion of it belongs2 and their power and connexion1 as also the power and connexion of others configurated with them1 or in elevation above them1 whether of the same or of an adverse condition1 are then to be observed3 for1 if the planets which assume dominion of the ,part of ,fortune be in full force1 they will create much wealth1 and especially should the luminaries also give them suitable testimony in addition4 ,in this manner1 ,saturn will effect the acquirement of wealth by means of buildings1 agriculture1 or navigation2 ,jupiter1 by holding some government1 or office of trust1 or by the priesthood2 ,mars1 by the army and military command2 ,venus by means of friends1 by the dowry of wives1 or by other gifts proceeding from women#bae2 and ,mercury by the sciences and by trade4 ,should ,saturn1 however1 when thus in influence over the fortune of wealth1 be also configurated with ,jupiter1 he particularly provides wealth through inheritance2 especially1 if the configuration should exist in the superior angles1 ,jupiter being also in a bicorporeal sign and receiving the application of the ,moon2 for1 in such a case1 the native will also be adopted by persons unallied to him1 and will become heir to their property4 ,and1 further1 if other stars1 of the same condition as those which rule the ,part of ,fortune1 should likewise exhibit testimonies of dominion1 the wealth will be permanent3 but1 on the other hand1 if stars of an adverse condition should either be in elevation above the ruling places1 or ascend in succession to them1 the wealth will not continue4 ,the general period of its duration is1 however1 to be calculated by means of the declination of the stars1 which operate the loss1 in respect of the angles and succedent houses4#baf #bae ,i have considered the words1 1 as comprising 8the dowry of wives10 as well as other 8gifts from women40 #baf ,that is to say1 its duration will depend on the time requisite to complete the arc of direction or prorogation between the stars1 operating the loss1 and the places which give the wealth4 ,and the calculation is to be made as pointed out in the #adth and #aeth ,chapters of the #crd ,book4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,the ,,fortune ,,of ,,rank ,the disposition of the luminaries and the respective familiarities1 exercised by the stars attending them1 are to be considered as indicative of the degree of rank or dignity4#bag ,for example1 should the two luminaries be found in masculine signs and in angles1 or even if only one of them be in an angle1#bah they being at the same time specially attended by a doryphory#bai composed of all the five planets2 the ,sun by such as are oriental1 but the ,moon by occidental1 the persons then about to be born will consequently become kings or princes4 ,and1 if the attendant stars themselves should also be in angles1 or configurated with the angle above the earth1#bbj the said persons will become great1 powerful1 and mighty in the world3 and even yet more abundantly so1 provided the configurations1 made by the attendant stars with the angles above the earth1 be dexter4 ,but1 when both luminaries may not be found in masculine signs as aforesaid1 but the ,sun only in a masculine and the ,moon in a feminine sign1 and only one of them posited in an angle1 the other concomitant circumstances still existing in the mode above described1 the persons about to be born will then become merely chieftains1 invested with the sovereignty of life and death4 #bag ,it seems that there have been different opinions on this point4 ,placidus makes the following remark on the subject3 8,i do not take the dignities from the horoscope1 but from the ,sun and ,medium ,cli1 according to ,ptolemy and others40 7,cooper's ,translation1 p4 #aba47 #bah ,the ,perugio ,latin1 of #afdf1 says1 8,if either both luminaries1 or only that one of the chief quality0 7which ,whalley defines to be the ,sun by day1 and the ,moon by night7 8be in an angle10 c4 #bai ,doryphory4 ,vide ,chapter ,v of the #crd ,book4 ,on the present passage1 ,placidus has the following words3 8,you are not to observe what is generally alleged by professors1 respecting the satellites0 7quasi doryphory7 8of the luminaries1 for dignities2 viz4 that the satellites are those planets which are found within #cj1 on either side of the luminaries2 but that a satellite is 7also7 any kind of aspect of the stars to the luminaries of what kind soever3 which1 if it be made by application1 its power extends inwardly over the whole orb of light of the aspecting planet1 and the more so1 as the proximity is greater2 but1 by separation1 it is not so4 ,this doctrine may be seen in several chapters of ,ptolemy2 for1 an aspecting star influences the significator1 and disposes him to produce effects co-natural to him1 by a subsequent direction4 ,but a star of no aspect does not predispose the significator1 and produces very little or no effect of its nature1 by a subsequent direction2 this is the true doctrine of the stars40 7,cooper's ,translation1 pp4 #abd1 #abe47 #bbj ,the angle of the mid-heaven2 see the first note to this ,chapter4 ,and if the attendant stars1 while the luminaries may be situated in the manner last-mentioned1 should be neither actually in angles1 nor bear any testimony to the angles1 the persons then born1 although they will still enjoy eminence1 will attain only some limited dignity or distinction2 such as that of a delegated governor1 or commander of an army1 or dignitary of the priesthood2 and they will not be invested with sovereignty4 ,if1 however1 neither of the luminaries be in an angle1 and it happen that most of the attendant stars be either themselves in angles1 or configurated with the angles1 the persons then born will not attain to any very eminent rank2 yet they will take a leading part in ordinary civil and municipal affairs3 but1 should the attendant stars have no configuration with the angles1 they will then remain altogether undistinguished and without advancement2 and provided1 further1 that neither of the luminaries be found situated in a masculine sign1 nor in an angle1 nor be attended by any benefics1 they will be born to complete obscurity and adversity4 ,the general appearance of exaltation or debasement of rank is to be contemplated as before stated1 but there are many gradations intermediate to those already specified1 and requiring observation of the particular interchanges and variations1 incidental to the luminaries themselves and their doryphory1 and also to the dominion of the planets which compose their doryphory4 ,for instance1 should the benefics1 or stars of the same condition1 exercise the chief dominion1 the dignities to be acquired will be not only important1 but also more securely established2 and1 on the other hand1 if the chief dominion be claimed by the malefics1 or by stars of an adverse condition1 the dignities will be more subordinate1 and more dangerous and evanescent4 ,the species of dignity may be inferred by observing the peculiar qualities of the attendant stars4 ,and1 if ,saturn have chief dominion of the doryphory1 the power and authority derived therefrom will lead to wealth and profit3 authority proceeding from ,jupiter and ,venus will be pleasurable1 and attended by presents and honours3 that proceeding from ,mars will consist in commanding armies1 in obtaining victories1 and in overawing the vanquished3 and that proceeding from ,mercury will be intellectual1 superintending education and study1 and directing the management of business4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,the ,,quality ,,of ,,employment ,the dominion of the employment1 or profession1 is claimed in two quarters2 viz4 by the ,sun1 and by the sign on the mid-heaven4 ,it is1 therefore1 necessary to observe whether any planet may be making its oriental appearance nearest to the ,sun1#bba and whether any be posited in the mid-heaven2 especially1 when also receiving the application of the ,moon4 ,and if one and the same planet possess both these qualifications1 that is to say1 make its nearest appearance to the ,sun1 and be also in the mid-heaven1 that one alone must be elected to determine the present inquiry3 and1 likewise1 though the planet should not be thus doubly qualified1 but only singly1 in whichever respect1 even then that planet alone must still be elected provided itself alone should possess such single qualification4 ,if1 however1 there should be one planet presenting its nearest appearance1 and another in the mid-heaven conciliating the ,moon1 both must then be noticed2 and whichever of two may have greater sway1 and possess greater rights of dominion1 that one must be preferred4 ,but where not any planet may be found so situated1 neither making its appearance as above described1 nor being in the mid-heaven1 then that one1 possessing the dominion of the mid-heaven1#bbb is to be considered as lord of the employment3 it is1 however1 only some occasional occupation which can be thus denoted2 because persons1 born under such a configuration1 most commonly remain at leisure and unemployed4 #bba ,see the #dth ,chapter of the #hth ,book of the ,almagest inserted in the ,appendix4 #bbb ,the ,greek says merely 8that one having the dominion10 without specifying the place of dominion3 the ,latin printed at ,perugio1 is1 however1 8dominum accipe medii cli10 which is certainly the sense required by the tenor of the previous instructions4 ,whalley also has similarly rendered it4 ,what has now been said1 relates to the election of the lord of the employment or profession2 but the species of the employment will be distinguished by means of the respective properties of the three planets1 ,mars1 ,venus1 and ,mercury1 and of the signs in which they may be posited4 ,mercury1 for instance1 produces writers1 superintendents of business1 accountants1 teachers in the sciences1 merchants and bankers3 also1 soothsayers1 astrologers1 and attendants on sacrifices1 and1 in short1 all who live by the exercise of literature1 and by furnishing explanation or interpretation2 as well as by stipend and salary1 or allowance4 ,if ,saturn bear testimony jointly with ,mercury1 persons then born will become managers of the affairs of others1 or interpreters of dreams1 or will be engaged in temples for the purpose of divination1 and for the sake of their fanaticism4 ,but1 if ,jupiter join testimony1 they will be painters1 orators1 or pleaders in argument1 and occupied with eminent personages4 ,should ,venus have dominion of the employment1 she will cause persons to be engaged in the various perfumes of flowers1 in unguents and wines1 and also in colours1 dyes1 and in spices3 thus she will produce vendors of unguents1 garland-makers1#bbc wine-merchants1 dealers in medical drugs1 weavers1 dealers in spices1 painters1 dyers1 and vendors of apparel4 ,if ,saturn add his testimony to hers1 he will cause persons to be employed in matters belonging to amusement and decoration2 and will also produce jugglers1 sorcerers and charlatans1 and all such as practise similarly4 ,but1 if ,jupiter join testimony with ,venus1 persons will become prize-wrestlers1 and garland-wearers1#bbd and will be advanced in honour through female interest4 #bbc ,among the ancients1 a garland was an indispensable decoration at all public ceremonies1 whether civil or religious1 and at private banquets4 ,the making of garlands was1 therefore1 a considerable employment4 #bbd ,it would seem1 from 8garland-wearers0 being placed here in connection with 8prize-wrestlers0 771 that the author intended to point out persons competent to obtain the victors' wreath in public exhibitions4 ,but it appears that the word 1 garland-wearer1 also signifies a person who was annually chosen by the priests to superintend religious ceremonies1 an office similar to that of high priest4 ,according to ,athenus1 the ,stephanephorus of ,tarsos was invested with a purple tunic1 edged or striped with white1 and wore the laurel chaplet1 which ,plato1 in the treatise de ,legibus1 describes as being constantly worn by these officers1 although the other priests wore it only during the performance of the ceremonies4 ,mars1 ruling the employment1 and being configurated with the ,sun1 will produce persons who operate by means of fire2 for instance1 cooks1 as well as those who work in copper1 brass1 and other metals1 by melting1 burning1 and casting3 if ,mars be separated from the ,sun1 he will make shipwrights1 smiths1 agriculturists1 stonemasons1 carpenters1 and subordinate labourers4 ,if ,saturn bear testimony1 in addition to ,mars1 persons will become mariners1 workers in wells1 vaults or mines1 painters1 keepers of beasts or cattle1 cooks or butchers1 and attendants on baths or on exhibitions4 ,and1 if ,jupiter join testimony1 they will be soldiers1 or mechanics1 collectors of revenue1 inn-keepers1 toll-gatherers1 or attendants on sacrifices4 ,further1 should it happen that two arbiters of employment may be found together1 and provided they should be ,mercury and ,venus1 they will then produce musicians1 melodists1 and persons engaged in music1 poetry1 and songs3 they will also produce 7especially if changed in their places7#bbe1 mimics1 actors1 dealers in slaves1 makers of musical instruments1 choristers and musical performers1 dancers1 weavers1 modellers in wax1 and painters4 ,and if ,saturn join testimony with ,mercury and ,venus1 the preparation and sale of female ornaments will be added to the aforesaid occupations4 ,but1 if ,jupiter give testimony1 the persons will become administrators of justice1 guardians of public affairs1 instructors of youth1 and magistrates of the people4 ,should ,mercury and ,mars together be lords of the employment1 persons will become statuaries1 armour-makers1 sculptors1#bbf modellers of animals1 wrestlers1 surgeons1 spies or informers1 adulterers1 busy in crime1 and forgers4 ,and1 if ,saturn also bear testimony in addition to ,mercury and ,mars1 he will produce assassins1 highwaymen1 thieves1 robbers lurking in ambush1 marauders on cattle1 and swindlers4 ,but1 if ,jupiter afford testimony1 he will engage persons in honourable warfare1 and in industry2 making them cautious and diligent in business1 curious in foreign matters1 and deriving profit from their pursuits4 #bbe ,meaning probably 8if in mutual reception10 which position has been before explained4 #bbf ,or makers of hieroglyphics--4 ,when ,venus and ,mars exercise the dominion together1 persons will become dyers1 dealers in unguents and perfumes1 workers in tin1 lead1 gold1 and silver1 mock combatants or dancers in armour1 dealers in medical drugs1 agriculturists1 and physicians1 healing by means of medicine4 ,and if ,saturn add testimony to ,venus and ,mars1 he will produce persons attendant on animals consecrated to religion2 also grave-diggers and undertakers1 mourners and musicians at funerals1 and fanatics occupied in religious ceremonies1 lamentations1 and blood4 ,but1 if ,jupiter add testimony1 the persons will become regulators of sacrifices1 augurs1 holders of sacred offices1 governors placed over women1 and interpreters2 and they will derive support from such occupations4 ,the properties of the signs1 in which the lords of the employment may be posited1 are also influential in varying the employment4 ,for example1 the signs of human shape promote all scientific pursuits1 and such as are of utility to mankind2 the quadrupedal signs contribute to produce employment among metals1 in business and trade1 in house-building1 and in the work of smiths and mechanics3 the tropical and equinoctial signs tend to give employment in translation or interpretation1 in matters of exchange1 in mensuration and agriculture1 and in religious duties3 the terrestrial and watery signs tend to employment in water1 and in connection with water1 as well in regard to the nurture of plants1 as to ship-building2 they likewise contribute to employment in funerals1 in embalming and preserving1 and also in salt4 ,moreover1 should the ,moon herself actually occupy the place regulating the employment1#bbg and1 after her conjunction1 continue in course with ,mercury1 being at the same time in ,taurus1 ,capricorn1 or ,cancer1 she will then produce soothsayers1 attendants on sacrifices1 and diviners by the basin4#bbh ,if she be in ,sagittarius or ,pisces1 she will make necromancers1 and evokers of dmons3 if in ,virgo or ,scorpio1 magicians1 astrologers1 and oracular persons1 possessing prescience3 and1 if in ,libra1 ,aries1 or ,leo1 she will produce fanatics1 interpreters of dreams1 and makers of false vows and adjurations4 ,from the foregoing rules1 the various forms of employment are to be inferred2 and its magnitude or importance will be manifested by the existing power of the ruling planets4 ,for instance1 if the said planets be oriental1 or in angles1 they will give the person eminence and authority in his employment2 but1 if occidental or cadent1 they will render him subordinate4 ,and should the benefics be in elevation1 the employment will be important1 lucrative1 secure1 honourable1 and agreeable2 but1 on the other hand1 if the malefics be in elevation above the lords of the employment1 it will then be mean1 disreputable1 unprofitable1 and insecure3 thus1 ,saturn brings an adverse influence in coldness or tardiness1 and in the composition or mixture of colours#bbi2 and ,mars produces opposition by audacity and publicity in enterprise3 and both planets are alike hostile to proficiency and prosperity4 ,the general period1 at which any increase or diminution of the employment may take place1 must1 again in this case also1 be determined by the disposition of the stars1 which operate the effect towards the oriental and occidental angles4 #bbg ,that is to say1 the mid-heaven2 as stated in the #dth ,chapter of the #crd ,book1 and in the commencement of the present ,chapter4 #bbh ,this mode of divination1 as practised by the ,greeks1 is mentioned by ,potter4 ,it is likewise described by a learned ,doctor of ,medicine1 ,geo4 ,pictorius ,vigillanus 7in his ,treatise 8de ,speciebus ,magi ,ceremonialis10 printed at ,strasburgh1 #aeca71 as being used 8when the fraudulent vanity of a dmon renders things more like each other than eggs are to eggs40 ,and1 according to this writer1 it is practised by exorcising water1 and pouring it into a basin1 wherein the vain and refractory dmon is immersed3 the said dmon will sometimes remain at the bottom1 and sometimes raise himself to the surface1 sending forth a slender hissing2 out of which the desired responses are to be formed4 #bbi 4--,these words have been rendered literally1 but they seem to contain some figurative meaning1 rather than a literal one4 ,perhaps the preferable sense of them is1 8by a mixture of views10 or 8from various pursuits being blended together40 ,,chapter ,v ,,marriage ,the consideration of circumstances relating to marriage1 or the cohabitation of husband and wife1 as sanctioned by law1 succeeds to the foregoing details1 and must be pursued in the following method4 ,with regard to men1 it is to be observed in what manner the ,moon may be disposed2 for1 in the first place1 if she be found in the oriental quadrants1 she will cause men either to marry early in life1 or1 after having over-passed their prime1 to marry young women2 8but1 should she be situated in either of the occidental quadrants1 men will then marry either late in life1 or to women advanced in age#bcj03 and if she be found under the ,sun's beams1 and configurated with ,saturn1 she then entirely denies marriage4 ,secondly1 should she be in a sign of single form1 and in application to only one of the planets1 she will cause men to marry only once2 but1 if she be in a bicorporeal or multiform sign1 or in application to several planets1 she will cause them to be married several times2 and1 provided also that the planets1 which thus1 either by adjacency or by testimony1#bca receive her application1 be benefic1 men will then obtain good wives2 but if1 on the contrary1 the said planets be malefic1 bad4 ,for example1 if ,saturn receive the ,moon's application1 the wives whom he will provide will be troublesome and morose2 but1 if ,jupiter receive it1 they will be decorous and economical2 if ,mars1 bold and refractory2 if ,venus1 cheerful1 handsome1 and agreeable2 and1 if ,mercury1 sensible1 prudent1 and clever4 ,moreover1 should ,venus be found connected with ,jupiter1 ,saturn1#bcb or ,mercury1 she will render wives provident1 and attached to their husbands and children2 but1 if she be found connected with ,mars1 they will be irascible1 unsteady1 and indiscreet4 ,thus far in reference to the marriage of men4 #bcj ,the words marked with inverted commas are not in the ,greek2 they are found1 however1 in two ,latin translations2 that of ,basle1 #aeda1 and that of ,perugio1 #afdf4 #bca ,in other ,editions1 8whether by conjunction or aspect40 #bcb 8,saturn40 ,not found in the ,elzevir edition1 but in others4 ,but1 in the case of women1 the ,sun must be observed1 instead of the ,moon3 and1 should he be posited in the oriental quadrants1 women will be married either in their own youth1 or to men younger than themselves2 but1 if he be in the occidental quadrants1 they will either be married late in life1 or to men who have passed their prime1 and are advanced in years4 ,and should the ,sun be in a sign of single form1 or configurated with only one oriental planet1 he will cause them to enter into matrimony only once2 but1 if in a bicorporeal or multiform sign1 or configurated with several oriental planets1 he will then cause them to be often married4 ,and ,saturn1 being configurated with the ,sun1 will provide husbands steadfast1 advantageous1 and industrious2 ,jupiter1 such as are honourable and noble-minded2 ,mars1 severe husbands void of affection and intractable2 ,venus1 amiable and handsome husbands2 and ,mercury1 such as are provident and expert in business4 ,but1 if ,venus be found connected with ,saturn1 she will indicate dull and timid husbands2 8if with ,jupiter1 the husbands will be good1 just1 and modest#bcc20 if with ,mars1 hasty1 lustful1 and adulterous2 and if with ,mercury1 they will be extravagantly desirous of young persons4#bcd ,in regard to the ,sun1 those quadrants which precede the ascending and descending points of the zodiac1 and1 in respect of the ,moon1 those which are measured from her conjunction and opposition#bce to her intermediate quarters1 are called oriental quadrants3 the occidental quadrants are1 of course1 those lying opposite to the oriental4 ,whenever both nativities1 viz4 that of the husband and that of the wife1 may exhibit the luminaries configurated together in concord1 that is to say1 either in trine or in sextile to each other1 the cohabitation will most usually be lasting2 especially if the said concord exist by means of interchange#bcf2 but its duration will be also much more securely established1 provided the ,moon in the husband's nativity should correspond or agree with the ,sun in the wife's nativity4#bcg ,if1 however1 the relative positions of the luminaries be in signs inconjunct1 or in opposition1 or in quartile1 the cohabitation will be speedily dissolved upon slight causes1 and the total separation of the parties will ensue4 #bcc ,the words thus marked 8 0 are not found in the ,elzevir edition1 but appear in the ,latin one of ,basle1 #aeda4 #bcd pi 4 #bce ,that is to say1 from the new and the full ,moon4 #bcf ,by mutual reception2 according to ,whalley1 and also according to the ,latin copy of ,perugio1 #afdf4 #bcg ,meaning1 probably1 if the ,moon in the husband's nativity should be in the same position as the ,sun in the wife's nativity1 or harmoniously configurated with that position4 ,and should the configuration of the luminaries1 when made in concord1 be aspected by the benefics1 the cohabitation will continue in respectability1 comfort1 and advantage2 but1 on the other hand1 it will abound in strife1 contention1 and misfortune1 if the malefics be in aspect to the said configuration4 ,in like manner1 even though the luminaries may not be favourably configurated in concord1 should the benefics still offer testimony to them1 the cohabitation will then not be entirely broken off1 nor totally destroyed for ever1 but will be again renewed1 and re-established as before4 ,but if1 on the contrary1 the malefics bear testimony to such discordant disposition of the luminaries1 a dissolution of the cohabitation will take place1 accompanied by scorn and injury4 ,should ,mercury alone be conjoined with the malefics1 it will be effected by means of some public inculpation2 and if ,venus also be found with them1 it will be on the ground of adultery1 or sorcery1 or some similar offence4 ,there are1 however1 other varieties in the married state1 which are to be contemplated by means of ,venus1 ,mars1 and ,saturn4 ,and should these planets act in familiarity with the luminaries1 the cohabitation will be appropriate and domestic1 and authorised by law2 because ,venus holds a certain affinity both to ,mars and ,saturn3 her affinity to ,mars1 for instance1 consists in each having exaltation in a sign belonging to the other's triplicity1#bch and it operates in the cases of youthful and vigorous persons3 while her affinity to ,saturn arises from their respective houses being in the signs1 again also1 belonging to each other's triplicity1#bci and relates to persons of more advanced age4 ,hence1 if ,venus be in concurrence with ,mars1 she will produce entire love and affection in the cohabiting parties2 and if ,mercury also coincide with the said planets1 such affection will become publicly notorious4 ,should ,venus be found in a sign mutually common and familiar1 such as ,capricorn1 or ,pisces1#bdj she will effect marriages between brothers and sisters and kindred by blood3 and1 provided she be also in the presence of the ,moon1 when the native may be male1 she will cause him to connect himself with two sisters1 or other near relatives2 but1 if the native be a female1 a similar contract on her part1 with two brothers or near relatives1 will be indicated1 when ,venus may be also with ,jupiter4#bda #bch ,the exaltation of ,venus being in ,pisces1 and that of ,mars in ,capricorn4 ,vide ,chapters ,,xxi and ,,xxii1 ,book ,i4 #bci ,libra being ,venus's house1 and in ,saturn's triplicity2 and ,capricorn being ,saturn's house1 and in ,venus's triplicity4 ,vide ,chapters ,,xx and ,,xxi1 ,book ,i4 #bdj ,vide ,note in p4 #abf4 #bda ,instead of the ,moon4 ,again1 if ,venus be with ,saturn1 the cohabitation will be established entirely in happiness and constancy2 and if ,mercury be present with them1 it will be profitable2 but1 should ,mars be present1 it will be unsettled1 calamitous1 and afflicted by jealousy4 ,and if ,mars be configurated on equal terms with ,venus1 ,saturn1 and ,mercury1 he will effect marriage between persons of equal age2 but1 on the other hand1 should he be more oriental1 marriage will take place with a younger man or woman2 and1 if more occidental1 with an older person4 ,should ,venus and ,saturn be found in signs common to each other1 that is to say1 in ,capricorn and ,libra1#bdb marriage will be contracted between persons kindred by blood3 and1 when the said position may happen in the ascendant1 or in the mid-heaven1 provided the ,moon also should present herself there1 men will become connected with their mothers1 or maternal aunts1 or with their mothers-in-law2 and women with their own sons1 or the sons of their brothers1 or with their daughters' husbands4 ,but if1 instead of the ,moon1 the ,sun should be in concurrence with the said position1 and especially should it happen that the planets in question may be occidental1 men will then connect themselves with their daughters1 or the wives of their sons2 and women with their fathers1 or paternal uncles1 or the husbands of their daughters4 ,when the aforesaid configurations1#bdc although not existing in signs of affinity to each other1#bdd should be found in feminine places1 they will render the parties obscene1 lustful and shameless2 for instance1 when found in the anterior and hinder parts of ,aries1 and near the ,hyades of ,taurus1 about the urn of ,aquarius1 in the hinder parts of ,leo1 and in the face of ,capricorn4 ,and should the last-named planets1 ,venus and ,saturn1 be posited in angles1 they will then1 if posited in the first two angles1 the eastern and southern1 produce a total exposure of the passions1 and cause them to be publicly canvassed2 but1 if in the last two angles1 the western and northern1 they will produce eunuchs1 or persons unprolific1 and not possessing the proper channels of nature4 #bdb ,vide ,note in p4 #abf4 #bdc ,of the planets before specified4 #bdd ,these are such signs as are connected with each other in any manner similar to that before described1 as connecting ,capricorn with ,pisces1 and with ,libra2 or1 in other words1 signs common to the planets configurated4 ,the passions1 liable to operate in males1 are to be considered by observation of ,mars3 for should he be separated from ,venus and ,saturn1 but yet1 at the same time1 be supported by the testimony of ,jupiter1 he will make men pure and decorous in sexual intercourse1 and incline them to natural usages only3 and1 if he attach himself to ,saturn only1 he will render them cold in blood and dull in appetite2 if1 however1 when ,saturn and ,mars may be thus connected together1 ,venus and ,jupiter should also be configurated with them1 men will then become easily excited and eager in desire1 although they will still be continent1 and restrain themselves in order to avoid reproach4 ,but should ,saturn be absent1 and ,mars be with ,venus alone1 or even although ,jupiter also be with her1 men will become highly licentious1 and attempt to gratify their desires in every mode4#bde ,and further1 if ,venus be found more occidental1 men will connect themselves with low women1 female servants1 and aliens or vagabonds2 but1 should ,mars be found occidental1 with women of rank1 and gentlewomen2 or with women living with their husbands1 or under the protection of men4 ,thus far with regard to males4 ,in the case of females1 ,venus requires attention3 for1 if she be configurated with ,jupiter1 or with ,mercury1 she will cause women to be temperate and pure in sexual intercourse2 still1 however1 when she may be thus connected with ,mercury1 if ,saturn be not present also1 she will cause them to be easily excited to desire2 although they will control their desires1 and avoid reproach4 ,but1 should ,venus be conjoined or configurated with ,mars alone1 she will render women licentious and lustful2 and if1 to both these planets1 when thus conjoined or configurated1 ,jupiter also present himself1 ,mars being at the same time under the rays of the ,sun1 women will then mingle in intercourse with servants1 and persons meaner than themselves1 or with aliens1 or vagabonds3 but1 should it happen that ,venus may be under the rays of the ,sun1 they will then connect themselves with their superiors or masters4 ,and1 further1 should the planets be in feminine places1 or configurated femininely1 they will be content with their passive faculties only4#bdf ,saturn1 in being conciliated with such positions as those now described1 tends to produce greater obscenity2 ,jupiter1 greater decency2 and ,mercury1 greater publicity1 and greater fickleness1 or instability4 #bde ,the following also occurs here3 8 o 1 o 1 1 ' 1 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 40 #bdf ,to this the following sentence succeeds3 1 4 ,,chapter ,,vi ,,children ,the next point to be investigated is that concerning children3 and1 to accomplish this1 observation must be made of the planets posited in1 or configurated with the place on the zenith1#bdg or its succedent house1 which latter is called the place of the good dmon4 ,and should it happen that not any planets may be present in the said places1 nor configurated with them1 it will then be necessary to take into consideration such as may be in opposition thereto4 #bdg ,the angle of the mid-heaven4 ,now the ,moon1 ,jupiter1 and ,venus are esteemed as givers of offspring2 but the ,sun1 ,mars1 and ,saturn are considered as denying children altogether1 or as allowing but few3 while ,mercury1 being in quality common to both parties1 lends co-operation to that with which he may be configurated1 and gives offspring1 when oriental1 but withholds1 when occidental4 ,to speak briefly1 if the planets1 which grant progeny1 be so posited as described1#bdh and placed singly1 the gift of progeny will be single only#bdi2 but should they be in bicorporeal or in feminine signs1 they will grant double offsprings#bej3 so likewise if they should be in prolific or seminal signs1 such as ,pisces1 ,cancer1 and ,scorpio1 they will grant twins1 or even more4 ,and provided they should also be masculinely constituted1 as well by configuration with the ,sun1 as by being in masculine signs1 they will grant male children2 but otherwise1 if femininely constituted1 female4 ,but1 although the said planets1 even if beneath the malefics in elevation1 or1 even if found in barren places1 or in signs such as those of ,leo and ,virgo1 will still grant children2 yet such children1 thus indicated1 will neither be healthy1 nor continue in life4 ,should it happen1 however1 that the ,sun and the malefics may be in entire possession of the places above mentioned1 viz4 that on the zenith1 or the succedent house allotted to the good dmon2 and provided they be1 at the same time1 in masculine or barren signs1 and the benefics be not in elevation above them1 a total privation of offspring is thereby indicated2 but1 should they be in feminine or prolific signs1 or supported by the testimony of the benefics1 children will then be granted2 yet they will be liable to disease1 and short-lived4 ,if1 however1 planets of each condition should be configurated with1 and have prerogative in prolific signs1 there will then ensue a loss of either all the children1 or only few1 or else the major part of them2 in the same proportion as that in which the planets1 bearing testimony to either condition1 may preponderate on one side rather than the other2 by excelling in number1 or in influence1 in consequence of being posited more orientally1 more genuinely in angles1 higher in elevation1 or successively ascending4 ,when the lords of the aforesaid signs#bea may be such as are givers of offspring1 and be either oriental1 or in places proper to themselves1 the children thus granted will become eminent and illustrious3 but1 if occidental1 or in places not proper to themselves1 the children will then become undistinguished and abject4 ,should the said lords also be in concord with the part of fortune1 and with the ascendant1 they will render the children amiable1 and cause them to be beloved by their parents1 and to inherit their parents' substance3 but1 if found inconjunct1 and not in concord with the said parts1 the children will then become odious and mischievous to their parents1 and will forfeit the inheritance of their substance4 #bdh ,the meaning1 apparent from the commencement of the chapter1 is this3 8,should such planets be in the mid-heaven or its succedent house1 or configurated with either40 #bdi 1 single1 or one at a birth4 #bej 1 double1 or two at a birth4 #bea ,that on the mid-heaven1 and that on the eleventh house4 ,further1 should the planets which grant progeny be appropriately configurated with each other1 they will promote brotherly love1 and mutual regard and affection among the children2 but1 if inconjunct1 or in opposition1 they will excite in them mutual hatred1 deceit1 and treachery4 ,the general investigation regarding children is to be conducted in the foregoing method3 but1 in order to enquire into particular circumstances consequent on the above1 it will be necessary to assume1 as an ascendant1 the position of each planet which gives offspring1 and to observe the separate schemes2 drawing inferences therefrom as in the case of a nativity4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,friends ,,and ,,enemies ,with respect to friendship and enmity1 it may be observed that great and lasting familiarities1 or disagreements1 are respectively called sympathies and enmities2 while the smaller1 such as arise occasionally1 and subsist for a short time only1 are denominated casual intimacies and strifes3 the whole are to be contemplated according to the following rules4 ,indications of great and lasting friendships1 or enmities1 may be perceived by observation of the ruling places1 exhibited in the respective nativities of both the persons1 between whom the friendship or enmity may subsist4 ,it is consequently essential to observe the places of the ,sun1 the ,moon1 the ascendant1 and the part of fortune2 for1 should all these in both nativities be in the same signs1 or should either all or most of them be counterchanged in position in each nativity1 and especially should the two ascendants be within the distance of seventeen degrees from each other1#beb they will create fixed and indissoluble friendship4 ,on the other hand1 should they be in signs inconjunct1 or in opposition1 they will produce great and lasting enmity4 ,if1 however1 they be not constituted in either of the modes above mentioned1 but merely configurated in signs1#bec they will then produce minor friendship2 provided such configuration exist by trine or sextile2 but1 if by quartile1 they will excite minor enmity1 so as to take effect at certain particular times1 in which the friendship remains1 as it were1 inactive and subdued1 while the malefics transit the configuration3 and1 in a similar manner1 enmity also will be softened and abated1 when the benefics may enter upon the configuration4#bed #beb ,or1 regard each other within the distance of seventeen degrees4 #bec ,that is to say2 if the places of the ,sun1 c41 in one nativity be configurated with such parts of the zodiac as are occupied by the ,sun1 c41 in the other nativity4 #bed ,of any of the four places above described4 ,the friendship and enmity1 which men bear towards each other1 may be classed under three general heads4 ,one kind is suggested by spontaneous wilfulness2 another1 by the idea of profit2 and another1 by pain and pleasure mutually excited4 ,and1 therefore1 should either all or most of the aforesaid places be in familiarity with each other1 friendship of all the three kinds will be established3 so1 also1 should the places be entirely without familiarity1 similar enmity will be established4 ,if1 however1 familiarity1 or absence of familiarity 7as the case may be71 exist only as regards the places of the luminaries1 friendship or enmity will then be established by spontaneous will2 and friendship thus produced is the best and most secure2 while1 on the other hand1 enmity so arising is1 in like manner1 the worst and most dangerous4 ,the friendship1 or enmity1 consequent on the familiarity or non-familiarity of the respective parts of ,fortune1 will be established on the idea of profit2 and that1 consequent on a similar disposition of the respective ascendants1 will arise from pain or pleasure mutually excited between the parties4 ,it will1 however1 be necessary to pay still further attention to the places in question1 in order to observe whether any and what planets may be in elevation above them1 or in aspect to them2 because1 among all the said places1 that particular one1 to which any planet in elevation1 or in succession1 may be adjacent1 whether in the same sign1 or in the next1 will possess the more powerful influence over friendship or enmity3 and whichever place may have its aspecting planets more powerfully benefic1 will operate in a greater degree#bee to advantage in friendship1 and to the relaxation of enmity4 ,the foregoing instructions are applicable to such friendships or enmities as are great and lasting4 #bee ,than the rest of the places4 ,but1 in the case of others1 which subsist only occasionally1 and which have been defined as casual intimacies and strifes1 it is essential to make observation of the motions of the planets1 as exhibited by each nativity2 that is to say1 the times are to be calculated1 on the completion of which the motions of the planets of one nativity will cause them to enter on certain places of the other nativity2 for it is at such periods that certain particular friendships and enmities occur1 continuing for a short time1 until the said ingress of the planets shall have passed over4 ,for instance1 ,saturn and ,jupiter1 when making ingress upon each other's places1 produce friendship by certain agreements1 or engagements1 relating either to agriculture or to inheritance3 ,saturn and ,mars create contention and treachery spontaneously entertained3 ,saturn and ,venus1 friendship between kindred2 liable1 however1 soon to grow cool3 ,saturn and ,mercury1 friendship on account of business1 or profit1 or some secret art or mystery4 ,jupiter and ,mars create friendship in the direction of affairs1 and by means of dignities2 ,jupiter and ,venus also create friendship by means of female persons1 or attendants on religion1 or on oracles3 ,jupiter and ,mercury1 friendship by means of eloquence and science1 and philosophical inclinations4 ,mars and ,venus cause friendship in the course of amours1 adultery1 and fornication3 ,mars and ,mercury excite hatred and strife by offences committed in business and trade1 or by sorcery4 ,and ,venus and ,mercury produce communion by means of the arts and sciences1 by a mutual interest in literature1 or by female persons4 ,it is in this manner that the planets operate in producing friendship or enmity4 ,and their comparative intensity or relaxation of vigour is to be distinguished by the situation of the places1 which they occupy1 with regard to the four principal and ruling places#bef3 for1 should they be posited in angles1 at the places of the respective parts of ,fortune1 or at those of the luminaries1 they will render the casual intimacies or strifes more eminent and remarkable2 but1 if they be remote from these places1 their effects will not be highly conspicuous4 ,the comparative degree of injury or advantage1 liable to be received1 is to be discerned by means of the good or evil properties of such planets as may be thus in aspect to the aforesaid places4 ,with respect to servants1#beg the sign of the evil dmon#beh is considered as the place to which the disposition ruling over them must be referred2 and it is to be observed what planets are in aspect to that place1 both at the actual time of nativity1 and at that of any ingresses made upon it1 or oppositions to it2 and also1 especially1 whether the lords of the said sign may be configurated in familiarity with the ruling places of the nativity1 or not in familiarity4 #bef ,those of the ,sun1 ,moon1 ,ascendant1 and part of ,fortune1 as before mentioned4 #beg 8--and the attachment1 or disagreement1 subsisting between them and their masters02--so ,allatius1 and the ,latin translation printed at ,perugio4 #beh ,the twelfth house4 ,,chapter ,,viii ,,travelling ,the circumstances indicative of travel are to be considered by means of the situation held by both the luminaries1 in respect to the angles1 and especially1 by means of that held by the ,moon4 ,for1 should she be descending1 or cadent from the angles1 she will cause journeys and changes of residence3 ,mars1 also1 if descending1 or cadent from the zenith1 will sometimes do the same1 provided he may occupy a situation in quartile1 or in opposition to the luminaries4 ,and1 if the part of ,fortune1 also1 should happen to be placed in signs which produce travelling1 the course and practice of the whole life will be engaged in foreign lands4 ,and further1 provided the benefics superintend the aforesaid places1 or ascend in succession to them1 the engagements abroad will be honourable and lucrative1 and the return home speedy and unobstructed3 but if1 on the contrary1 the malefics superintend or ascend in succession to those places1 the journey outward will then lead to peril and misfortune1 and the return will be replete with difficulty4 ,but it is1 at the same time1 necessary in all cases to consider the contemperament also1 and to observe such of the existing configurations as are more predominant4 ,it most usually happens1 that1 if the luminaries be posited in the cadent houses of the oriental quadrants1 the travel will take place in the eastern or southern quarters of the world2 and that1 if placed in western situations1 or in an occidental quadrant1 travel will be then prosecuted in the northern or western parts4 ,and1 should the signs1 which operate travel1 be themselves single in form1 or should the planets1 having dominion of them1 be singly posited1 the journeys will then take place after long intervals1 and occasionally only3 but1 if the said signs be bicorporeal1 or double in form or figure1 travel will be constantly repeated and continued4 ,thus1 when ,jupiter and ,venus may be in dominion over the luminaries1 and over the places producing travel1 they will render the journeys agreeable1 as well as free from danger3 for the traveller will be joyfully forwarded on his way by the magistrates of the country1 and by the concurrent assistance of friendly persons2 the state of the atmosphere will also be favourable1 and he will meet with abundance of accommodation4 ,and1 provided ,mercury also be present with the planets above specified1 utility1 profit1 presents and honours will likewise be derived from the journey4 ,saturn and ,mars1 if controlling the luminaries1 and1 especially1 if placed distant from each other1#bei will produce great dangers1 and at the same time render the journey fruitless and unavailing4 ,should they be in watery signs1 the dangers will arise by shipwreck1 or among deserts and wilderness#bfj2 if in fixed signs1 by precipices1 and adverse blasts of wind2 in tropical and equinoctial signs1 by want of food and other necessaries1 and by some unwholesome state of the atmosphere2 in signs of human form1 by robbery1 treachery1 and various depredations2 and1 if in terrestrial signs1 by the attack of wild beasts1 or from earthquakes4 ,and1 should ,mercury also lend concurrence1 the traveller will incur further danger from accusations made against him1 as well as from reptiles and venomous stings or bites4 ,the question1 whether the events will be advantageous or injurious in quality1 must1 however1 be further considered by observation 7made in the forms already detailed71 of the peculiar properties of the places1 in which the lords of employment1 of wealth1 of the body1 or of rank1 may be posited4 ,and the periods1 at which travelling will take place1 are to be considered by the occasional ingress of the five planets4#bfa #bei ,the probable meaning is1 8if not acting in concert03 but the ,latin of ,perugio says1 8si sint oppositi secundum longitudinem40 #bfj ,there seems a misprint here in the original3 1 8foul vapours10 instead of 1 8wildernesses40 #bfa ,on the places indicative of travelling4 ,,chapter ,,ix ,,the ,,kind ,,of ,,death ,it now remains to treat of the kind and species of death4 ,it is1 however1 first to be determined1 by the rules already delivered regarding the duration of life1#bfb whether death will ensue from an oriental or occidental position of the predominating influence4 ,and1 if death ensue from some oriental position1 or meeting of rays1 the place of such meeting must be observed1 and by means of that place the kind of death is to be distinguished2 if from the descension1 or setting1 of the significator1 or prorogator1 the place of descension#bfc must be considered3 because death is to be expected conformable in character to the influences1 whatever they may be1 which preside over the said places2 or1 if not any influences should directly preside1 it will then be conformable to the influences1 of whatever kind1 which may be brought first in succession to the places in question3 the configuration of the stars1 the property of the aforesaid anretic places1 and the nature of the signs and of the terms1#bfd are1 also1 all of them co-operative4 #bfb ,vide the #adth ,chapter of the #crd ,book2 on the number of the modes of prorogation4 #bfc ,that is to say1 the sign and degree on the occidental horizon4 #bfd ,see a subsequent note1 p4 #ace1 which gives an instance of the mode in which ,placidus applied the power of the terms1 in an anretic direction4 ,thus1 for example1 if the dominion of death be vested in ,saturn1 he will produce death by means of lingering diseases2 cough1 rheumatism1 flux1 ague1 disorder of the spleen1 dropsy1 colic1 and complaints in the womb2 and1 in short1 by all such diseases as proceed from the superabundance of cold4 ,jupiter effects death by quinsey1 inflammation of the lungs1 apoplexy1 spasm1 pains in the head1 morbid performance of the heart1 and by all diseases arising from the superabundance of air1 and from immoderate and impure respiration4 ,mars causes death by constant fevers1 semitertians1 sudden and spontaneous wounds1 diseases of the kidneys1 expectoration of blood1 and hmorrhages of various kinds2 by miscarriage1 or abortion1 and by childbirth1 by erysipelas1 and1 in short1 by such diseases as proceed from abundant and immediate heat4 ,venus produces death by disorders of the stomach1 and of the liver1 by scurvy and dysentry3 also by consumption or wasting away1#bfe and by fistula and poison1 and by all diseases incident on the superabundance or poverty of moisture1 and its corruption4 ,lastly1 ,mercury causes death to proceed from fury1 madness1 melancholy1 epilepsy1 falling fits1 coughs1 and obstructions1 and by such diseases as arise from superabundant or disproportionate dryness4 ,when the lords of death may fully possess their own peculiar and natural properties1 and when neither of the malefics may be in elevation above them1 death will ensue in the modes above detailed1 and in the ordinary course of nature4 ,but a violent and remarkable death will occur when both the malefics1 either in conjunction1 or in quartile or opposition to each other1 may be lords of the anretic places2 or if both1 or only one of the two1 should attack either both the luminaries1 or even only the ,sun or the ,moon4 ,in such a case1 the evil character of the death will proceed from the concurrence of the malefic influence1 and its magnitude or remarkable nature from the additional testimony of the luminaries3 its quality1 also1 will be known by means of the rest of the planets and stars in configuration1 and by the signs which contain the malefic influence4#bff #bfe 4 ,perhaps more properly1 putridity or rottenness4 ,the ,perugio ,latin translation renders it by 8cancer40 #bff ,placidus1 in treating of the nativity of ,lewis1 ,cardinal ,zachia1 uses these words3 8,this example also teaches us what the sentiments of ,ptolemy were concerning a violent death2 when1 in a peremptory place1 both the enemies meet together1 it is to be understood1 that in the nativity the violence is sometimes first pre-ordained from the unfortunate position of the ,apheta2 at other times quite the contrary4 ,but1 because the direct direction happened to be in the terms of ,mercury1 the sickness was attended with a delirium and lethargy1 so that you may perceive this to have been the true cause of the native's death40 7,cooper's ,translation1 pp4 #aih1 #aii47 ,hence1 if it happen that ,saturn be in fixed signs1 and in quartile or opposition to the ,sun1 and contrary in condition1 he will produce death by suffocation1 occasioned either by multitudes of people1 or by hanging or strangulation3 so1 likewise1 should he be occidental1 and the ,moon be succedent to him1 he will operate the same effects4 ,if he be posited in places or signs of bestial form1 the native will be destroyed by wild beasts3 and1 if ,jupiter also offer testimony1 being at the same time badly afflicted1 the death will then occur in public1 and by day2 for example1 by being exposed to combats with wild beasts4 ,if ,saturn be posited in opposition to either of the luminaries in the ascendant1#bfg he will cause death in prison3 if he be configurated with ,mercury1 and especially if near the constellation of the ,serpent in the sphere1 and in terrestrial signs of the zodiac1 he will produce death by venomous wounds or bites1 and by reptiles and wild beasts4 ,and1 should ,venus also attach herself to ,saturn and ,mercury thus combined1 death will then ensue by poison or female treachery4 ,if ,saturn be in ,virgo or ,pisces1 or watery signs1 and configurated with the ,moon1 he will operate death by means of water1 by drowning and suffocation2 and1 if found near ,argo1 by shipwreck4 ,should he be in tropical or quadrupedal signs1 and the ,sun be either in conjunction with him1 or in opposition2 or if1 instead of the ,sun1 ,mars should so present himself1 death will be caused by the fall of houses or buildings2 and1 if posited in the mid-heaven1 death will happen by falls from heights or precipices4 ,these are the various effects of ,saturn1 when configurated as described4 #bfg 3 which ,allatius has translated1 8if he should be in the ascendant opposed to either of the luminaries0 7si in horoscopo alteri luminum opponatur72 but the ,latin copy of ,basle1 #aeda1 as well as that of ,perugio1 #afdf1 give the passage as now rendered4 ,and it appears in a subsequent place1 p4 #bja 7where the word occurs71 that it can only be properly translated 8in opposition to the ascendant40 ,mars1 if in signs of human form1 and posited in quartile or in opposition to the ,sun or ,moon1 and contrary in condition1 will operate death by slaughter1 either in civil or foreign war1 or by suicide3 if ,venus add her testimony1 death will be inflicted by women1 or by assassins in the employment of women3 and1 should ,mercury also be configurated with them1 death will happen from robbers1 thieves1 or highwaymen4 ,if ,mars be in mutilated or imperfect signs1 or near the ,gorgon#bfh of ,perseus1 he will produce death by decapitation1 or by mutilation of limb4 ,if found in ,scorpio or ,taurus1 he will cause death by surgical amputation1 burning or searing1 or also by spasms or convulsions4 ,should he be found in the mid-heaven1 either above or below the earth1 death will be inflicted by crucifixion or impalement1 and especially if he be in the vicinity of ,cepheus or ,andromeda4 ,if descending1 or in opposition to the ascendant1#bfi he will produce death by fire3 and1 if in quadrupedal signs1 by falls and fractures4 ,should ,jupiter1 however1 bear testimony to ,mars1 and be at the same time afflicted1 death will ensue from the wrath of princes and kings1 and from judicial condemnation4 ,if it happen that the malefics be in concurrence with each other in the first instance1 and afterwards in mutual opposition1 in any of the aforesaid situations1 the evil character of the death will be yet further augmented2 but its species or quality1 and its dominion1 will depend upon that one which may be in occupation of the anretic place4 ,and1 if both the malefics claim prerogative in the anretic places1 the bodies of persons who thus die will be cast abroad without interment1 and will be devoured by beasts and birds3 these circumstances will especially ensue1 when the malefics may be found in signs similar in form to beasts and birds2 and provided not any one of the benefics should offer testimony to the place below the earth1#bgj nor to the anretic places4 #bfh ,caput ,medus4 #bfi 4 ,vide note in p4 #ace4 #bgj ,that is to say1 the lower heaven1 or imum-cli4 ,whalley has translated it1 8above the earth10 instead of 8below02 mistaking for 4 ,lastly1 death will occur in foreign lands1 when it may happen that the planets controlling the anretic places may be posited in cadent houses2 especially if the ,moon be present in the said places also1 or if she be found in quartile or in opposition4#bga #bga ,on this chapter ,whalley makes the following annotations3 8,one direction1 how malevolent soever1 rarely kills2 and1 in most nativities1 there is required a train of malevolent directions to concur to death3 where several malevolent directions concur so together1 without the aid of intervenings of the benevolents1 they fail not to destroy life40 8,in such trains of directions1 the author here distinguisheth between the killing planet and the causer of the quality of death2 for one planet doth not give both4 ,the foremost of the malevolent train is the killing place1 and shows the time of death2 but the following directions1 though benevolent1 show the quality4 ,if the train fall altogether1 and none follow1 for the quality observe those which precede1 though at a distance and benevolent also2 for1 though the benevolent contribute to the preservation of life1 yet they frequently specify the disease which is the cause of death4 ,and with these1 our author tells us1 concur the configurating stars1 the quality of the stars and signs1 and the terms in which the lords happen4 ,in violent deaths1 the genethliacal positions of the lights are to be observed1 and how the malefics affect them1 and 7how they7 are also concerned by directions in the quality or death40 ,see also ,chap4 ,,xiv1 ,book ,,ii4 ,,chapter ,x ,,the ,,periodical ,,divisions ,,of ,,time ,in addition to the foregoing brief observations1 applicable to the various forms of death1 further attention is demanded with respect to the division of time1 which requires to be contemplated in its natural order and succession4 ,now as1 in all genethlialogical cases1 a certain common and general arrangement1 affecting the region or country and the race or generation1 is pre-supposed to be in operation1 to which arrangement particular inferences1 relating to the form of the body1 the properties of the mind1 and national habits and variations1 must each be subservient2 and as1 in these respects1 certain causes more general and predominating are pre-supposed in existence before particular causes1 due care must consequently be taken1 in order to make an inference consistent with the course of nature1 to observe always the original and predominating cause1 and never to lose sight of it2 lest some similarity in nativities 7if any such should exist7 might induce an assertion when the original predominating cause proceeding from the region itself has been overlooked1 that the native of thiopia will be born of white complexion1 and with long and straight hair2 or1 on the other hand1 that the native of ,germany or of ,gaul will be black in complexion1 and have curled hair2 or1 that the said nations are polished in manners1 and cultivate learning1 but that the people of ,greece are barbarous and illiterate3 and so1 in short1 of any other countries2 without duly considering the national differences and variations in their several courses of life4 ,so also1 with regard to the division of time1 it is in the same manner essential to consider the different qualities of the several ages of life1 and to pre-determine the appropriate fitness of every age to such events as may be expected3 in order to avoid the gross error which might arise from a merely vague consideration of the subject1 by attributing to infancy some deed or circumstance of too complete a nature and belonging rather to manhood1 or by ascribing to extreme old age the procreation of children1 or some other action belonging to youth2 and to adapt1 on the contrary1 to each separate age such circumstances as seem1 by due observation of the periods1 to be suitable and appropriate thereto4 ,the mode of consideration#bgb applicable to human nature is universally one and the same2 and it is analogous to the arrangement of the seven planetary orbs4#bgc ,it1 therefore1 duly commences with the first age of human life1 and the first sphere next above the earth1 that of the ,moon2 and it terminates with the final age of man1 and the last of the planetary spheres1 which is that of ,saturn2 and1 in fact1 it accordingly happens that the appropriate qualities of each sphere take effect in a corresponding age of life1 each age being subjected to one particular sphere4 ,these observations are necessary1 because the general divisions of time must be considered by means of the spheres1 as a primary arrangement2 although minor distinctions are to be made by means of the existing peculiarities found in nativities4 #bgb ,with respect to the periodical divisions of time4 #bgc ,it will1 of course1 be remembered1 that the ,sun1 in the ,ptolemaic astronomy1 is counted as a planetary orb4 ,hence1 the first age of infancy1 which endures for four years1 agreeing in number with the quadrennial period of the ,moon1 is consequently adapted to her2 being in its nature moist and incompact1 presenting rapidity of growth1 being nourished by moist things1 and possessing a highly variable habit4 ,its mental incompleteness is likewise in accordance with its familiar relation to the ,moon1 and her operative influence4 ,the age after this continues for ten years1 and accommodates itself to the second sphere1 that of ,mercury4 ,in this period1 the intellectual and reasoning faculties of the mind begin to take their character1 imbibing the seeds of learning1 and developing1 as it were1 the elements and germs of the genius and abilities1 and their peculiar quality4 ,the mind is also roused to discipline and instruction1 and to its first exercises4 ,venus corresponds with the next and third age1 which lasts throughout the following eight years1 the number of her own period3 from her1 the movement of the seminal vessels originates1 as well as an unrestrained impetuosity and precipitancy in amours4 ,the fourth and adult age next succeeds1 and is subject to the fourth sphere1 that of the ,sun3 it endures for nineteen years1 according to the ,sun's number4 ,authority of action now commences in the mind1 the career of life is entered upon1 distinction and glory are desired1 and puerile irregularities are relinquished for more orderly conduct1 and the pursuit of honour4 ,mars1 next after the ,sun1 claims the fifth age1 that of manhood1 agreeing in duration with his own period1 viz4 fifteen years4 ,he induces greater austerity of life1 together with vexation1 care1 and trouble4 ,jupiter occupies the sixth sphere1 and influences the maturer age1 during the twelve years corresponding to his own period4 ,he operates the relinquishment of labour1 of hazardous employment and tumult1 and produces greater gravity1 foresight1 prudence1 and sagacity1 favouring the claim to honour1 respect1 and privilege4 ,saturn1 moving in the last sphere1 regulates the final old age1 as agreeing with its chilliness4 ,he obstructs the mental movements1 the appetites and enjoyments2 rendering them imbecile and dull1 in conformity with the dullness of his own motion4 ,the common properties attributable to the various times of life are subject1 in a general manner1 to this previous adaptation2 but there are particular periods1 arising from the respective peculiarities of nativities1 which also require determination1 and must be ascertained from the ruling prorogations2 that is to say1 from the whole of them1 and not from any single one only1 as in the case of the duration of life4 ,for example1 prorogation made from the ascendant is to be applied to events affecting the body1 and to travelling1 or change of residence2 that from the part of ,fortune1 to incidents affecting the substance or wealth2 that from the ,moon1 to actions of the mind1 and to communion#bgd and cohabitation2 that from the ,sun1 to dignities and glory2 and that from the mid-heaven1 to other particular circumstances of life1 such as employment1 friendship1 and the possession of children4 ,so that thus1 at one and the same time any single planet1 whether benefic or malefic1 will not possess the sole dominion2 for many conflicting events frequently occur at the same period1 and a person may1 at one and the same time1 lose a kinsman1 yet inherit his substance2 or be at once ill in health1 yet prosperous and advantageously established in regard to fortune2 or be struggling with adversity and in want1 yet1 notwithstanding1 be also a father and beget children2 or he may experience other similar contrarieties3 because individuals are subject to occurrences which may affect either the body1 the mind1 the rank1 or the condition of wealth1 and which are not altogether fortunate or unfortunate at the same period4 ,something of the kind will1 however1 frequently happen in cases of perfect good fortune or distress1 when meetings of all the benefics or malefics may concur in all or most of the prorogations4 ,still such cases are but rare1 because human nature in general is not subjected to the extremity either of good or evil1 but rather to their moderate alteration and counter-change4 #bgd ,the ,latin copy of ,basle1 #aeda1 says1 8to marriages40 ,the prorogatory places must1 therefore1 be separately distinguished in the mode before pointed out2 and the planets meeting the prorogations must again be all taken into consideration3 not only those which may be anretic 7as in the case of the duration of life71 nor those only which may be configurated bodily1#bge or in opposition or quartile1 but also those in trine or sextile4 ,and1 first1 the times in each prorogation will be governed by the planet occupying or configurated with the actual prorogatory degree itself3 if1 however1 there be found no planet thus constituted1 the nearest preceding planet will govern the times until another1 which may be in aspect to the degree following in the order of the signs1 shall take them2 and this one1 again1 will do the same until the next in succession shall take them4#bgf ,the like rule obtains with respect to any other planets received into dominion1 and with respect to those in occupation of the terms4 ,further1 in prorogations of the ascendant1 the degrees of distances will be equal in number to the ascensional times of the particular latitude2 but1 in prorogation1 from the mid-heaven1 to the times of culmination2 and1 in other prorogations1 they will be in proportion to the ascensions1 or descensions1 or culminations1 and will depend on their proximity to the angles2 as has been already said in treating of the duration of life4#bgg #bge 8,bodily10 or in conjunction4 #bgf ,on this passage1 ,whalley remarks1 8we are to observe in direction1 that the star in exact ray with the prorogator shall be ruler until the prorogator meets another ray2 that then the planet whose ray it is shall take the dominion1 and so on4 ,but if no planet aspect the hyleg 7prorogator7 exactly1 that which casts its rays before the prorogator is to be taken for ruler of the time1 till another planet's ray comes in by direction4 ,and the lord of the term1 in which the direction falls1 must be considered as a co-partner in this dominion40 #bgg ,vide ,chap4 ,,xiv1 ,book #c4 ,the arbiters of general times are to be determined by the foregoing method2 but arbiters of annual periods as follows3 viz4 after the number of years which have elapsed since the birth has been ascertained1 the amount is to be projected from each place of prorogation1 in the succession of the signs1 at the rate of one sign for a year1#bgh and the lord of the last sign#bgi is to be assumed as arbiter4 ,and1 with regard to periods reckoned by months1 the same rule is to be observed3 for in this case also1 the number of the month1 as counted from the month of the nativity1 is to be projected from such places as possess the dominion of the year1 in the proportion of twenty-eight days per sign4 ,so1 likewise1 in the case of periods reckoned by days1 the number of the day1 counted from the day of birth1 must be projected from the monthly places of dominion1 allowing for each sign two days and a third4#bhj #bgh ,the ,greek is simply 2 but the context proves that the entire meaning must be as now given1 although the ,latin translation of ,perugio renders it 8one year to each degree40 ,whalley explains that by annual periods 8the author intends profections3 for the taking of which1 for every year from the birth1 add one sign to the sign in which the aphetics are at birth1 and the sign which ends at the year desired is the sign profectional for that year1 and the lord of that sign is chronocrator 7arbitor7 for that year2 so far as the degrees of that sign reach40 ,for example1 if a prorogator at birth be in #ae of ,gemini1 to #ae of ,cancer serves the first year2 but the first six months are ruled by ,mercury1 and the last six by the ,moon and ,jupiter2 and so on4 #bgi ,the ,latin translation of ,basle1 #aeda1 says1 8the lord of that sign in which the number shall terminate40 #bhj ,whalley says here1 8let a sign be added for each month to the sign of the year4 ,so1 in the example before proposed1 the last #ae of ,gemini1 and the first #ae of ,cancer1 shall serve for the first month3 the last #ae of ,cancer and the first #ae of ,leo1 for the second month2 and so on4 ,and for days1 from #ae of ,gemini to #ae of ,cancer1 rules two days and eight hours after birth1 c40 ,placidus is of opinion1 8that ,ptolemy1 speaking of annual places1 is to be understood of the places of secondary directions2 and that when he speaks of the menstrual1 he hints at the places of progressions40 7,cooper's ,translation1 pp4 #be and #eg47 ,it is1 however1 necessary to notice the ingresses made on places allotted to different periods2 for they take effect in no small degree on the events of the period4 ,thus1 the ingresses made by ,saturn1 on places of general periods1 require special observation2 those made by ,jupiter1 on places of annual periods2 those made by the ,sun1 ,mars1 ,venus1 and ,mercury1 on monthly places2 and the ,moon's transit over daily places4 ,it must also be remembered1 that arbiters of general periods are chiefly paramount over the events2 and that1 to their influence1 the arbiters of particular periods 7each of whom acting by its own proper nature7 present either co-operation or obstruction2 and that the ingresses also operate on events1 by increasing or diminishing their force and extent4#bha #bha ,placidus says1 that 8active ingresses1 if they be similar1 to the pre-ordained effects1 cause them to influence2 if dissimilar1 they either diminish or retard2 as ,ptolemy has it in the last ,chapter of ,book ,,iv40 7,cooper's ,translation1 p4 #bg47 ,the general characteristic property1 and the duration of the period1 will be indicated by the place of prorogation1 as also by the lord of the general times1 and by the planet in possession of the terms2 by means of the familiarity subsisting1 from the actual birth1 between each planet1 and the places of which they may have respectively and originally taken dominion4 ,the arbiters of time will also give indication whether the event will be good or evil1 by means of their own naturally benefic or malefic property and temperament1 and by their original familiarity or variance with the place of which they have become lords4 ,but the period1 at which the event will become more strongly evident1 is shown by the relative positions of the annual and monthly signs towards the places wherein the causes exist1 and also by the ingresses of the planets4#bhb ,the mode in which the ,sun and ,moon may be disposed1 in reference to the signs relating to annual and monthly periods1 is also indicative4 ,for example1 should they1 from the date of the nativity1 be posited in concord with the operative places1 and keep a position of concord at the ingresses1 they will produce good2 but1 if adversely posited1 evil4 ,and also1 if they be not in concord with the said places1 and provided they be contrary in condition1 and in opposition or in quartile1 to the transits1 they will cause evil3 should they1 however1 not be in quartile1 nor in opposition1 but otherwise configurated1 their influence then will not be equally malefic4 ,should it happen that the same planets may be lords of the times1#bhc as well as of the ingresses1 the effect will be extreme and unalloyed1 if of a favourable nature2 and more particularly unmitigated1 if evil4 ,and should the said planets be not only lords of the times1 but likewise hold dominion from the date of the nativity1 and provided also that all the prorogations1 or most of them1 should tend to1 or depend on1 one and the same place1 or1 should the prorogations not be so constituted1 yet notwithstanding1 if the meetings occurring at the periods be found to be either all1 or most of them1 benefic or malefic1 they will wholly produce1 in all respects1 good or evil fortune1 respectively4 ,it is in this method1 which preserves a natural order and succession1 that times and seasons require to be contemplated4 #bhb ,placidus observes1 that 8the primary directions of the significators to their promittors1 and the lords of the terms1 ,ptolemy calls the ,general ,arbiters of ,times1 because they pre-ordain the general times of their effects2 which1 as its motion is slow and its perseverance long1 discovers its effects after a very long time2 that is1 after months and years4 ,in order that we may know1 in this extent of time1 on what particular month and day the effects appear1 ,ptolemy proposes these motions for observation1 wherein1 when the majority of the causes agree together1 then doubtless the effect is accomplished1 or most clearly manifests itself40 7,cooper's ,translation1 p4 #aji47 ,and he says afterwards1 in speaking of secondary directions1 progressions1 ingresses1 c41 8these subsequent motions of the causes demand our greatest attention40 7,ibid41 p4 #aaj47 ,in the ,appendix to the same book1 at p4 #dch1 the proper equation of time1 or measurement of the arcs of direction1 is also treated of1 in reference to the #afth canon of ,placidus1 which is as follows3-- 8,to equate the ,arc of ,direction4 ,add the arc of direction to the right ascension of the natal ,sun2 look for this sum in the table of right ascensions under the ecliptic1 and take the degree and minute of longitude corresponding with that sum2 then1 in the best ephemeris1 reckon in how many days and hours the ,sun1 from the day and hour of birth1 has arrived at that degree and minute4 ,the number of days indicate as many years2 every two hours over1 reckon a month40 7,ibid41 p4 #ee47 #bhc ,whether general or annual4 ,and now1 in adverting to the scope allotted to this work in its commencement1 all further adaptation of the forms of events liable to take effect at particular times will here be relinquished2 because the operative influences which the stars exercise in all events1 whether general or particular1 may be arranged in proper order1 if care be taken that the causes set forth by the ,rules of ,science1 and the causes arising from any existing commixture1 be duly combined and blended together4 ,,the ,,end ,,appendix ,,no4 ,i ,,almagest2 ,,book ,,viii1 ,,chap4 ,,iv ,the various constellations of the fixed stars having now been duly described1 their aspects remain to be investigated4 ,independently of the steadfast and immutable aspects which the said stars preserve among themselves1 either rectilinearly1 or triangularly1 or by other similar forms1#bhd they have also certain aspects considered as referring exclusively to the planets and the ,sun and ,moon1 or parts of the zodiac2 certain others to the earth only2 and others1 again1 to the earth1 the planets and the ,sun and ,moon1 or parts of the zodiac1 combined4 #bhd ,that is to say1 by the opposition1 trine1 c4 ,with regard to the planets only1 and parts of the zodiac1 aspects are properly considered as made to them by the fixed stars1 when the said planets and fixed stars may be posited on one and the same of those circles which are drawn through the poles of the zodiac2 or1 also1 if they be posited on different circles1 provided a trinal or sextile distance between them may be preserved2 that is to say1 a distance equal to a right angle and a third part more1 or a distance equal to two-thirds of a right angle2 and provided1 also1 that the fixed stars be on such parts of the circle as are liable to be transited by any one of the planets4 ,these parts are situated within the latitude of the zodiac1 which circumscribes the planetary motions4 ,and as far as the five planets are concerned1 the aspects of the fixed stars depend upon the visible mutual conjunctions1 or configurations1 made in the forms above prescribed2 but1 with respect to the ,sun and ,moon1 they depend on occultations1 conjunctions1 and succedent risings of the stars4 ,occultation is when a star becomes invisible by being carried under the rays of the luminary2 conjunction1 when it is placed under the luminary's centre2 and succedent rising1 when it begins to reappear on issuing out beyond the rays4 ,in regard to the earth only1 the aspects of the fixed stars are four in number1 and are known by the common term of angles3 to speak1 however1 more particularly1 they are the oriental horizon1 the meridian or mid-heaven above the earth1 the occidental horizon1 and the meridian or mid-heaven below the earth4 ,and in that part of the earth where the equator is in the zenith1 the whole of the fixed stars are found to rise and set1 and to be above as well as below the earth1 once in each revolution2 because the situation of the poles of the equator1 being in this manner on the plane of the horizon1 thereby prevents the constant visibility or invisibility of any one of the parallel circles4 ,but in other parts of the earth1 where the pole of the equator is in the zenith1 the fixed stars can never set nor rise2 because the equator itself is then on the plane of the horizon1 and circumscribes the two hemispheres 7which it thus creates1 one above and the other below the earth7 in such a manner1 that in one revolution every star must twice transit the meridian1 some of them above1 others below the earth4 ,in other declinations1 however1 between these extreme positions of the equator1 as just mentioned1 there are certain of the circles always visible1 and others never visible2 consequently1 the stars intercepted between the first of such circles and the poles can neither rise not set1 but must1 in the course of one revolution1 twice transit the meridian2 above the earth1 if the said stars be on a circle always visible2 but below the earth1 if on a circle never visible4 ,the other stars1 however1 situated on the greater parallels1 both rise and set1 and are found in each revolution once on the meridian above the earth1 and once on that below the earth4 ,in all these cases1 the time occupied in proceeding round from any angle to the same again1 must be everywhere equal in its duration1 for it is marked by one sensible revolution2 and the time occupied in passing from either meridianal angle to the angle diametrically opposite1 is also everywhere equal2 because it is marked by the half of one revolution4 ,so1 also1 the passage from either horizontal angle to its opposite angle is again effected in the same equal portion of time1 wherever the equator may be in the zenith1 for it is then likewise marked by the half of an entire revolution2 because on such a position of the equator1 all the parallels are then divided1 as well by the horizon as by the meridian1 into two equal parts4 ,but in all other declinations1 the time of passage of a semicircle above the earth is not equal to that of its passage below the earth1 except only in the case of the equinoctial circle itself1 which1 in an oblique sphere1 is the only one divided by the horizon into two equal parts1 all others 7its parallels7 being bisected into dissimilar and unequal arcs4 ,it follows1 accordingly1 that the time contained in the space between rising or setting1 and either meridian1 must be equal to the time between the same meridian and rising and setting2 because the meridian divides equally such portions of the parallels as are above or under the earth4 ,but in proceeding in an oblique sphere1 from rising or setting to either meridian1 the time occupied must be unequal2 and in a right sphere1 equal1 because the entire portions above the earth are1 in a right sphere only1 equal to those below the earth2 whence1 for instance1 in a right sphere1 whatever stars may be together on the meridian must also all rise and set together1 until their progress becomes perceptible by the poles of the zodiac2 while1 on the other hand1 in an oblique sphere1 whatever stars may be together on the meridian can neither all rise together nor set together2 for the more southern stars must always rise later than those which are more northern1 and set earlier4#bhe #bhe ,on this side of the equator4 ,the aspects made by the fixed stars1 in regard to the planets or parts of the zodiac1 and the earth combined1 are considered1 in a general manner1 by the rising1 or meridianal position1 or setting of the same fixed stars in conjunction with any planet or part of the zodiac2 but their aspects are properly distinguishable1 by means of the ,sun1 in the nine following modes3-- #a4 ,the first is called matutine subsolar1 when the star is found together with the ,sun in the oriental horizon4 ,of this aspect1 one species is called the oriental1 invisible1 and succedent rising2 when the star1 at the commencement of its occultation1 rises immediately after the ,sun3 another is called the precise oriental co-rising2 when the star is found in partile conjunction with the ,sun in the oriental horizon3 another is the oriental1 precedent1 and visible rising2 when the star1 beginning to appear1 rises before the ,sun4 #b4 ,the second aspect is termed matutine location in the mid-heaven2 when the star is found on the meridian1 either above or below the earth1 while the ,sun is on the oriental horizon4 ,and of this aspect1 one species is called a succedent and oriental location in the mid-heaven1 invisible2 when1 immediately after the ,sun's rising1 the star shall be found on the meridian3 another is the precise oriental location in the mid-heaven2 when1 exactly as the ,sun rises1 the star is at the same time on the meridian2 another is the oriental precedent location in the mid-heaven2 when the star first shall come to the meridian above the earth1 and the ,sun may then immediately rise4 #c4 ,the third1 called matutine setting1 is when the ,sun may be actually in the oriental horizon1 but the star in the occidental4 ,one of the forms of this aspect is called the oriental1 succedent setting1 invisible2 when the star sets immediately after the ,sun's rising3 another is the precise oriental co-setting1 when the star sets at the moment of the ,sun's rising3 another is the oriental1 precedent1 and visible setting1 when the ,sun does not rise until immediately after the setting of the star4 #d4 ,the fourth aspect is named meridianal subsolar1 and takes place when the ,sun is actually on the meridian1 but the star on the oriental horizon4 ,of this1 one is diurnal and invisible2 when the star rises while the ,sun is posited on the meridian above the earth3 another is nocturnal and visible2 when the star rises while the ,sun is placed on the meridian below the earth4 #e4 ,the fifth is called meridianal location in the mid-heaven2 when the ,sun1 as well as the star1 may be at the same time on the meridian4 ,of this aspect1 two sorts are diurnal and invisible2 when the star is on the meridian above the earth1 together with the ,sun1 or on that below the earth1 diametrically opposite to the ,sun4 ,two also are nocturnal1 and of these1 one is invisible2 when the star is on the meridian under the earth1 together with the ,sun3 the other1 however1 is visible2 when the star is on the meridian above the earth1 diametrically opposite to the ,sun4 #f4 ,the sixth is meridianal setting2 when the star is found on the occidental horizon1 while the ,sun is on the meridian4 ,of this1 one species is diurnal and invisible2 when the star sets while the ,sun is above the earth on the meridian3 the other is nocturnal and visible2 when the star sets while the ,sun is on the meridian below the earth4 #g4 ,the seventh aspect is called vespertine subsolar2 when the star is found on the oriental horizon1 while the ,sun is posited on the occidental horizon4 ,one form of this aspect is the vespertine succedent rising1 visible2 when the star rises immediately after sunset3 another is the precise vespertine co-rising2 when the star rises and the ,sun sets at one and the same time3 another is the precedent1 vespertine rising1 invisible2 when the star rises immediately before the ,sun sets4 #h4 ,the eighth is named vespertine location in the mid-heaven2 when the star is on the meridian1 either above or below the earth1 while the ,sun is placed on the occidental horizon4 ,of this aspect1 one kind is called a visible vespertine location in the mid-heaven2 when the star is found there immediately after sunset3 another is the precise vespertine location in the mid-heaven2 when the star is found there at the moment of sunset2 another is the vespertine precedent location in the mid-heaven1 invisible2 when the star arrives there immediately before sunset4 #i4 ,the ninth aspect is called vespertine setting2 when the star1 together with the ,sun1 is on the occidental horizon4 ,one form of this aspect is the vespertine1 succedent and visible setting2 when the star1 at the commencement of its occultation1 sets immediately after the ,sun3 another is the precise vespertine setting2 when the star sets at the same moment with the ,sun3 another is the precedent1 invisible setting2 when the star1 before it emerges from its occultation1 sets before the ,sun4 ,,no4 ,,ii ,,almagest2 ,,book ,,ii4 ,,extract ,,from ,,chap4 ,,ix ,of ,circumstances regulated by ,ascensions ,in any climate whatever1 the magnitude of a given day or night is to be computed by the number of ascensional times proper to that particular climate4 ,for example1 the magnitude of the day will be ascertained by numbering the times between the ,sun's zodiacal degree and the degree diametrically opposite1 in the succession of the signs2 and that of the night1 by numbering the times1 from the degree diametrically opposite to the ,sun1 onwards1 in the order of the signs1 to be the degree actually occupied by the ,sun3 because1 by dividing the respective amounts of these times so obtained1 by fifteen1 the number of equatorial hours belonging to each space will be exhibited2 and if the division be made by twelve1 instead of fifteen1 the result will show the numbers of degrees equivalent to one temporal hour of either of the said spaces respectively4#bhf ,the magnitude of any temporal hour may be1 however1 more easily found by referring to the annexed ,table of ,ascensions1 and taking the difference between the respective aggregate numbers1 inserted therein under the heads of the equinoctial parallel or right sphere1 and of any particular climate for which the magnitude of the temporal hour is required2 and1 if the said hour be a diurnal hour1 the aggregate times as stated against the zodiacal degree occupied by the ,sun2 but1 if nocturnal1 those stated against the degree diametrically opposite1 are to be compared2 and the sixth part of the difference between them is to be added1 if the said degree be in the northern signs1 to the fifteen times of an equatorial hour2 but subtracted therefrom1 if in the southern signs4 ,the amount thus obtained will be the required number of degrees of the temporal hour in question4#bhg #bhf ,thus 7according to the ,table inserted at p4 #aeb71 in the climate or latitude of ,lower gypt1 the times of ascension between the first point of ,gemini and the first point of ,sagittarius1 diametrically opposite1 are #bje #ah1 which1 being divided by #ae1 give #ac hours #da minutes and a fraction of equatorial time1 as the length of the day of the first point of ,gemini4 ,and the same number of times of ascension1 divided by #ab1 give #ag #f and a fraction of the equator1 as the length of the diurnal temporal hour4 ,in the latitude of ,southern ,britain1 the times of ascension between the same points as above mentioned are #bcf #b1 which1 divided by #ae1 give #ae hours #dd minutes and a fraction of equatorial time1 as the length of the day of the first point of ,gemini2 and1 if divided by #ab1 they produce #ai #dj and a fraction of the equator1 as the length of the diurnal temporal hour4 #bhg ,thus1 the aggregate times of ascension1 in a right sphere1 of the first point of ,gemini are #eg #dd2 and1 in the climate of ,lower gypt1 #de #e3 the sixth part of the difference between them is #b #f and a fraction1 which1 added to #ae1 again makes the diurnal temporal hour of the first point of ,gemini equal to #ag #f and a fraction of the equator4 ,in the climate of ,southern ,britain1 the aggregate times of ascension of the first point of ,gemini are #bi #dc3 the sixth part of the difference between that sum and #eg #dd of right ascension is #d #dj and a fraction1 which1 added to #ae1 makes the diurnal temporal hour of the first point of ,gemini1 in ,south ,britain1 equal to #ai #dj and a fraction of the equator1 as before shown4 ,and if it be required to reduce the temporal hours of any given day or night1 in a certain climate1 into equatorial hours1 they must be multiplied by their proper horary times1 whether diurnal or nocturnal1 as the case may be2 the product is then to be divided by fifteen1 and the quotient will necessarily be the number of equatorial hours in the climate in question1 on the given day or night4#bhh ,on the other hand1 equatorial hours are also to be reduced into temporal hours by being multiplied by fifteen1 the product of which is to be divided by the horary times proper to the given day or night in the said climate4 #bhh ,for example1 ,diurnal horary times of the first point of ,gemini in the latitude of ,alexandria #ag #f #cj ,number of temporal hours #ab -------------- #ae7bje #ah #j -------------- ,diurnal equatorial hours of the first point of ,gemini in the latitude of ,alexandria #ac #da #ab ,diurnal horary times of the first point of ,gemini in the latitude of ,southern ,britain #ai #dj #aj ,number of temporal hours #ab -------------- #ae7bcf #b #j -------------- ,diurnal equatorial hours of the first point of ,gemini in the latitude of ,southern ,britain #ae #dd #h ,the degree ascending in the ecliptic1 at any given temporal hour1 may also be ascertained by multiplying the number of temporal hours since sunrise1 if the given hour be diurnal1 but if nocturnal1 since sunset1 by their proper horary times2 and the product is to be added1 in the succession of the signs1 to the aggregate number 7as shown by the ascensions proper to the climate7 of the ,sun's degree1 if the given hour be diurnal1 but1 if nocturnal1 to that of the degree diametrically opposite1 and that particular degree of the ecliptic which shall correspond with the total number thus found in the ascensions of the climate will be the degree then ascending4#bhi #bhi ,let the first point of ,gemini be on the meridian above the earth2 the number of temporal hours since sunrise will then be #f1 by which #ag #f #cj are to multiplied4 ,the product will be #ajb #ci3 this1 added to #de #e1 the aggregate number of the first point of ,gemini in the latitude of ,alexandria1 will give #adg #dd1 which1 in the ascensions of the climate in question1 will correspond to the #c;d degree of ,virgo1 and show that to be the degree ascending4 ,in the latitude of ,southern ,britain the total number would still amount to the same1 viz4 #adg #dd1 but it would show #g and about #cj of ,virgo to be ascending4 ,but1 in order to ascertain the degree on the meridian above the earth1 the number of temporal hours since the preceding noon are also to be multiplied by their proper horary times1 and the product is to be added to the aggregate number of the ,sun's right ascension2 and that degree of the ecliptic1 with which the total number as found in the aggregate times of right ascension shall correspond1 will then be on the meridian4#bij ,the degree on the oriental horizon will1 however1 also show what degrees occupy the meridian2 for1 by subtracting #ij times 7the amount of the quadrant7 from the aggregate number ascribed to the said ascending degree in the ,table proper to the climate1 the number so reduced will be found1 in the aggregate times of the ,table of ,right ,ascension1 to correspond with the degree on the meridian4 ,and again1 on the other hand1 by adding #ij to the aggregate times ascribed by right of ascension to the degree on the meridian above the earth1 the degree ascending may be obtained1 for it will be that degree which corresponds to that total number1 as stated in the ,table proper to the climate4#bia ,the ,sun always preserves an equal distance in equatorial hours from all parts of the same meridian2 but his distance in equatorial hours from different meridians varies according to the degrees of distance between meridian and meridian4 ,the foregoing extracts have been made to show the entire agreement between the astronomy of the ,tetrabiblos and that of the ,almagest4 ,the ,tables herein given from the latter work are1 of course1 now1 in some degree1 superseded by others of modern calculation1 infinitely more complete4 #bij ,let the first point of ,gemini be three temporal hours past the meridian2 these hours reduced to degrees1 in the latitude of ,alexandria1 will give #ea #ai1 which1 added to the right ascension of the first point of ,gemini1 make #aji #c1 showing the #ahth degree of ,cancer on the meridian4 ,in the latitude of ,southern ,britain1 these hours would produce #ei1 which1 added to the right ascension1 would make #aaf #dd1 and show the #beth degree of ,cancer on the meridian4 #bia ,thus1 in the latitude of ,alexandria1 when the first point of ,gemini is three temporal hours past the meridian1 the #afth degree of ,libra will be on the ascendant1 and the aggregate times of ascension of that degree in the said latitude are #aji #c3 by subtracting #ij from this sum1 the remainder will be #ai #c1 the right ascension of the mid-heaven answering to the #ahth degree of ,cancer4 ,in the latitude of ,southern ,britain1 the #ahth degree of ,libra would be on the ascendant1 of which degree the aggregate times of ascension in that latitude are #bjf #dd1 from which1 if #ij be subtracted1 the remainder will be #aaf #dd1 the right ascension of the mid-heaven answering to the #beth degree of ,cancer4 ,the converse of these operations seems too obvious to need explanation4 ,,table ,,of ,,latitudes1 ,,as ,,shown ,,by ,,the ,,duration ,,of ,,the ,,longest ,,day ,from the ,almagest4 -------------------------- ,,longest ,,day4 ,,latitude4 -------------------------- ,h4 ,m4 ,d4 ,m4 -------------------------- #ab #j #j #j -------------------------- #ab #ae #d #ae -------------------------- #ab #cj #h #be -------------------------- #ab #de #ab #cj -------------------------- #ac #j #af #bg -------------------------- #ac #ae #bj #ad -------------------------- #ac #cj #bc #ea -------------------------- #ac #de #bg #dj -------------------------- #ad #j #bibcj #bb -------------------------- #ad #ae #cc #ah -------------------------- #ad #cj #cf #j -------------------------- #ad #de #ch #ce -------------------------- #ae #j #dj #ef -------------------------- #ae #ae #dc #e -------------------------- #ae #cj #de #a -------------------------- #ae #de #df #ea -------------------------- #af #j #dh #cb -------------------------- #af #ae #ej #ae -------------------------- #af #cj #bicea #ce -------------------------- #af #de #eb #ej -------------------------- #ag #j #ed #a -------------------------- #ag #ae #ee #j -------------------------- #ag #cj #ef #j -------------------------- #ag #de #eg #j -------------------------- #ah #j #eh #j -------------------------- #ah #cj #ei #cj -------------------------- #ai #j #fa #j -------------------------- #ai #cj #fb #j -------------------------- #bj #j #fc #j -------------------------- #ba #j #fd #cj -------------------------- #bb #j #fe #cj -------------------------- #bc #j #ff #j -------------------------- #bd #j #ff #aj -------------------------- #bib ,alexandria4 ,footnote #bic3 ,southern ,britain4 ,,extract ,,from ,,the ,,table ,,of ,,ascension 7,,contained ,,in ,,the ,,almagest71 ,,calculated ,,for ,,every ,,tenth ,,degree ,,of ,,the ,,zodiac4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,in a ,right #crd ,climate1 #hth ,climate ,sphere under the thro' ,lower thro' ,southern ,equator1 gypt1 ,lat4 ,britain1 ,lat4 ,diurnal ,arc #cj #bb ,n4 #ea #cj ,n4 ,,signs4 ,tenth #ab ,hours4 ,diurnal ,arc ,diurnal ,arc ,deg4 #ad ,hours4 #af ,hs4 #bj ,mts4 ---------------------------------------- ----- ,times ,aggregate,times ,aggregate,times ,aggregate of ,times4 of ,times4 of ,times4 ,ascen4 ,ascen4 ,ascen4 ---------------------------------------- --------------------- ,d4 ,m4 ,d4 ,m4 ,d4 ,m4 ,d4 ,m4 ,d4 ,m4 ,d4 ,m4 ,aries #aj #i4aj #i4aj #f4dh #f4dh #d4je #d4je #bj #i4ae #ah4be #f4ee #ac4dc #d4ab #h4ag #cj #i4be #bg4ej #g4aj #bj4ec #d4ca #ab4dh ,taurus #aj #i4dj #cg4cj #g4cc #bh4bf #d4ef #ag4dd #bj #i4eh #dg4bh #h4jb #cf4bh #e4cd #bc4ah #cj #aj4af #eg4dd #h4cg #de4je #f4be #bi4dc ,gemini #aj #aj4cd #fh4ah #i4ag #ed4bb #g4bi #cg4ab #bj #aj4dg #gi4je #aj4jj #fd4bb #h4di #df4ja #cj #aj4ee #ij4jj #aj4ch #ge4jj #aj4ad #ef4ae ,cancer #aj #aj4ee #ajj4ee #aa4ab #hf4ab #aa4cf #fg4ea #bj #aj4dg #aaa4db #aa4cd #ig4df #ab4de #hj4cf #cj #aj4cd #abb4af #aa4ea #aji4cg #ac4ci #id4ae ,leo #aj #aj4af #acb4cb #aa4ee #aba4cb #ad4jg #ajh4bb #bj #i4eh #adb4cj #aa4ed #acc4bf #ad4bb #abb4dd #cj #i4dj #aeb4aj #aa4dg #ade4ac #ad4bd #acg4jh ,virgo #aj #i4be #afa4ce #aa4dj #aef4ec #ad4ai #aea4bg #bj #i4ae #agj4ej #aa4ce #afh4bh #ad4ah #afe4de #cj #i4aj #ahj4jj #aa4cb #ahj4jj #ad4ae #ahj4jj ,libra #aj #i4aj #ahi4aj #aa4cb #aia4cb #ad4ae #aid4ae #bj #i4ae #aih4be #aa4ce #bjc4jg #ad4ah #bjh4cc #cj #i4be #bjg4ej #aa4dj #bad4dg #ad4ai #bbb4eb ,scorpio #aj #i4dj #bag4cj #aa4dg #bbf4cd #ad4bd #bcg4af #bj #i4eh #bbg4bh #aa4ed #bch4bh #ad4bb #bea4ch #cj #aj4af #bcg4dd #aa4ee #bej4bc #ad4jg #bfe4de ,sagittarius #aj #aj4cd #bdh4ah #aa4ea #bfb4ad #ac4ci #bgi4bd #bj #aj4dg #bfi4je #aa4cd #bgc4dh #ab4de #bib4ji #cj #aj4ee #bgj4jj #aa4ab #bhe4jj #aa4cf #cjc4de ,capricornus #aj #aj4ee #bhj4ee #aj4ch #bie4ch #aj4ad #cac4ei #bj #aj4dg #bia4db #aj4jj #cje4ch #h4di #cbb4dh #cj #aj4cd #cjb4af #i4ag #cad4ee #g4bi #ccj4ag ,aquarius #aj #aj4af #cab4cb #h4cg #cbc4cb #f4be #ccf4db #bj #i4eh #cbb4cj #h4jb #cca4cd #e4cd #cdb4af #cj #i4dj #ccb4aj #g4cc #cci4jg #d4ef #cdg4ab ,pisces #aj #i4be #cda4ce #g4aj #cdf4ag #d4ca #cea4dc #bj #i4ae #cej4ej #f4ee #cec4ab #d4ab #cee4ee #cj #i4aj #cfj4jj #f4dh #cfj4jj #d4je #cfj4jj ---------------------------------------- --------------------- ,,no4 ,,iii4 ,,the ,,centiloquy1 ,,or ,,hundred ,,aphorisms ,,of ,,claudius ,,ptolemy#bid2 ,,otherwise ,,called1 ,,the ,,fruit ,,of ,,his ,,four ,,books #bid ,moxon's ,mathematical ,dictionary says1 that the 8,centiloquium is a book containing one hundred astrological aphorisms1 commonly ascribed to ,ptolemy1 as its author1 but by some to ,hermes ,trismegistus40 ,this account1 however1 seems to be inaccurate2 for the ,centiloquy attributed to ,osiris's contemporary and counsellor 7eulogized by ,lilly as having been 8one of the wisest of all mortal men1 and as ancient as ,moses071 is very different from that known by the name of the 1 or 8,fruit of the ,tetrabiblos40 ,whether this latter ,centiloquy be really the work of ,ptolemy is another question3 it has been usually edited as his1 but some of the aphorisms seem to relate to horary questions only1 which are not adverted to in the ,tetrabiblos1 and there are others also which do not appear to result from the doctrine of that book4 ,i4 ,judgment must be regulated by thyself1 as well as by the science2 for it is not possible that particular forms of events should be declared by any person1 however scientific2 since the understanding conceives only a certain general idea of some sensible event1 and not its particular form4 ,it is1 therefore1 necessary for him who practices herein to adopt inference4 ,they only who are inspired by the deity can predict particulars4 ,,ii4 ,when an enquirer shall make mature search into an expected event1 there will be found no material difference between the event itself and his idea of it4 ,,iii4 ,whosoever may be adapted to any particular event or pursuit1 will assuredly have the star indicative thereof very potent in his nativity4 ,,iv4 ,a mind apt in knowledge will discover truth more readily than one practised in the highest branches of science4 ,v4 ,a skilful person1 acquainted with the nature of the stars1 is enabled to avert many of their effects1 and to prepare himself for those effects before they arrive4 ,,vi4 ,it is advantageous to make choice of days and hours at a time well constituted by the nativity4 ,should the time be adverse1 the choice will in no respect avail1 however favourable an issue it may chance to promise4 ,,vii4 ,the mingled influences of the stars can be understood by no one who has not previously acquired knowledge of the combinations and varieties existing in nature4 ,,viii4 ,a sagacious mind improves the operation of the heavens1 as a skilful farmer1 by cultivation1 improves nature4 ,,ix4 ,in their generation and corruption forms are influenced by the celestial forms1 of which the framers of talismans consequently avail themselves1 by observing the ingresses of the stars thereupon4 ,x4 ,in the election of days and hours1 make use of the malefics1 to the same moderate extent as the skilful physician would use poisons in order to perform cures4 ,,xi4 ,a day and hour are not to be elected until the quality of the object proposed shall be known4 ,,xii4 ,love and hatred prohibit the true accomplishment of judgments2 and1 inasmuch as they lessen the most important1 so likewise they magnify the most trivial things4 ,,xiii4 ,in every indication made by the constitution of the heavens1 secondary stars1 whether auxiliary or injurious thereto1 are also to be used4 ,,xiv4 ,the astrologer will be entangled in a labyrinth of error1 when the seventh house and its lord shall be afflicted4 ,,xv4 ,signs cadent from the ascendant of any kingdom are the ascendants of that kingdom's enemies4 ,but the angles and succedent houses are the ascendants of its friends4 ,it is the same in all doctrines and institutions4 ,,xvi4 ,when the benefics may be controlled in the eighth house1 they bring mischief by means of good men3 if1 on the other hand1 they be well affected1 they will prevent mischief4 ,,xvii4 ,give no judgment as to the future life of an aged person1 until the number of years he may live shall have been reckoned4 ,,xviii4 ,if1 while a benefic may ascend1 both the luminaries should be in the same minute1#bie the native will be equally and highly prosperous in all things which can befall him4 ,so1 likewise1 if the luminaries be mutually opposed by the east and west4 ,but the contrary effect will be produced1 should a malefic be on the ascendant4 #bie ,of the same degree and sign4 ,,xix4 ,the efficacy of purgation is impeded by the ,moon's conjunction with ,jupiter4 ,,xx4 ,pierce not with iron that part of the body which may be governed by the sign actually occupied by the ,moon4 ,,xxi4 ,when the ,moon may be in ,scorpio or ,pisces1 purgation may be advantageously used1 provided the lord of the ascendant be coupled with some star posited below the earth4 ,if he be coupled with a star placed above the earth1 the potion swallowed will be vomited up4 ,,xxii4 ,neither put on nor lay aside any garment for the first time1 when the ,moon may be located in ,leo4 ,and it will be still worse to do so1 should she be badly affected4 ,,xxiii4 ,aspects between the ,moon and stars give the native much activity2 and1 if the stars be in power1 they indicate an efficient1 but if weak an inert1 excitation to action4 ,,xxiv4 ,an eclipse of the luminaries1 if in the angles of the nativity1 or of an annual revolution1 is noxious2 and the effects take place according to the space between the ascendant and the place of eclipse4 ,and as1 in a solar eclipse1 a year is reckoned for an hour1 so likewise1 in a lunar eclipse1 a month is reckoned for an hour4 ,,xxv4 ,the progression of a significator1 posited in the mid-heaven1 is to be made by right ascension2 of another posited in the ascendant1 by the oblique ascension of the particular latitude4 ,,xxvi4 ,there is obvious concealment in the case1 if the star significative of any particular affair be in conjunction with the ,sun1 either under the earth or in a place foreign to its own nature4 ,on the other hand1 there is manifestation1 should the star be raised to elevation out of its depression1 and be located in its own place4 ,,xxvii4 ,venus gives pleasure to the native in that part of the body which may be ruled by the sign she occupies4 ,it is the same with other stars4 ,,xxviii4 ,when the ,moon may not hold a familiarity with two planets1 as is desirable1 care should be taken to connect her1 if possible1 with some fixed star combining their qualities4 ,,xxix4 ,the fixed stars grant extremely good fortune1 unconnected with the understanding2 but it is most commonly marked by calamities1 unless the planets also agree in the felicity4 ,,xxx4 ,observe the creation of the first king of any dynasty2 for if the ascendant at that creation should agree with the ascendant of the nativity of the king's son1 he will succeed his father4 ,,xxxi4 ,when the star ruling over any kingdom shall enter into a climacterical place1 either the king1 or some one of the chief men of his kingdom1 will die4 ,,xxxii4 ,concord between two persons is produced by an harmonious figuration of the stars1 indicative of the matter whereby good will is constituted1 in the nativity of either person4 ,,xxxiii4 ,love and hatred are discernible1 as well from the concord and discord of the luminaries1 as from the ascendants of both nativities3 but obeying signs increase good will4 ,,xxxiv4 ,if the lord of the place of the new ,moon be in an angle1 he is indicative of the events liable to happen in that month4 ,,xxxv4 ,when the ,sun arrives at the place of any star1 he excites the influence of that star in the atmosphere4 ,,xxxvi4 ,in the foundation of cities1 consider the fixed stars which may seem to contribute thereto2 but in the erection of houses1 observe the planets4 ,the kings of every city which has ,mars in culmination will most commonly perish by the sword4 ,,xxxvii4 ,if ,virgo or ,pisces be on the ascendant1 the native will create his own dignity2 but if ,aries or ,libra is on the ascendant1 he will cause his own death4 ,the other signs are to be contemplated in the same way4 ,,xxxviii4 ,mercury1 if established in either house of ,saturn1 and in power1 gives the native a speculative and inquisitive intellect3 if in a house of ,mars1 and especially if in ,aries1 he gives eloquence4 ,,xxxix4 ,affliction of the eleventh house1 in the creation of a king1 indicates damage in his household and his treasury3 affliction of the second house denotes the detriment of his subject's wealth4 ,,xl4 ,when the ascendant is oppressed by the malefics1 the native will delight in sordid things1 and approve ill-favoured odours4 ,,xli4 ,beware the affliction of the eighth house and its lord1 at a time of departure2 and that of the second house and its lord1 at a time of return4 ,,xlii4 ,should a disease begin when the ,moon may be in a sign occupied at the birth by some malefic1 or in quartile or opposition to any such sign1 such disease will be most severe2 and if the malefic also behold the said sign1 it will be dangerous4 ,on the other hand1 there will be no danger if the ,moon be in a place held at the time of birth by some benefic4 ,,xliii4 ,the malefic figures of a nation are strengthened by adverse figurations of existing times4 ,,xliv4 ,it is an evil case if the ascendant of a sick person resist the figuration of his own nativity2 and if the time should not bring up any benefic4 ,,xlv4 ,if the ascendant1 or principal significators1 be not in human signs1 the native himself will be also estranged from human nature4 ,,xlvi4 ,in nativities much happiness is conferred by the fixed stars2 and also by the angles of the new ,moon1 and by the place of a kingdom's ,part of ,fortune1 should the ascendant be found in any of them4 ,,xlvii4 ,if a malefic in one nativity fall on the place of a benefic in another nativity1 he who has the benefic will suffer damage from him who has the malefic4 ,,xlviii4 ,if the mid-heaven of a prince be the ascendant of his subject1 or if their respective significators be configurated in a benevolent form1 they will continue long inseparable4 ,it will be the same1 also1 should the sixth house of a subject or servant be the ascendant of his prince or master4 ,,xlix4 ,if the ascendant of a servant be the mid-heaven in his master's nativity1 the master will place so much confidence in that servant as to be ruled by him4 ,l4 ,overlook none of the hundred and nineteen conjunctions2 for on them depends the knowledge of worldly operations1 whether of generation or of corruption4 ,,li4 ,make the sign occupied by the ,moon at the time of birth the sign ascending at the conception2 and consider that in which she may be posited at the conception1 or the opposite one1 as the sign ascending at the birth4 ,,lii4 ,men of tall stature have their lords of nativity in elevation1 and their ascendants in the beginnings of signs2 but the lords of men of short stature will be found in declination4#bif ,it must also be seen whether the signs be right or oblique4 #bif ,or in obscure situations4 ,,liii4 ,the lords of nativity of slight or thin men have no latitude1 but those of stout or fat men have2 and1 if the latitude be south1 the native will be active2 if north1 inactive4 ,,liv4 ,in the construction of a building1 the principal rulers1 if coupled with a star below the earth1 will impede the erection4 ,,lv4 ,mars' evil influence over ships is diminished if he be neither in the mid-heaven nor in the eleventh house2 but if in either of those places1 he renders the ship liable to be captured by pirates4 ,and if the ascendant be afflicted by any fixed star of the nature of ,mars1 the ship will be burned4 ,,lvi4 ,while the ,moon is in her first quarter1 withdrawing from her conjunction with the ,sun1 the bodily humours expand until her second quarter3 in her other quarters they decrease4 ,,lvii4 ,if1 during a sickness1 the seventh house and its lord be afflicted1 change the physician4 ,,lviii4 ,observe the place of an aspect1 and its distance from the ascendant of the year2 for the event will happen when the profection may arrive thither4 ,,lix4 ,before pronouncing that an absent person shall die1 observe whether he may not become intoxicated2 before declaring that he shall receive a wound1 see whether he may not be let blood2 and before saying that he shall find treasure1 examine whether he may not receive his own deposit2 for the figures of all these things may be similar4 ,,lx4 ,in cases of sickness1 observe the critical days1 and the ,moon's progress in the angles of a figure of sixteen sides4 ,if those angles be well affected1 it is favourable for the invalid2 if they be afflicted1 unfavourable4 ,,lxi4 ,the ,moon is significative of bodily matters1 which1 in respect of motion1 resemble her4 ,,lxii4 ,by marking exactly the beginning of a conjunction1#big judgment may be made of the variation of the weather in the ensuing month4 ,it will depend upon the lord of the angle of every figure1 for he controls the nature of the atmosphere2 assuming also at these times the quality of the existing weather4 #big ,of the ,sun and ,moon4 ,,lxiii4 ,in the conjunction of ,saturn and ,jupiter1 pronounce according to the nature of that one which may be higher in elevation4 ,follow the same rule with other stars4 ,,lxiv4 ,after ascertaining the lord of the inquiry1 see what power he may have in the annual revolution1 or in the ascendant of the new ,moon2 and pronounce accordingly4 ,,lxv4 ,in the least conjunction1 the difference of the mean conjunction1 and in the mean conjunction the difference of the greatest conjunction4#bih #bih ,on this aphorism ,partridge has said1 8how ,ptolemy meant it to be understood1 ,i know not2 and so ,i leave it40 ,,lxvi4 ,consider no profection by itself alone1 but make reference also to the qualifications and impediments of the stars4 ,,lxvii4 ,years are diminished by the imbecility of the receiver4 ,,lxviii4 ,a malefic1 when matutine1 signifies an accident2 when vespertine1 a disease4 ,,lxix4 ,the native's sight will be impaired if the ,moon be opposed to the ,sun1 and joined with nebulous stars2 and if the ,moon be in the western angle1 and both the malefic stars in the eastern angle1 the ,sun being in an angle also1 the native will become blind4 ,,lxx4 ,insanity is produced if the ,moon have no connection with ,mercury2 and1 if neither of them be connected with the ascendant1 ,saturn being in occupation of the angle by night1 but ,mars by day1 especially if in ,cancer1 ,virgo1 or ,pisces1 a dmoniac affection will be produced4 ,,lxxi4 ,if both luminaries may be in masculine signs1 in the nativities of males1 their actions will be consonant with nature2 but if so placed in the nativities of females1 they increase their action4 ,and ,mars and ,venus1 if matutine1 incline to the masculine gender2 if vespertine1 to the feminine4 ,,lxxii4 ,matters of education are to be considered by the ascending lords of triplicity2 matters of life1 by the lords of the conditionary luminary's triplicity4 ,,lxxiii4 ,if the ,sun be found with the ,gorgon's head 7,caput ,medus71 and not aspected by any benefic star1 and if there be no benefic present in the eighth house1 and the lord of the conditionary luminary be opposed to ,mars1 or in quartile to him1 the native will be beheaded4 ,if the luminary culminate1 his body will be maimed or mangled2 and if the aspect in quartile be from ,gemini or ,pisces1 his hands and feet will be amputated4 ,,lxxiv4 ,mars1 if ascending1 uniformly gives a scar in the face4 ,,lxxv4 ,if the ,sun be in conjunction with the lord of the ascendant1 in ,leo1 and ,mars has no prerogative in the ascendant1 and if there be no benefic in the eighth house1 the native will be burned4 ,,lxxvi4 ,if ,saturn hold the mid-heaven1 and the conditionary luminary be opposed to him1 the native will perish in the ruins of buildings1 provided the sign on the lower heaven be an earthly sign2 if it be a watery sign1 he will be drowned or suffocated by water3 if a human sign1 he will be strangled by men1 or will perish by the halter or the scourge4 ,should there1 however1 be a benefic in the eighth house1 he will not suffer death1 although he will be brought near it4 ,,lxxvii4 ,profection of the ascendant is to be made for matters affecting the body2 of the ,part of ,fortune1 for extrinsic circumstances2 of the ,moon1 for the connection between the body and the spirit2 and of the mid-heaven1 for the employment or profession4 ,,lxxviii4 ,a star often dispenses influence in a place in which it has no prerogative1 thus bringing unexpected advantage to the native4 ,,lxxix4 ,whoever has ,mars in the eleventh house1 does not govern his master4 ,,lxxx4 ,if ,venus be in conjunction with ,saturn1 and have any lord of house in the seventh house1 the native will be of spurious origin4 ,,lxxxi4 ,times are reckoned in seven ways2 viz4 by the space between two significators2 by the space between their mutual aspects2 by the approach of one to the other2 by the space between either of them and the place appropriated to the proposed event2 by the descension of a star1 with its addition or diminution2 by the changing of a significator2 and by the approach of a planet to its place4 ,,lxxxii4 ,when a figure may be equipoised1 observe the horoscope 7or figure7 at the new or full moon1 and1 if that also be equipoised1 be not hasty in giving judgment4 ,,lxxxiii4 ,the time of obtaining a grant indicates the affection between the applicant and his prince2 but the seat#bii shows the nature of the office2-- #bii ,or part of heaven indicating the grant4 ,,lxxxiv4 ,and if ,mars be lord of the ascendant at the time of entering on possession1 and posited in the second house1 or coupled with the lord of the second1 he brings much mischief4 ,,lxxxv4 ,should the lord of the ascendant be configurated with the lord of the second house1 the prince will spontaneously create many charges4 ,,lxxxvi4 ,the ,sun is the source of the vital power2 the ,moon1 of the natural power4 ,,lxxxvii4 ,monthly revolutions are made in twenty-eight days1 two hours and about eighteen minutes4 ,judgment is also made by some persons by means of the ,sun's progress2 that is to say1 by his partial equations to that degree and minute which he might hold at the beginning4 ,,lxxxviii4 ,in making profection of the part of ,fortune for a whole annual revolution1 a space equal to that between the ,sun and ,moon is to be reckoned from the ascendant4 ,,lxxxix4 ,consider the grandfather's affairs from the seventh house and the uncle's from the sixth4 ,,xc4 ,should the significator be in aspect to the ascendant1 the hidden event or object will correspond in its nature with the ascendant2 but if the ascendant be not so aspected1 the nature of the event will accord with that of the place in which the significator is posited4 ,the lord of the hour shows its colour2 the place of the ,moon its time2 and1 if above the earth1 it will be a novel thing2 if below1 old4 ,the part of ,fortune indicates its quantity1 whether long or short4 ,the lords of the terms1 and of the lower heaven and mid-heaven1 and of the ,moon1 shows its substance or value4 ,,xci4 ,should the ruler of a sick person be combust1 it is an evil portent2 and especially if the part of ,fortune be afflicted4 ,,xcii4 ,saturn1 if oriental1 is not so highly noxious to a sick person2 nor ,mars1 if occidental4 ,,xciii4 ,judgment is not to be drawn from any figure until the next conjunction shall have been considered3 for principles are varied by every conjunction2 and therefore1 to avoid error1 both the last and the next should be combined4 ,,xciv4 ,the place of the more potent significator indicates the thoughts of the inquirer4 ,,xcv4 ,the stars rising with the tenth house prove how far the native may be fitted to the occupation which he follows4 ,,xcvi4 ,in an eclipse1 such significations as are made nearest the angles1 show the events decreed4 ,the nature of the stars in accordance with the eclipse1 plants as well as fixed stars1 and also the appearances co-ascending1 are likewise to be considered1 and judgment is to be given accordingly4 ,,xcvii4 ,the event inquired about will be speedily accomplished1 should the lord of the new or full ,moon be in an angle4 ,,xcviii4 ,shooting stars1 and meteors like flowing hair1 bear a secondary part in judgments4 ,,xcix4 ,shooting stars denote the dryness of the air2 and1 if they are projected to one part only1 they indicate wind therefrom3 if to various parts1 they indicate diminution of waters1 a turbulent atmosphere1 and incursions of armies4 ,c4 ,if comets1 whose distance is eleven signs behind the ,sun1 appear in angles1 the king of some kingdom1 or one of the princes or chief men of a kingdom1 will die4 ,if in a succedent house1 the affairs of the kingdom's treasury will prosper1 but the governor or ruler will be changed4 ,if in a cadent house1 there will be diseases and sudden deaths4 ,and if comets be in motion from the west towards the east1 a foreign foe will invade the country3 if not in motion1 the foe will be provincial1 or domestic4 ,,end ,,of ,,the ,,centiloquy ,,no4 ,,iv ,,the ,,zodiacal ,,planisphere ,the ,reader is desired to refer to the ,plate at end of book containing diagrams of the ,zodiacal ,planisphere1 which has been spoken of in the ,note in p4 #ii4 ,fig4 #a is the ,planisphere adjusted for the northern latitude of #cj #bb 7where the longest day consists of fourteen equatorial hours71 agreeably to the 8,exemplification0 given by ,ptolemy in ,chapter ,,xv1 ,book #c4 ,it represents that portion of the celestial sphere which is contained between the tropics3 the central horizontal line is the equator2 the curved line extending longitudinally from east to west is the ecliptic2 the central perpendicular line is the meridian1 or cusp of the #ajth house2 the other short lines1 cutting the equator transversely1 are the cusps of the other houses2 that of the #ast house being the eastern horizon2 that of the #gth1 the western horizon4 ,hence1 the distance from the #ast house to the meridian1 or from the meridian to the #gth house1 shows the semi-diurnal arc of any parallel of declination in the ecliptic2 and the distance of the #gth house to the #dth1 or from the #dth to the #ast1 shows the semi-nocturnal arc4 ,the distance from the cusp of one house to that of the next1 taken on the same parallel1 is also equal to two temporal hours2 thus1 for instance1 in the latitude above quoted1 the semi-diurnal arc of #j is #f h4 #ej m41 or #ajb #ci of the equator2 consequently the diurnal temporal hour is equal to one equatorial hour and eight minutes1 or to #ag #f of the equator4 ,in his first example1 ,ptolemy directs #j to be placed on the ascendant1 so that the beginning of may be on the mid-heaven2 #j must1 therefore1 fall on the point ,a1 distant from the mid-heaven #adg #dd of the equator1 as measured by the line ,,ab2 because every point in the sphere always preserves one and the same parallel with the equator2 and #j 1 in passing to the mid-heaven1 must proceed along the line ,,ab4 ,in the present case1 however1 it is required to know how long #j will be in coming to the ascendant1 the given position of #j 4 ,now #j will be on the ascendant when it arrives at the point ,g2 therefore the distance from ,a to ,c is the amount of the prorogation between #j 7when posited on the ascendant7 and #j 1 and it is equal to #de #e of the equator4 ,in the second example1 #j is placed on the mid-heaven1 which position must be at ,d1 so that #j must necessarily be at ,e2 and the distance from ,e to ,b1 equal to #eg #dd of the equator1 is the prorogation between #j and #j 1 when #j is on the mid-heaven4 ,in the third example1 #j is supposed to be on the #gth house1 descending1 at ,f1 so that is on the mid-heaven1 and #j at the point ,g1 in advance of the mid-heaven #cb #af of the equator1 as shown by the distance ,,bg4 ,now it is required to bring #j to the #gth house 7the place of #j 71 and it will be there on arriving at ,h1 distant from ,b #ajb #ci of the equator2 but as #j is already at ,g1 the distance from ,g to ,h1 equal to #gj #bc of the equator1 is the amount of the prorogation between #j and #j 1 when #j is on the #gth house4 ,the fourth example places #j at ,i1 three temporal hours past the meridian2 #j therefore falls on the point ,k1 at the distance of #ac equatorial degrees before the meridian or mid-heaven1 and will be three temporal hours past the meridian 7the position of #j 7 on arriving at ,l1 distant #ea equatorial degrees from the mid-heaven3 the whole distance from ,k 7the first position of #j 7 to ,l1 its second position1 equal to #fd degrees of the equator1 is therefore the prorogation between #j and #j 1 when #j is past the meridian at the distance of three temporal hours4 ,ptolemy has also instanced two other positions for #j 2 viz4 at two temporal hours past the meridian1 and at two temporal hours before the occidental angle2 or1 in other words1 on the cusp of the #ith house1 and on that of the #hth4 ,now1 if #j be on the cusp of the #ith house1 it must be at ,m1 and #j will be at ,n1 distant #fb equatorial degrees from ,q1 which is also on the cusp of the #ith4 ,if #j be on the cusp of the #hth1 it must be at ,o1 and #j will be at ,p1 distant #ff equatorial degrees from ,r1 which is also on the cusp of the #hth3 these two several numbers of degrees will be the respective prorogations between #j and #j 1 when #j is placed on the #ith and #hth houses4 ,ptolemy's 8,exemplification0 has been followed thus minutely in order to show how perfectly ,mr4 ,ranger's invention is adapted to assist 7if not to supersede7 arithmetical calculation2 for1 after the ,planisphere has once been accurately laid down1 a line drawn parallel to the equator1 from the significator to the promittor1 or to the promittor's pole of position1 and measured by degrees of the equator1 will accomplish the whole operation of ascertaining the amount of prorogation4 ,fig4 #b is the ,equator extended1 in plano1 on a scale proportionate to the planispheres in ,figs4 #a and #c3 it is divided into #cfj degrees1 and into equal time1 as measured by the #bd hours of the earth's daily rotation on its axis1 and by smaller portions of four minutes each1 corresponding with degrees of the equator4 ,fig4 #c is the ,planisphere set for the latitude of ,southern ,britain1 #ea #cj ,n41 where the longest day is #af h4 #cj m41 the semi-diurnal arc of #j being consequently #g h4 #eb m41 or #aah of the equator1 and its diurnal temporal hour equal to one hour and nearly nineteen minutes of equatorial time1 or to #ai #dj of the equator4 ,in applying ,ptolemy's examples1 given in ,chapter ,,xv1 ,book #c1 to this latitude1 it will follow that1 when #j may be on the ascendant1 #j will be at ,a1 and will subsequently arrive at the ascendant at ,c1 after the passage of #bi #dc of the equator4 ,when #j may be on the mid-heaven at ,d1 #j will be at ,e1 and will arrive at ,b1 on the mid-heaven1 after the passage of #eg #dd of the equator1 as in ,fig4 #a4 ,when #j may be on the #gth house1 at ,f1 #j will be at ,g1 and will come to the #gth house1 at ,h1 after the passage of #he #de of the equator4 ,if #j be three temporal hours past the meridian1 at ,i1 #j would be at ,k1 again #ac equatorial degrees before the meridian1 as in ,fig4 #a1 and will be three temporal hours past the meridian1 a position similar to that assumed for #j 1 on arriving at ,l1 distant from the mid-heaven #ei equatorial degrees2 thus making the whole distance1 from ,k to ,l1 #ag equatorial degrees4 ,if #j be on the #ith house1 at ,m1 #j will be at ,n1 distant from ,q 7also on the #ith house7 about #fg equatorial degrees4 ,if #j be on the #hth house1 at ,o1 #j will be at ,p1 distant from ,r 7also on the #hth house7 about #gf equatorial degrees4 ,by taking the trouble to calculate the distances between the several positions given by ,ptolemy1 the ,reader may satisfy himself of the sufficiency of this ,planisphere for the purpose for which it was first projected2 viz4 for the more expeditious measurement of the arcs of direction4 ,the ,tables of ,ascensions1 extracted from the ,almagest1 in p4 #aeb1 will show that the arcs1 as measured in ,figs4 #a and #b of the plate1 exactly tally with the amounts of distance obtained by calculating arithmetically1 according to the respective latitudes1 as quoted in the ,tables4 ,the slight view which has been here given of the ,zodiacal ,planisphere invented by ,mr4 ,ranger1 must not be considered as pretending to offer a complete idea of its powers3 they are so manifold and various1 that another volume would be required to detail them fully2 and it has now been used only in order to give a better illustration of ,ptolemy's examples of the spaces of prorogation than mere words can do4 ,to persons conversant with the mathematical part of astronomy1 the facility with which a complete representation of zodiacal latitude1 declination1 the poles of position1 crepusculine circles1 and other phenomena1 may be made by this ,planisphere1 will be sufficiently obvious from the accompanying ,figures4 ,,finis ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4